Move here from ../../man
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc 2.1 Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
11 @c @texline foo
12 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
13 @c @infoline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
15
16 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
17 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
18
19 @iftex
20 @macro texline
21 @end macro
22 @alias infoline=comment
23 @alias expr=math
24 @alias tfn=code
25 @alias mathit=expr
26 @macro cpi{}
27 @math{@pi{}}
28 @end macro
29 @macro cpiover{den}
30 @math{@pi/\den\}
31 @end macro
32 @end iftex
33
34 @ifnottex
35 @alias texline=comment
36 @macro infoline{stuff}
37 \stuff\
38 @end macro
39 @alias expr=samp
40 @alias tfn=t
41 @alias mathit=i
42 @macro cpi{}
43 @expr{pi}
44 @end macro
45 @macro cpiover{den}
46 @expr{pi/\den\}
47 @end macro
48 @end ifnottex
49
50
51 @tex
52 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
53 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
54 @end tex
55
56 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
57 @iftex
58 @finalout
59 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
60 @tex
61 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
62
63 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
64 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
65 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
66 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
67 @end tex
68 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
69 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
70 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
71 @ignore
72 @newcount@calcpageno
73 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
74 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
75 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
76 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
77 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
78 \r@ggedbottomtrue
79 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
80 @end ignore
81 @end iftex
82
83 @copying
84 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
85
86 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
87 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
88
89 @quotation
90 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
91 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
92 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
93 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
94 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
95 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
96 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
97
98 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
99 this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
100 Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
101 @end quotation
102 @end copying
103
104 @dircategory Emacs
105 @direntry
106 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
107 @end direntry
108
109 @titlepage
110 @sp 6
111 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
112 @sp 4
113 @center GNU Emacs Calc Version 2.1
114 @c [volume]
115 @sp 5
116 @center Dave Gillespie
117 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
118 @page
119
120 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
121 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
122 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
123 @insertcopying
124 @end titlepage
125
126
127 @summarycontents
128
129 @c [end]
130
131 @contents
132
133 @c [begin]
134 @ifnottex
135 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
136 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
137
138 @noindent
139 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
140 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
141
142 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
143 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
144 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
145 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
146 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
147 @end ifnottex
148
149 @ifinfo
150 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
151 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
152 longer Info tutorial.)
153 @end ifinfo
154
155 @menu
156 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
157 @ifinfo
158 * Interactive Tutorial::
159 @end ifinfo
160 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
161
162 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
163 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
164 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
165 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
166 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
167 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
168 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
169 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
170 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
171 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
172 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
173 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
174 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
175 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
176 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
177
178 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
179 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
180 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
181 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
182
183 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
184
185 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
186 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
187 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
188 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
189 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
190 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
191 @end menu
192
193 @ifinfo
194 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
195 @end ifinfo
196 @ifnotinfo
197 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
198 @end ifnotinfo
199 @chapter Getting Started
200 @noindent
201 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
202 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
203 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
204
205 @menu
206 * What is Calc::
207 * About This Manual::
208 * Notations Used in This Manual::
209 * Demonstration of Calc::
210 * Using Calc::
211 * History and Acknowledgements::
212 @end menu
213
214 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
215 @section What is Calc?
216
217 @noindent
218 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
219 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
220 series of calculators, its many features include:
221
222 @itemize @bullet
223 @item
224 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
225
226 @item
227 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
228
229 @item
230 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
231 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
232 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
233 and algebraic formulas.
234
235 @item
236 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
237
238 @item
239 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
240
241 @item
242 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
243
244 @item
245 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
246 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
247
248 @item
249 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
250
251 @item
252 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
253
254 @item
255 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
256 inside any editing buffer.
257
258 @item
259 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
260
261 @item
262 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
263 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
264 @end itemize
265
266 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
267 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
268 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
269 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
270 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
271 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
272 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
273 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
274
275 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
276 @section About This Manual
277
278 @noindent
279 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
280 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
281 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
282 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
283 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
284 regularly.
285
286 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
287 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
288 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
289 @c [when-split]
290 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
291 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
292 @c chapter.
293
294 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
295 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
296 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
297 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
298 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
299
300 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
301 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
302 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
303 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
304 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
305 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
306 to use its features.
307
308 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
309 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
310 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
311 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
312 need to know.
313
314 @cindex Marginal notes
315 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
316 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
317 variables also have their own indices.
318 @texline Each
319 @infoline In the printed manual, each
320 paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
321 in the margin with its index entry.
322
323 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
324 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
325 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
326 you can press @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
327 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{C-x * t},
328 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s}. Within Calc,
329 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
330 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
331 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
332
333 @ifnottex
334 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
335 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
336 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
337 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
338 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
339 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
340 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
341 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
342 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
343 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
344 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
345 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
346 The result will be a device-independent output file called
347 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
348 for your system. On many systems, the command is
349
350 @example
351 lpr -d calc.dvi
352 @end example
353
354 @noindent
355 or
356
357 @example
358 dvips calc.dvi
359 @end example
360 @end ifnottex
361 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
362 @c Foundation.
363
364 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
365 @section Notations Used in This Manual
366
367 @noindent
368 This section describes the various notations that are used
369 throughout the Calc manual.
370
371 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
372 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
373 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
374 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
375 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
376 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
377 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
378 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
379 regularly using Emacs.
380
381 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
382 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
383 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
384 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
385 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
386
387 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
388 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
389 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
390
391 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
392 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
393 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
394 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
395
396 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
397 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
398 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
399 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
400 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
401
402 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
403 [@code{sincos}].
404
405 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
406 @section A Demonstration of Calc
407
408 @noindent
409 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
410 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
411 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
412 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
413 Tutorial.
414
415 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
416 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
417 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
418 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
419
420 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
421 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
422 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
423 Delete, and Space keys.
424
425 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
426 then the command to operate on the numbers.
427
428 @noindent
429 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
430 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
431 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
432
433 @noindent
434 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
435 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
436 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
437
438 @noindent
439 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
440
441 @noindent
442 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
443 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
444
445 @noindent
446 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
447
448 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
449 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
450 use the apostrophe key.
451
452 @noindent
453 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
454 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
455 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
456
457 @noindent
458 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
459 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
460 @infoline `pi' squared.
461 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
462
463 @noindent
464 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
465 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
466
467 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
468 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
469 the next section.)
470
471 @noindent
472 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
473 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
474
475 @noindent
476 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
477
478 @noindent
479 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
480
481 @noindent
482 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
483
484 @noindent
485 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
486 the Keypad Calculator off.
487
488 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
489 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
490 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
491 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
492 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
493 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
494 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
495
496 @example
497 @group
498 1.23 1.97
499 1.6 2
500 1.19 1.08
501 @end group
502 @end example
503
504 @noindent
505 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
506 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
507
508 @noindent
509 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
510 the product of the numbers.
511
512 @noindent
513 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
514 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
515 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
516
517 @noindent
518 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
519 @texline @math{3\times2}
520 @infoline 3x2
521 matrix into a
522 @texline @math{2\times3}
523 @infoline 2x3
524 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
525 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
526 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
527 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
528
529 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
530 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
531 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
532
533 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
534 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
535 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
536 many weeks have passed since then.
537
538 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
539 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
540 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
541 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
542 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
543 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
544
545 @noindent
546 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
547 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
548 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
549 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
550 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
551
552 @noindent
553 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
554 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
555
556 @ifnotinfo
557 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
558 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
559 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
560 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
561 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
562 @end ifnotinfo
563 @ifinfo
564 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
565 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
566 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
567 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
568 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
569 @end ifinfo
570
571 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
572 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
573
574 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
575 @section Using Calc
576
577 @noindent
578 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
579 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
580 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
581
582 @menu
583 * Starting Calc::
584 * The Standard Interface::
585 * Quick Mode Overview::
586 * Keypad Mode Overview::
587 * Standalone Operation::
588 * Embedded Mode Overview::
589 * Other C-x * Commands::
590 @end menu
591
592 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
593 @subsection Starting Calc
594
595 @noindent
596 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
597 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
598 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
599
600 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
601 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
602 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
603 which Calc interface you want to use.
604
605 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
606 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
607 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
608 a complete list.
609
610 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
611 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
612 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
613
614 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
615 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
616 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
617 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
618 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
619
620 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
621 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
622
623 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
624 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
625
626 @noindent
627 @cindex Standard user interface
628 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
629 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
630 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
631 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
632
633 @smallexample
634 @group
635
636 ...
637 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
638 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
639 2: 17.3 | 17.3
640 1: -5 | 3
641 . | 2
642 | 4
643 | * 8
644 | ->-5
645 |
646 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%%-Emacs: *Calc Trail*
647 @end group
648 @end smallexample
649
650 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
651 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
652 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
653 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
654 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
655 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
656 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
657 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
658 you do.
659
660 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
661 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
662 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
663 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
664 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
665
666 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
667 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
668 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
669
670 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
671 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
672 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
673 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
674 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
675 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
676 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
677
678 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
679 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
680 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
681 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
682 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
683 as Calc commands.
684
685 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
686 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
687 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
688 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
689 Calculator.
690
691 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
692 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
693 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
694 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
695 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
696 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
697 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
698
699 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
700
701 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
702 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
703 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
704 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
705 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
706 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
707 normal partial-screen mode.
708
709 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
710 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
711 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
712 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
713 @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
714
715 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
716 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
717
718 @noindent
719 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
720 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
721 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
722
723 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
724 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
725 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
726 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
727 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
728 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
729 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
730 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
731
732 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
733 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
734
735 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
736 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
737
738 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
739 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
740
741 @noindent
742 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
743 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
744 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
745 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
746
747 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
748 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
749 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
750 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
751
752 @tex
753 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
754 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
755 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
756 \medskip
757 @end tex
758 @smallexample
759 @group
760 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
761 |2: 17.3
762 |1: -5
763 | .
764 |--%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
765 |----+-----Calc 2.1------+----1
766 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
767 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
768 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
769 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
770 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
771 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
772 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
773 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
774 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
775 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
776 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
777 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
778 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
779 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
780 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
781 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
782 @end group
783 @end smallexample
784
785 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
786 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
787 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
788 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
789 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
790 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
791
792 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
793 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
794 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
795 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
796 the stack).
797
798 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
799 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
800 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
801 numbers.
802
803 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
804 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
805 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
806 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
807 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
808
809 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
810 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
811 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
812
813 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
814 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
815
816 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
817 @subsection Standalone Operation
818
819 @noindent
820 @cindex Standalone Operation
821 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
822 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
823 can give the commands:
824
825 @example
826 emacs -f full-calc
827 @end example
828
829 @noindent
830 or
831
832 @example
833 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
834 @end example
835
836 @noindent
837 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
838 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
839 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
840 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
841 itself.
842
843 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
844 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
845
846 @noindent
847 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
848 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
849 document like this:
850
851 @smallexample
852 @group
853 The derivative of
854
855 ln(ln(x))
856
857 is
858 @end group
859 @end smallexample
860
861 @noindent
862 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
863 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
864 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
865 you want the result to be:
866
867 @smallexample
868 @group
869 The derivative of
870
871 ln(ln(x))
872
873 is
874
875 ln(ln(x))
876 @end group
877 @end smallexample
878
879 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
880 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
881 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
882 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
883 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
884 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
885 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
886 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
887 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
888 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
889
890 @smallexample
891 @group
892 The derivative of
893
894 ln(ln(x))
895
896 is
897
898 1 / ln(x) x
899 @end group
900 @end smallexample
901
902 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
903 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
904
905 @smallexample
906 @group
907 The derivative of
908
909 ln(ln(x))
910
911 is
912 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
913 % [calc-mode: language: big]
914
915 1
916 -------
917 ln(x) x
918 @end group
919 @end smallexample
920
921 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
922 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
923 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
924 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
925 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
926 out of the way.)
927
928 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
929 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
930
931 @smallexample
932 @group
933 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
934 % [calc-mode: language: big]
935 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
936
937 1
938 ------- (1)
939 ln(x) x
940 @end group
941 @end smallexample
942
943 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
944 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
945
946 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
947 generally means a single number, inside text. It uses any
948 non-numeric characters rather than blank lines to delimit the
949 formula it reads. Here's an example of its use:
950
951 @smallexample
952 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
953 @end smallexample
954
955 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
956 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
957 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
958 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
959
960 @smallexample
961 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
962 @end smallexample
963
964 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
965 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
966
967 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
968 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
969
970 @noindent
971 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
972 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
973 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
974 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
975 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
976
977 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
978 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
979 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
980 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
981 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
982 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
983 formula.
984
985 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
986 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
987 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
988
989 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
990 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
991 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
992 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
993 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
994 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
995 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
996 is something on the Calc stack.
997
998 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
999 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1000 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1001
1002 @noindent
1003 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1004
1005 @table @kbd
1006 @item *
1007 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1008
1009 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1010 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1011
1012 @item C
1013 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1014 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1015 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1016
1017 @item O
1018 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1019 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1020 move it out of that window.
1021
1022 @item B
1023 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1024
1025 @item Q
1026 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1027
1028 @item K
1029 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1030
1031 @item E
1032 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1033
1034 @item J
1035 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1036
1037 @item W
1038 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1039
1040 @item Z
1041 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1042
1043 @item X
1044 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1045 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1046 @end table
1047 @iftex
1048 @sp 2
1049 @end iftex
1050
1051 @noindent
1052 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1053
1054 @table @kbd
1055 @item G
1056 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1057
1058 @item R
1059 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1060
1061 @item :
1062 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1063
1064 @item _
1065 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1066
1067 @item Y
1068 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1069 @end table
1070 @iftex
1071 @sp 2
1072 @end iftex
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1076
1077 @table @kbd
1078 @item A
1079 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1080 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1081 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1082
1083 @item D
1084 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1085 the duplicate.
1086
1087 @item F
1088 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1089
1090 @item N
1091 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1092
1093 @item P
1094 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1095
1096 @item U
1097 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1098
1099 @item `
1100 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1101 @end table
1102 @iftex
1103 @sp 2
1104 @end iftex
1105
1106 @noindent
1107 Miscellaneous commands:
1108
1109 @table @kbd
1110 @item I
1111 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1112 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1113
1114 @item T
1115 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1116
1117 @item S
1118 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1119
1120 @item L
1121 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1122 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1123
1124 @item M
1125 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1126 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1127
1128 @item 0
1129 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1130 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1131 @end table
1132
1133 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1134 @section History and Acknowledgements
1135
1136 @noindent
1137 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1138 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1139 the value of
1140 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1141 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1142 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1143 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1144 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1145 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1146 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1147 all.
1148
1149 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1150 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1151 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1152 got too far out of hand.
1153
1154 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1155 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1156 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1157
1158 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1159 this had to be
1160 simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers will only comfortably
1161 fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent calculator. So
1162 I had to write my own high-precision integer code as well, and once I had
1163 this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were just as easy as large
1164 integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was the logical next step.
1165 Also, since the large integer arithmetic was there anyway it seemed only
1166 fair to give the user direct access to it, which in turn made it practical
1167 to support fractions as well as floats. All these features inspired me
1168 to look around for other data types that might be worth having.
1169
1170 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1171 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1172 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1173 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1174 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1175 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1176 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1177 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1178 implement what they needed for themselves.
1179
1180 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1181 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1182 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1183
1184 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1185 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1186 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1187
1188 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1189 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1190 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1191 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1192 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1193 algebra system for microcomputers.
1194
1195 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1196 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1197 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1198 rules, and many other algebra features;
1199 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1200 @infoline Francois
1201 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1202 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1203 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1204 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1205 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1206 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1207 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Robert
1208 J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises; and Juha
1209 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1210 parts. Bob Weiner helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port.
1211
1212 @cindex Bibliography
1213 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1214 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1215 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1216 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1217 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1218 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1219 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1220 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1221 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1222 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1223 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1224 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1225 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1226 Dan LaLiberte.
1227
1228 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1229 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1230 finished in two weeks.
1231
1232 @c [tutorial]
1233
1234 @ifinfo
1235 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1236 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1237 @chapter Tutorial
1238
1239 @noindent
1240 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1241
1242 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1243 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1244 for this).
1245
1246 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1247 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1248 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1249 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1250
1251 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1252 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1253 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1254 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1255 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1256
1257 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1258
1259 Press @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1260
1261 @menu
1262 * Tutorial::
1263 @end menu
1264
1265 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1266 @end ifinfo
1267 @ifnotinfo
1268 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1269 @end ifnotinfo
1270 @chapter Tutorial
1271
1272 @noindent
1273 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1274 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1275 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1276 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1277 @c [not-split]
1278 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1279 @c [when-split]
1280 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1281
1282 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1283 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1284 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1285 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1286 the Embedded mode interface.
1287
1288 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1289 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1290 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1291 @kbd{C-x * c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1292 press @kbd{C-x * i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1293
1294 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1295 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1296 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1297 general areas.
1298
1299 @ifnottex
1300 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1301 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1302 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1303 @end ifnottex
1304 @iftex
1305 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1306 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1307 Calc.
1308 @end iftex
1309
1310 @menu
1311 * Basic Tutorial::
1312 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1313 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1314 * Types Tutorial::
1315 * Algebra Tutorial::
1316 * Programming Tutorial::
1317
1318 * Answers to Exercises::
1319 @end menu
1320
1321 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1322 @section Basic Tutorial
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1326 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1327 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1328
1329 @menu
1330 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1331 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1332 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1333 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1334 @end menu
1335
1336 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1337 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1338
1339 @cindex RPN notation
1340 @ifnottex
1341 @noindent
1342 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1343 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1344 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1345 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1346 @end ifnottex
1347 @tex
1348 \noindent
1349 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1350 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1351 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1352 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1353 @end tex
1354
1355 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1356 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1357 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1358 from the top of the stack.
1359
1360 @cindex Operators
1361 @cindex Operands
1362 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1363 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1364 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1365 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1366 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1367 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1368
1369 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1370 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1371 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1372 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1373 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1374 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1375 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1376 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1377 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1378
1379 @smallexample
1380 @group
1381 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1382 . 1: 3 .
1383 .
1384
1385 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1386 @end group
1387 @end smallexample
1388
1389 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1390 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1391 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1392 less distracting in regular use.
1393
1394 @cindex Stack levels
1395 @cindex Levels of stack
1396 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1397 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1398 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1399 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1400 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1401 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1402 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1403
1404 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1405 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1406 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1407 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1408 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1409 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1410 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1411 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1412 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1413 if you are interested.
1414
1415 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1416 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1417 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1418 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1419 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1420
1421 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1422 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1423
1424 @smallexample
1425 @group
1426 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1427 . 1: 3 .
1428 .
1429
1430 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1431 @end group
1432 @end smallexample
1433
1434 @noindent
1435 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1436 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1437 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1438
1439 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1440 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1441 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1442 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1443 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1444 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1445 return to where you were.)
1446
1447 @noindent
1448 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1449 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1450 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1451 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1452
1453 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1454 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1455 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1456 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1457
1458 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1459 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1460 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1461 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1462 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1463 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1464 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1465 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1466 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1467
1468 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1469 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1470 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1471
1472 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1473 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1474 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1475 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1476 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1477
1478 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1479 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1480 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1481
1482 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1483 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1484 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1485
1486 @smallexample
1487 @group
1488 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1489 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1490 . .
1491
1492 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1493 @end group
1494 @end smallexample
1495
1496 @noindent
1497 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1498 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1499
1500 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1501 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1502 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1503
1504 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1505 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1506 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1507 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1508 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1509
1510 @smallexample
1511 @group
1512 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1513 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1514 . .
1515
1516 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1517 @end group
1518 @end smallexample
1519
1520 @noindent
1521 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1522
1523 @smallexample
1524 @group
1525 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1526 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1527 . 1: 3 .
1528 .
1529
1530 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1531 @end group
1532 @end smallexample
1533
1534 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1535 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1536 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1537
1538 @smallexample
1539 @group
1540 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1541 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1542 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1543 . . .
1544
1545 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1546 @end group
1547 @end smallexample
1548
1549 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1550 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1551 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1552 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1553
1554 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1555 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1556 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1557 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1558
1559 @smallexample
1560 @group
1561 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1562 . . 1: 16 . .
1563 .
1564
1565 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1566 @end group
1567 @end smallexample
1568
1569 @noindent
1570 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1571 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1572
1573 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1574 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1575 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1576 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1577 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1578
1579 @smallexample
1580 @group
1581 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1582 . 1: 4 .
1583 .
1584
1585 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1586 @end group
1587 @end smallexample
1588
1589 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1590 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1591 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1592 prefix for you:
1593
1594 @smallexample
1595 @group
1596 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1597 . 1: 4 .
1598 .
1599
1600 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1601 @end group
1602 @end smallexample
1603
1604 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1605
1606 @smallexample
1607 @group
1608 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1609 . . .
1610
1611 4 @key{RET} n Q
1612 @end group
1613 @end smallexample
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1617 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1618 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1619 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1620
1621 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1622 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1623 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1624 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1625 complex result.)
1626
1627 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1628 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1629
1630 @smallexample
1631 @group
1632 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1633 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1634 . .
1635
1636 ( 2 , 3 )
1637 @end group
1638 @end smallexample
1639
1640 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1641 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1642
1643 @smallexample
1644 @group
1645 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1646 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1647 . 1: 3 . .
1648 .
1649 (error)
1650 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1651 @end group
1652 @end smallexample
1653
1654 @noindent
1655 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1656 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1657
1658 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1659 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1660
1661 @smallexample
1662 @group
1663 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1664 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1665 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1666 . . .
1667
1668 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1669 @end group
1670 @end smallexample
1671
1672 @noindent
1673 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1674 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1675 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1676 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1677
1678 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1679 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1680 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1681 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1682 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1683
1684 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1685 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1686 the tutorial.
1687
1688 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1689 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1690 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1691 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1692 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1693 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1694 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1695
1696 @smallexample
1697 @group
1698 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1699 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1700 . 1: 30 1: 30
1701 . .
1702
1703 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1704 @end group
1705 @end smallexample
1706
1707 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1708 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1709 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1710 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1711 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1712
1713 @smallexample
1714 @group
1715 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1716 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1717 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1718 . . 1: 20
1719 .
1720
1721 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1722 @end group
1723 @end smallexample
1724
1725 @cindex Clearing the stack
1726 @cindex Emptying the stack
1727 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1728 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1729 entire stack.)
1730
1731 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1732 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1733
1734 @noindent
1735 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1736 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1737 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1738 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1739
1740 @strong{Warning:} Note that @samp{/} has lower precedence than
1741 @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}. See
1742 below for details.
1743
1744 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1745 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1746 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1747 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1748 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1749 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1750 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1751
1752 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1753 The result should be the number 9.
1754
1755 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1756 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1757 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1758 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1759 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1760
1761 @example
1762 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 is equivalent to
1767
1768 @example
1769 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1770 @end example
1771
1772 @noindent
1773 or, in large mathematical notation,
1774
1775 @ifnottex
1776 @example
1777 @group
1778 3 * 4 * 5
1779 2 + --------- - 9
1780 8
1781 6 * 7
1782 @end group
1783 @end example
1784 @end ifnottex
1785 @tex
1786 \turnoffactive
1787 \beforedisplay
1788 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1789 \afterdisplay
1790 @end tex
1791
1792 @noindent
1793 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1794
1795 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1796 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1797 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1798 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1799
1800 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1801 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1802 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1803 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1804
1805 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1806 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1807 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1808 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1809 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1810
1811 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1812
1813 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1814 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1815 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1816 an algebraic entry.
1817
1818 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1819 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1820 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1821 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1822 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1823
1824 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1825 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1826
1827 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1828 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1829 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1830 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1831 rule to use!
1832
1833 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1834 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1835 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1836
1837 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1838
1839 @smallexample
1840 @group
1841 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1842 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1843 . .
1844
1845 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1846 @end group
1847 @end smallexample
1848
1849 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1850 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1851 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1852
1853 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1854 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1855 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1856 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1857 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1858 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1859 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1860
1861 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1862
1863 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1864 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1865 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1866 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1867 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1868 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1869 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1870 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1871 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1872 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1873 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1874 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1875 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1876
1877 @smallexample
1878 @group
1879 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1880 . . .
1881
1882 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1883 @end group
1884 @end smallexample
1885
1886 @noindent
1887 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1888 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1889
1890 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1891 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1892 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1893 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1894
1895 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1896 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1897
1898 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1899 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1900 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1901 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1902 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1903 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1904 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1905
1906 @smallexample
1907 @group
1908 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1909 . . .
1910
1911 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1912 @end group
1913 @end smallexample
1914
1915 @noindent
1916 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1917 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1918
1919 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1920 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1921 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1922
1923 @smallexample
1924 @group
1925 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1926 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1927 . 1: 2 .
1928 .
1929
1930 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1931 @end group
1932 @end smallexample
1933
1934 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1935 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1936 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1937 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1938 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1939 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1940
1941 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1942 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1943
1944 @smallexample
1945 @group
1946 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1947 . .
1948
1949 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1950 @end group
1951 @end smallexample
1952
1953 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1954 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1955
1956 @smallexample
1957 @group
1958 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1959 .
1960
1961 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1962 @end group
1963 @end smallexample
1964
1965 @noindent
1966 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1967 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1968 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1969 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1970 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1971 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1972 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1973 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1974 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1975 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1976 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1977 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1978 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
1979 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
1980
1981 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
1982 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
1983 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
1984 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
1985 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1986
1987 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
1988 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
1989 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1990
1991 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
1992 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
1993 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
1994 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
1995 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
1996 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
1997 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
1998 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
1999
2000 @smallexample
2001 @group
2002 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2003 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2004 . .
2005
2006 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2007 @end group
2008 @end smallexample
2009
2010 @noindent
2011 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2012 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2013 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2014 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2015 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2016
2017 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2018
2019 @smallexample
2020 @group
2021 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2022 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2023 .
2024
2025 s u a @key{RET}
2026 @end group
2027 @end smallexample
2028
2029 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2030 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2031
2032 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2033 @subsection Undo and Redo
2034
2035 @noindent
2036 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2037 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2038 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2039 with a clean slate. Now:
2040
2041 @smallexample
2042 @group
2043 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2044 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2045 . .
2046
2047 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2048 @end group
2049 @end smallexample
2050
2051 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2052 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2053 above example, you could type:
2054
2055 @smallexample
2056 @group
2057 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2058 . 1: 3 .
2059 .
2060 (error)
2061 U U U U
2062 @end group
2063 @end smallexample
2064
2065 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2066 mistakenly.
2067
2068 @smallexample
2069 @group
2070 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2071 . 1: 3 . .
2072 .
2073 (error)
2074 D D D D
2075 @end group
2076 @end smallexample
2077
2078 @noindent
2079 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2080 by something other than an undo command.
2081
2082 @cindex Time travel
2083 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2084 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2085 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2086 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2087 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2088 was an earlier undo command.
2089
2090 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2091 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2092 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2093 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2094
2095 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2096 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2097 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2098 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2099 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2100 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2101 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2102 stack.
2103
2104 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2105 went into the trail.
2106
2107 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2108 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2109 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2110 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2111 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2112 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2113 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2114 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2115
2116 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2117 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2118 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2119 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2120 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2121
2122 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2123 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2124 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2125 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2126 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2127 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2128 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2129 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2130 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2131 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2132 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2133
2134 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2135
2136 @smallexample
2137 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2138 @end smallexample
2139
2140 @noindent
2141 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2142 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2143 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2144 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2145 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2146 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2147 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2148
2149 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2150 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2151 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2152 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2153 the prefix.
2154
2155 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2156 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2157 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2158 to edit a stack entry.
2159
2160 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2161 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2162 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2163 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2164 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2165 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2166 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2167 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2168
2169 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2170 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2171
2172 @noindent
2173 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2174 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2175 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2176 try some of the most common ones here.
2177
2178 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2179 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2180
2181 @smallexample
2182 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2183 @end smallexample
2184
2185 @noindent
2186 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2187 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2188 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2189 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2190 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2191 leading and trailing zeros.
2192
2193 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2194 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2195 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2196
2197 @smallexample
2198 @group
2199 1: 0.142857142857
2200 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2201 .
2202 @end group
2203 @end smallexample
2204
2205 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2206 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2207 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2208 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2209
2210 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2211 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2212
2213 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2214 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2215 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2216 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2217 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2218 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2219 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2220
2221 @smallexample
2222 @group
2223 1: 0.142857142857
2224 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2225 3: 1.14285714286
2226 .
2227 @end group
2228 @end smallexample
2229
2230 @noindent
2231 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2232 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2233
2234 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2235 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2236 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2237 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2238 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2239 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2240 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2241 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2242 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2243 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2244 arithmetic.
2245
2246 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2247 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2248 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2249
2250 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2251
2252 @smallexample
2253 @group
2254 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2255 . 1: 10000 .
2256 .
2257
2258 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2259 @end group
2260 @end smallexample
2261
2262 @noindent
2263 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2264 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2265 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2266 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2267 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2268
2269 @smallexample
2270 @group
2271 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2272 . 1: 10000. .
2273 .
2274
2275 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2276 @end group
2277 @end smallexample
2278
2279 @cindex Round-off errors
2280 @noindent
2281 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2282 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2283 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2284 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2285 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2286 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2287 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2288 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2289 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2290 out:
2291
2292 @smallexample
2293 @group
2294 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2295 . 1: 10000. .
2296 .
2297
2298 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2299 @end group
2300 @end smallexample
2301
2302 @noindent
2303 @cindex Guard digits
2304 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2305 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2306 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2307 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2308 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2309 last place.
2310
2311 @cindex Guard digits
2312 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2313 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2314 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2315 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2316 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2317 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2318 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2319
2320 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2321 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2322 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2323 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2324 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2325 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2326 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2327 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2328 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2329 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2330 numbers shown here:
2331
2332 @smallexample
2333 @group
2334 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2335 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2336 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2337 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2338 . . . . .
2339
2340 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2341 @end group
2342 @end smallexample
2343
2344 @noindent
2345 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2346 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2347 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2348 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2349 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2350 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2351
2352 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2353 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2354 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2355 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2356
2357 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2358 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2359 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2360 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2361 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2362
2363 @smallexample
2364 @group
2365 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2366 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2367 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2368 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2369 . . . . .
2370
2371 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2372 @end group
2373 @end smallexample
2374
2375 @noindent
2376 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2377 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2378 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2379 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2380 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2381 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2382 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2383
2384 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2385 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2386 displayed exactly.
2387
2388 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2389 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2390 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2391
2392 @example
2393 2417851639229258349412352
2394 @end example
2395
2396 @noindent
2397 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2398
2399 @example
2400 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2401 @end example
2402
2403 @noindent
2404 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2405 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2406 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2407
2408 @example
2409 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2410 @end example
2411
2412 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2413 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2414 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2415
2416 @example
2417 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2418 @end example
2419
2420 @noindent
2421 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2422 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2423
2424 @example
2425 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2426 @end example
2427
2428 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2429 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2430
2431 @example
2432 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2433 @end example
2434
2435 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2436 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2437 restore the default precision.
2438
2439 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2440 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2441 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2442 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2443
2444 @example
2445 16#200000000000000000000
2446 @end example
2447
2448 @noindent
2449 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2450 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2451 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2452 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2453 form:
2454
2455 @example
2456 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2457 @end example
2458
2459 @noindent
2460 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2461 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2462 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2463 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2464 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2465 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2466
2467 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2468 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2469 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2470 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2471 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2472
2473 @example
2474 2#101,1111,1110
2475 @end example
2476
2477 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2478 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2479 other radix.
2480
2481 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2482
2483 @example
2484 1,534
2485 @end example
2486
2487 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2488 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2489 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2490 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2491
2492 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2493 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2494 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2495 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2496 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2497 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2498 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2499 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2500 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2501
2502 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2503 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2504 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2505 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2506 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2507 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2508 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2509 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2510
2511 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2512 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2513 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2514 the way they are actually computed.
2515
2516 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2517 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2518 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2519 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2520
2521 @smallexample
2522 @group
2523 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2524 . . . .
2525
2526 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2527 @end group
2528 @end smallexample
2529
2530 @noindent
2531 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2532 of 45 degrees is
2533 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2534 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2535 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2536 roundoff error because the representation of
2537 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2538 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2539 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2540 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2541 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2542
2543 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2544 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2545 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2546 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2547 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2548
2549 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2550 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2551 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2552 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2553 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2554
2555 @smallexample
2556 @group
2557 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2558 . . .
2559
2560 P 4 / m r S
2561 @end group
2562 @end smallexample
2563
2564 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2565 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2566
2567 @smallexample
2568 @group
2569 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2570 . . .
2571
2572 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2573 @end group
2574 @end smallexample
2575
2576 @noindent
2577 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2578 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2579 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2580 first in radians, then in degrees.
2581
2582 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2583 and vice-versa.
2584
2585 @smallexample
2586 @group
2587 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2588 . . .
2589
2590 45 c r c d
2591 @end group
2592 @end smallexample
2593
2594 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2595 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2596 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2597 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2598 number, instead.
2599
2600 @smallexample
2601 @group
2602 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2603 1: 9 . .
2604 .
2605
2606 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2607 @end group
2608 @end smallexample
2609
2610 @noindent
2611 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2612 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2613
2614 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2615 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2616 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2617 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2618 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2619 what to do when dividing two integers.
2620
2621 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2622 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2623 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2624 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2625 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2626
2627 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2628 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2629 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2630 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2631 recompute for you.
2632
2633 @smallexample
2634 @group
2635 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2636 . . .
2637
2638 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2639 @end group
2640 @end smallexample
2641
2642 @noindent
2643 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2644 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2645 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2646 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2647 might affect their values.
2648
2649 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2650 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2651
2652 @noindent
2653 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2654 available in the Calculator.
2655
2656 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2657 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2658 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2659 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2660
2661 @smallexample
2662 @group
2663 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2664 . . . . .
2665
2666 5 & & n n
2667 @end group
2668 @end smallexample
2669
2670 @cindex Binary operators
2671 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2672 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2673 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2674 a negative prefix.
2675
2676 @smallexample
2677 @group
2678 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2679 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2680 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2681 . . 1: 10 .
2682 .
2683
2684 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2685 @end group
2686 @end smallexample
2687
2688 @cindex Unary operators
2689 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2690 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2691
2692 @smallexample
2693 @group
2694 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2695 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2696 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2697 . . .
2698
2699 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2700 @end group
2701 @end smallexample
2702
2703 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2704 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2705 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2706 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2707 integer.
2708
2709 @smallexample
2710 @group
2711 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2712 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2713 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2714 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2715 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2716 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2717 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2718 . . .
2719
2720 M-7 F U M-7 R
2721 @end group
2722 @end smallexample
2723
2724 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2725 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2726 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2727 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2728 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2729
2730 @smallexample
2731 @group
2732 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2733 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2734 . .
2735
2736 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2737 @end group
2738 @end smallexample
2739
2740 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2741
2742 @smallexample
2743 @group
2744 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2745 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2746 . .
2747
2748 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2749 @end group
2750 @end smallexample
2751
2752 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2753 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2754 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2755 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2756 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2757
2758 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2759 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2760 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2761 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2762 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2763
2764 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2765 identity
2766 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2767 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2768 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2769 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2770
2771 @smallexample
2772 @group
2773 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2774 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2775 . . . .
2776
2777 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2778 @end group
2779 @end smallexample
2780
2781 @noindent
2782 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2783 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2784
2785 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2786 of squares, command.
2787
2788 Another identity is
2789 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2790 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2791 @smallexample
2792 @group
2793
2794 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2795 1: 0.43837 . .
2796 .
2797
2798 U / I T
2799 @end group
2800 @end smallexample
2801
2802 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2803 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2804 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2805 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2806
2807 @smallexample
2808 @group
2809 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2810 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2811 . .
2812
2813 U U M-2 n / I T
2814 @end group
2815 @end smallexample
2816
2817 @noindent
2818 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2819 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2820 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2821 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2822 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2823 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2824 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2825
2826 @smallexample
2827 @group
2828 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2829 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2830 . 1: 0.43837 .
2831 .
2832
2833 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2834 @end group
2835 @end smallexample
2836
2837 @noindent
2838 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2839 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2840
2841 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2842 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2843 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2844 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2845 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2846 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2847 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2848 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2849
2850 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2851 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2852 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2853 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2854 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2855
2856 @smallexample
2857 @group
2858 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2859 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2860 . . . . .
2861
2862 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2863 @end group
2864 @end smallexample
2865
2866 @noindent
2867 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2868 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2869 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2870 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2871 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2872 error.
2873
2874 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2875 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2876 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2877 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2878
2879 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2880 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2881
2882 @cindex Common logarithm
2883 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2884 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2885 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2886 prefix.
2887
2888 @smallexample
2889 @group
2890 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2891 . . . .
2892
2893 1000 L U H L
2894 @end group
2895 @end smallexample
2896
2897 @noindent
2898 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2899 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2900
2901 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2902 value of @var{b}.
2903
2904 @smallexample
2905 @group
2906 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2907 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2908 . .
2909
2910 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2911 @end group
2912 @end smallexample
2913
2914 @noindent
2915 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2916 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2917 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2918 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2919 onto the stack.
2920
2921 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2922 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2923 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2924 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2925 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2926 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2927 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2928 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2929 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2930 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2931
2932 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2933 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2934 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2935
2936 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2937 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2938 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2939
2940 @smallexample
2941 @group
2942 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2943 . . . .
2944
2945 100 ! U c f !
2946 @end group
2947 @end smallexample
2948
2949 @noindent
2950 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2951 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2952 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2953 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2954 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2955 in this case).
2956
2957 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2958 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2959 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2960 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2961 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2962
2963 @smallexample
2964 @group
2965 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2966 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2967 1: 5. 1: 120.
2968 . .
2969
2970 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2971 @end group
2972 @end smallexample
2973
2974 @noindent
2975 Here we verify the identity
2976 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2977 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2978
2979 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
2980 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
2981 is defined by
2982 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
2983 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
2984 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
2985 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
2986 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
2987 large intermediate values.
2988
2989 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
2990 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
2991 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
2992
2993 @smallexample
2994 @group
2995 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
2996 1: 20 . .
2997 .
2998
2999 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3000 @end group
3001 @end smallexample
3002
3003 @noindent
3004 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{v u} to ``unpack''
3005 this vector into 8 separate stack entries, then @kbd{M-8 *} to
3006 multiply them back together. The result is the original number,
3007 30045015.
3008
3009 @cindex Hash tables
3010 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3011 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3012 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3013
3014 @smallexample
3015 @group
3016 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3017 . . .
3018
3019 10000 k n I k n
3020 @end group
3021 @end smallexample
3022
3023 @noindent
3024 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3025 10000.
3026
3027 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3028 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3029 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3030 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3031
3032 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3033 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3034 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3035
3036 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3037 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3038
3039 @noindent
3040 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3041 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3042 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3043 a vector as a list of objects.
3044
3045 @menu
3046 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3047 * Matrix Tutorial::
3048 * List Tutorial::
3049 @end menu
3050
3051 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3052 @subsection Vector Analysis
3053
3054 @noindent
3055 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3056 elements, taken pairwise.
3057
3058 @smallexample
3059 @group
3060 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3061 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3062 .
3063
3064 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3065 @end group
3066 @end smallexample
3067
3068 @noindent
3069 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3070 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3071 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3072 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3073
3074 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3075 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3076 of the vectors.
3077
3078 @smallexample
3079 @group
3080 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3081 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3082 .
3083
3084 r 1 r 2 *
3085 @end group
3086 @end smallexample
3087
3088 @cindex Dot product
3089 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3090 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3091 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3092 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3093 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3094 vector.
3095
3096 @smallexample
3097 @group
3098 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3099 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3100 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3101 . .
3102
3103 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3104 @end group
3105 @end smallexample
3106
3107 @noindent
3108 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3109 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3110 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3111 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3112 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3113 is about 56 degrees.
3114
3115 @cindex Cross product
3116 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3117 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3118 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3119 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3120 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3121 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3122 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3123
3124 @smallexample
3125 @group
3126 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3127 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3128 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3129 .
3130
3131 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3132 @end group
3133 @end smallexample
3134
3135 @noindent
3136 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3137 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3138 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3139 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3140
3141 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3142 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3143 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3144 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3145 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3146 prefix keys have this property.)
3147
3148 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3149 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3150 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3151
3152 @smallexample
3153 @group
3154 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3155 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3156 . .
3157
3158 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3159 @end group
3160 @end smallexample
3161
3162 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3163 @cindex Unit vectors
3164 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3165 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3166 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3167 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3168
3169 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3170 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3171 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3172 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3173 Find the average position of the particle.
3174 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3175
3176 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3177 @subsection Matrices
3178
3179 @noindent
3180 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3181 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3182 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3183 both methods here:
3184
3185 @smallexample
3186 @group
3187 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3188 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3189 . .
3190
3191 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3192 @end group
3193 @end smallexample
3194
3195 @noindent
3196 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3197
3198 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3199 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3200 the second example.
3201
3202 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3203 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3204 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3205 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3206 of the right matrix.
3207
3208 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3209 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3210
3211 @smallexample
3212 @group
3213 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3214 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3215 .
3216
3217 @key{RET} *
3218 @end group
3219 @end smallexample
3220
3221 @noindent
3222 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3223 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3224 been left in symbolic form.
3225
3226 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3227
3228 @smallexample
3229 @group
3230 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3231 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3232 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3233 [ 2, 5 ] .
3234 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3235 .
3236
3237 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3238 @end group
3239 @end smallexample
3240
3241 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3242 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3243 matrix, as happened here!
3244
3245 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3246 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3247 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3248 as a row or column as appropriate.
3249
3250 @smallexample
3251 @group
3252 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3253 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3254 1: [1, 2, 3]
3255 .
3256
3257 r 4 r 1 *
3258 @end group
3259 @end smallexample
3260
3261 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3262 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3263 vector.
3264
3265 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3266 of the above
3267 @texline @math{2\times3}
3268 @infoline 2x3
3269 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3270 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3271 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3272
3273 @cindex Identity matrix
3274 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3275 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3276 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3277 the original matrix.
3278
3279 @smallexample
3280 @group
3281 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3282 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3283 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3284 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3285 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3286 .
3287
3288 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3289 @end group
3290 @end smallexample
3291
3292 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3293 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3294 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3295 inverse of a matrix.
3296
3297 @smallexample
3298 @group
3299 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3300 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3301 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3302 . .
3303
3304 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3305 @end group
3306 @end smallexample
3307
3308 @noindent
3309 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3310 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3311 our matrix to make it square.
3312
3313 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3314
3315 @smallexample
3316 @group
3317 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3318 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3319 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3320 . .
3321
3322 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3323 @end group
3324 @end smallexample
3325
3326 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3327 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3328 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3329 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3330
3331 @ifnottex
3332 @group
3333 @example
3334 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3335 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3336 7a + 6b = 3
3337 @end example
3338 @end group
3339 @end ifnottex
3340 @tex
3341 \turnoffactive
3342 \beforedisplayh
3343 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3344 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3345 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3346 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3347 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3348 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3349 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3350 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3351 $$
3352 \afterdisplayh
3353 @end tex
3354
3355 @noindent
3356 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3357
3358 @ifnottex
3359 @group
3360 @example
3361 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3362 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3363 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3364 @end example
3365 @end group
3366 @end ifnottex
3367 @tex
3368 \turnoffactive
3369 \beforedisplay
3370 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3371 \times
3372 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3373 $$
3374 \afterdisplay
3375 @end tex
3376
3377 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3378 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3379
3380 @smallexample
3381 @group
3382 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3383 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3384 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3385 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3386 .
3387
3388 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3389 @end group
3390 @end smallexample
3391
3392 @noindent
3393 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3394 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3395 inverse.)
3396
3397 Let's verify this solution:
3398
3399 @smallexample
3400 @group
3401 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3402 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3403 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3404 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3405 .
3406
3407 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3408 @end group
3409 @end smallexample
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3413 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3414 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3415 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3416 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3417 vectors, use explicit
3418 @texline @math{N\times1}
3419 @infoline Nx1
3420 or
3421 @texline @math{1\times N}
3422 @infoline 1xN
3423 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3424 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3425
3426 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3427 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3428 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3429 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3430
3431 @ifnottex
3432 @group
3433 @example
3434 x + a y = 6
3435 x + b y = 10
3436 @end example
3437 @end group
3438 @end ifnottex
3439 @tex
3440 \turnoffactive
3441 \beforedisplay
3442 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3443 x &+ b y = 10}
3444 $$
3445 \afterdisplay
3446 @end tex
3447
3448 @noindent
3449 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3450
3451 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3452 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3453 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3454 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3455 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3456 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3457 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3458 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3459 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3460 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3461 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3462 @ifnottex
3463 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3464 @end ifnottex
3465 @tex
3466 \turnoffactive
3467 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3468 @end tex
3469 Now
3470 @texline @math{A^T A}
3471 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3472 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3473 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3474 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3475 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3476 system:
3477
3478 @ifnottex
3479 @group
3480 @example
3481 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3482 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3483 7a + 6b = 3
3484 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3485 @end example
3486 @end group
3487 @end ifnottex
3488 @tex
3489 \turnoffactive
3490 \beforedisplayh
3491 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3492 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3493 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3494 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3495 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3496 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3497 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3498 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3499 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3500 $$
3501 \afterdisplayh
3502 @end tex
3503
3504 @noindent
3505 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3506
3507 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3508 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3509
3510 @noindent
3511 @cindex Lists
3512 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3513 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3514 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3515 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3516 number.
3517
3518 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3519
3520 @smallexample
3521 @group
3522 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3523 2: 20 . 2: 20
3524 1: 30 1: 30
3525 . .
3526
3527 M-3 v p v u
3528 @end group
3529 @end smallexample
3530
3531 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3532 of many copies of a given value:
3533
3534 @smallexample
3535 @group
3536 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3537 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3538 . .
3539
3540 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3541 @end group
3542 @end smallexample
3543
3544 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3545 @dfn{map} command.
3546
3547 @smallexample
3548 @group
3549 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3550 . . .
3551
3552 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3553 @end group
3554 @end smallexample
3555
3556 @noindent
3557 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3558 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3559 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3560 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3561 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3562 of each element.
3563
3564 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3565 from
3566 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3567 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3568 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3569
3570 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3571 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3572 elements in the vector:
3573
3574 @smallexample
3575 @group
3576 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3577 . . .
3578
3579 123123 k f V R *
3580 @end group
3581 @end smallexample
3582
3583 @noindent
3584 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3585 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3586
3587 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3588 reduction:
3589
3590 @smallexample
3591 @group
3592 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3593 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3594 .
3595
3596 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3597 @end group
3598 @end smallexample
3599
3600 @noindent
3601 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3602 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3603 for the dot product as before.
3604
3605 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3606 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3607 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3608
3609 @smallexample
3610 @group
3611 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3612 . .
3613
3614 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3615 @end group
3616 @end smallexample
3617
3618 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3619 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3620 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3621 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3622 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3623 vector size).
3624
3625 @smallexample
3626 @group
3627 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3628 . .
3629
3630 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3631 @end group
3632 @end smallexample
3633
3634 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3635 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3636 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3637
3638 @smallexample
3639 @group
3640 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3641 . .
3642
3643 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3644 @end group
3645 @end smallexample
3646
3647 @noindent
3648 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3649 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3650 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3651 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3652 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3653 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3654 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3655
3656 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3657 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3658 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3659
3660 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3661 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3662 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3663 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3664 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3665 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3666 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3667 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3668 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3669 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3670
3671 @smallexample
3672 x y
3673 --- ---
3674 1.34 0.234
3675 1.41 0.298
3676 1.49 0.402
3677 1.56 0.412
3678 1.64 0.466
3679 1.73 0.473
3680 1.82 0.601
3681 1.91 0.519
3682 2.01 0.603
3683 2.11 0.637
3684 2.22 0.645
3685 2.33 0.705
3686 2.45 0.917
3687 2.58 1.009
3688 2.71 0.971
3689 2.85 1.062
3690 3.00 1.148
3691 3.15 1.157
3692 3.32 1.354
3693 @end smallexample
3694
3695 @noindent
3696 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3697 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3698 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3699 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3700
3701 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3702 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3703 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3704 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3705 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3706 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3707 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3708 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3709
3710 @smallexample
3711 @group
3712 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3713 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3714 @dots{}
3715 @end group
3716 @end smallexample
3717
3718 @noindent
3719 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3720 large matrix.)
3721
3722 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3723 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3724 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3725 of row vectors on the stack.
3726
3727 @smallexample
3728 @group
3729 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3730 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3731 . .
3732
3733 v t v u
3734 @end group
3735 @end smallexample
3736
3737 @noindent
3738 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3739
3740 @smallexample
3741 @group
3742 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3743 .
3744
3745 t 2 t 1
3746 @end group
3747 @end smallexample
3748
3749 @noindent
3750 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3751 stored value from the stack.)
3752
3753 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3754
3755 @ifnottex
3756 @example
3757 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3758 @end example
3759 @end ifnottex
3760 @tex
3761 \turnoffactive
3762 \beforedisplay
3763 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3764 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3765 \afterdisplay
3766 @end tex
3767
3768 @noindent
3769 where
3770 @texline @math{\sum x}
3771 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3772 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3773 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3774 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3775 this formula uses.
3776
3777 @smallexample
3778 @group
3779 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3780 . .
3781
3782 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3783
3784 @end group
3785 @end smallexample
3786 @noindent
3787 @smallexample
3788 @group
3789 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3790 . .
3791
3792 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3793 @end group
3794 @end smallexample
3795
3796 @ifnottex
3797 @noindent
3798 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3799 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3800 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3801 @end ifnottex
3802 @tex
3803 \turnoffactive
3804 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3805 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3806 $\sum x y$.)
3807 @end tex
3808
3809 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3810 the length of either of our lists.
3811
3812 @smallexample
3813 @group
3814 1: 19
3815 .
3816
3817 r 1 v l t 7
3818 @end group
3819 @end smallexample
3820
3821 @noindent
3822 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3823
3824 Now we grind through the formula:
3825
3826 @smallexample
3827 @group
3828 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3829 . 1: 566.70919 .
3830 .
3831
3832 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3833
3834 @end group
3835 @end smallexample
3836 @noindent
3837 @smallexample
3838 @group
3839 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3840 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3841 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3842 .
3843
3844 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3845 @end group
3846 @end smallexample
3847
3848 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3849 be found with the simple formula,
3850
3851 @ifnottex
3852 @example
3853 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3854 @end example
3855 @end ifnottex
3856 @tex
3857 \turnoffactive
3858 \beforedisplay
3859 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3860 \afterdisplay
3861 \vskip10pt
3862 @end tex
3863
3864 @smallexample
3865 @group
3866 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3867 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3868 .
3869
3870 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3871 @end group
3872 @end smallexample
3873
3874 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3875 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3876 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3877 and compare it with the original data.
3878
3879 @smallexample
3880 @group
3881 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3882 . .
3883
3884 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3885 @end group
3886 @end smallexample
3887
3888 @noindent
3889 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3890 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3891 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3892 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3893
3894 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3895 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3896
3897 @smallexample
3898 @group
3899 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3900 . . .
3901
3902 r 2 - V M A V R X
3903 @end group
3904 @end smallexample
3905
3906 @noindent
3907 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3908 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3909 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3910 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3911 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3912 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3913 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3914 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3915 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3916
3917 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3918 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3919 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3920 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3921 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3922
3923 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3924 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3925 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3926 plotting of data.
3927
3928 @smallexample
3929 @group
3930 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3931 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3932 .
3933
3934 r 1 r 2 g f
3935 @end group
3936 @end smallexample
3937
3938 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3939 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3940 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3941 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3942 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3943 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3944
3945 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3946 @ifinfo
3947 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3948 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3949 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3950 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3951 @end ifinfo
3952
3953 @smallexample
3954 @group
3955 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3956 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3957 .
3958
3959 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3960 @end group
3961 @end smallexample
3962
3963 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3964 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3965 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3966
3967 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3968 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3969 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3970 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3971 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3972 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3973
3974 @cindex Geometric mean
3975 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3976 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3977 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3978 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3979 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3980 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3981
3982 @example
3983 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3984 15 14 7.5
3985 2.5
3986 @end example
3987
3988 @noindent
3989 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
3990 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
3991 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3992
3993 @ifnottex
3994 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
3995 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
3996 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
3997 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
3998 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
3999 for @expr{n=6}.
4000 @end ifnottex
4001 @tex
4002 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4003 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4004 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4005 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4006 for \cite{n=6}.
4007 @end tex
4008
4009 @smallexample
4010 @group
4011 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4012 . .
4013
4014 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4015
4016 @end group
4017 @end smallexample
4018 @noindent
4019 @smallexample
4020 @group
4021 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4022 . .
4023
4024 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4025 @end group
4026 @end smallexample
4027
4028 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4029 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4030 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4031 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4032 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4033
4034 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4035 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4036 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4037 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4038 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4039 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4040
4041 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4042 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4043 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4044 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4045 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4046 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4047 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4048 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4049 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4050 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4051 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4052 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4053 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4054 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4055 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4056
4057 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4058 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4059 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4060 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4061
4062 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4063 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4064 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4065 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4066 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4067 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4068
4069 @cindex Divisor functions
4070 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4071 @tex
4072 $\sigma_k(n)$
4073 @end tex
4074 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4075 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4076 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4077 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4078 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4079
4080 @cindex Square-free numbers
4081 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4082 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4083 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4084 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4085 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4086 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4087 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4088 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4089
4090 @cindex Triangular lists
4091 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4092 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4093 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4094
4095 @smallexample
4096 @group
4097 1: [ [1],
4098 [1, 2],
4099 [1, 2, 3],
4100 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4101 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4102 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4103 @end group
4104 @end smallexample
4105
4106 @noindent
4107 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4108
4109 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4110
4111 @smallexample
4112 @group
4113 1: [ [0],
4114 [1, 2],
4115 [3, 4, 5],
4116 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4117 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4118 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4119 @end group
4120 @end smallexample
4121
4122 @noindent
4123 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4124
4125 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4126 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4127 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4128 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4129 @infoline @expr{J1}
4130 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4131 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4132 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4133 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4134 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4135 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4136 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4137
4138 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4139 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4140 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4141 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4142 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4143 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4144 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4145 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4146 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4147 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4148 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4149
4150 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4151 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4152 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4153
4154 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4155 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4156 @texline @math{2\times2}
4157 @infoline 2x2
4158 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4159 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4160 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4161 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4162 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4163 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4164 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4165 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4166 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4167 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4168
4169 @cindex Matchstick problem
4170 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4171 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4172 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4173 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4174 a line turns out to be
4175 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4176 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4177 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4178 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4179 one turns out to be
4180 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4181 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4182 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4183 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4184
4185 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4186 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4187 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4188 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4189 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4190 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4191 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4192 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4193 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4194 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4195 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4196 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4197 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4198 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4199 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4200 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4201 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4202 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4203
4204 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4205 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4206 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4207 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4208 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4209 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4210 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4211 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4212 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4213 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4214 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4215 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4216
4217 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4218 @section Types Tutorial
4219
4220 @noindent
4221 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4222 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4223
4224 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4225 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4226 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4227 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4228 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4229
4230 @smallexample
4231 @group
4232 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4233 . 1: 49 . . .
4234 .
4235
4236 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4237 @end group
4238 @end smallexample
4239
4240 @noindent
4241 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4242 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4243 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4244 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4245 fraction beginning with 49.
4246
4247 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4248 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4249
4250 @smallexample
4251 @group
4252 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4253 . .
4254
4255 c f c F
4256 @end group
4257 @end smallexample
4258
4259 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4260 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4261 same, to within the current precision.
4262
4263 @smallexample
4264 @group
4265 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4266 . . . .
4267
4268 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4269 @end group
4270 @end smallexample
4271
4272 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4273 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4274 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4275 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4276
4277 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4278
4279 @smallexample
4280 @group
4281 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4282 . . . . .
4283
4284 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4285 @end group
4286 @end smallexample
4287
4288 @noindent
4289 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4290 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4291 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4292 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4293
4294 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4295 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4296 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4297 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4298 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4299 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4300 algebraic entry.
4301
4302 @smallexample
4303 @group
4304 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4305 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4306 . . . .
4307
4308 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4309 @end group
4310 @end smallexample
4311
4312 @noindent
4313 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4314 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4315 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4316 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4317 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4318 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4319 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4320 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4321 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4322 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4323 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4324 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4325 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4326
4327 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4328 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4329 to turn on Infinite mode.
4330
4331 @smallexample
4332 @group
4333 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4334 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4335 1: 0 . . .
4336 .
4337
4338 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4339 @end group
4340 @end smallexample
4341
4342 @noindent
4343 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4344 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4345 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4346 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4347 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4348 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4349 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4350 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4351 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4352 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4353 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4354 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4355 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4356 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4357 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4358 that matter, with anything else.
4359
4360 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4361 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4362 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4363 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4364 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4365
4366 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4367 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4368 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4369 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4370
4371 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4372 seconds.
4373
4374 @smallexample
4375 @group
4376 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4377 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4378 .
4379
4380 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4381 @end group
4382 @end smallexample
4383
4384 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4385 seconds.
4386
4387 @smallexample
4388 @group
4389 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4390 . . . .
4391
4392 0.5 I T c h S
4393 @end group
4394 @end smallexample
4395
4396 @noindent
4397 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4398 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4399 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4400
4401 @cindex Beatles
4402 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4403 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4404 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4405 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4406 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4407
4408 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4409 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4410 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4411
4412 @smallexample
4413 @group
4414 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4415 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4416 .
4417
4418 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4419 @end group
4420 @end smallexample
4421
4422 @noindent
4423 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4424 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4425 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4426 date form.
4427
4428 @smallexample
4429 @group
4430 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4431 . .
4432
4433 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4434 @end group
4435 @end smallexample
4436
4437 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4438 @noindent
4439 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4440 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4441 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4442 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4443 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4444 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4445
4446 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4447 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4448
4449 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4450 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4451
4452 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4453 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4454 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4455 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4456 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4457 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4458 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4459 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4460
4461 @smallexample
4462 @group
4463 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4464 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4465 .
4466
4467 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4468 @end group
4469 @end smallexample
4470
4471 @noindent
4472 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4473 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4474 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4475
4476 @cindex Torus, volume of
4477 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4478 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4479 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4480 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4481 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4482 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4483 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4484 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4485
4486 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4487 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4488 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4489 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4490 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4491
4492 @smallexample
4493 @group
4494 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4495 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4496 .
4497
4498 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4499 @end group
4500 @end smallexample
4501
4502 @noindent
4503 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4504 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4505
4506 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4507 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4508 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4509 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4510 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4511 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4512 the other.
4513
4514 @smallexample
4515 @group
4516 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4517 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4518 .
4519
4520 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4521 @end group
4522 @end smallexample
4523
4524 @noindent
4525 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4526 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4527 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4528 or both endpoints.
4529
4530 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4531 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4532 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4533 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4534 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4535
4536 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4537 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4538 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4539 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4540 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4541
4542 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4543 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4544 or 24 hours.
4545
4546 @smallexample
4547 @group
4548 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4549 . . . .
4550
4551 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4552 @end group
4553 @end smallexample
4554
4555 @noindent
4556 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4557 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4558 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4559 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4560 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4561
4562 @smallexample
4563 @group
4564 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4565 . . . .
4566
4567 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4568 @end group
4569 @end smallexample
4570
4571 @noindent
4572 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4573 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4574 that arises in the second one.
4575
4576 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4577 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4578 says that
4579 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4580 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4581 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4582 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4583 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4584 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4585 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4586 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4587
4588 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4589 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4590 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4591 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4592
4593 @smallexample
4594 @group
4595 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4596 . .
4597
4598 x time @key{RET} n
4599 @end group
4600 @end smallexample
4601
4602 @noindent
4603 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4604
4605 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4606 is about
4607 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4608 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4609 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4610 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4611
4612 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4613 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4614 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4615 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4616 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4617 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4618
4619 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4620 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4621 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4622 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4623 like centimeters and inches.
4624
4625 @smallexample
4626 @group
4627 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4628 . . . .
4629
4630 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4631 @end group
4632 @end smallexample
4633
4634 @noindent
4635 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4636 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4637 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4638 which in this case means meters.
4639
4640 @smallexample
4641 @group
4642 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4643 . . . .
4644
4645 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4646
4647 @end group
4648 @end smallexample
4649 @noindent
4650 @smallexample
4651 @group
4652 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4653 . . .
4654
4655 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4656 @end group
4657 @end smallexample
4658
4659 @noindent
4660 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4661 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4662 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4663 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4664 being interpreted as unit names.
4665
4666 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4667 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4668 as its standard unit of length.
4669
4670 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4671
4672 @smallexample
4673 @group
4674 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4675 . . . .
4676
4677 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4678 @end group
4679 @end smallexample
4680
4681 @noindent
4682 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4683 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4684 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4685
4686 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4687 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4688 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4689 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4690 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4691 for them.
4692
4693 @smallexample
4694 @group
4695 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4696 . . . .
4697
4698 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4699 @end group
4700 @end smallexample
4701
4702 @noindent
4703 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4704 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4705 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4706 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4707 for easier comparison with the other result.
4708
4709 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4710 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4711 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4712 numbers are in which units:
4713
4714 @smallexample
4715 @group
4716 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4717 . . .
4718
4719 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4720 @end group
4721 @end smallexample
4722
4723 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4724 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4725 at the units table.
4726
4727 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4728 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4729
4730 @cindex Speed of light
4731 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4732 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4733 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4734 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4735 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4736
4737 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4738 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4739 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4740 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4741 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4742
4743 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4744 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4745
4746 @noindent
4747 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4748 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4749 formulas.
4750
4751 @menu
4752 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4753 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4754 @end menu
4755
4756 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4757 @subsection Basic Algebra
4758
4759 @noindent
4760 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4761 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4762 formulas as regular data objects.
4763
4764 @smallexample
4765 @group
4766 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4767 . . .
4768
4769 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4770 @end group
4771 @end smallexample
4772
4773 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4774 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4775 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4776
4777 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4778 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4779
4780 @smallexample
4781 @group
4782 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4783 . .
4784
4785 a x a c x @key{RET}
4786 @end group
4787 @end smallexample
4788
4789 @noindent
4790 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4791 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4792
4793 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4794 is one-half.
4795
4796 @smallexample
4797 @group
4798 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4799 . .
4800
4801 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4802 @end group
4803 @end smallexample
4804
4805 @noindent
4806 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4807 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4808 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4809 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4810 back to its original value, if any.
4811
4812 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4813 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4814 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4815 properly.)
4816
4817 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4818 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4819 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4820 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4821 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4822 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4823 the function has a local maximum there.
4824
4825 @smallexample
4826 @group
4827 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4828 . .
4829
4830 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4831 @end group
4832 @end smallexample
4833
4834 @noindent
4835 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4836 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4837
4838 @smallexample
4839 @group
4840 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4841 . . .
4842
4843 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4844
4845 @end group
4846 @end smallexample
4847 @noindent
4848 @smallexample
4849 @group
4850 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4851 . .
4852
4853 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4854 @end group
4855 @end smallexample
4856
4857 @noindent
4858 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4859 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4860 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4861
4862 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4863
4864 @smallexample
4865 @group
4866 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4867 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4868 . .
4869
4870 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4871 @end group
4872 @end smallexample
4873
4874 @noindent
4875 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4876 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4877 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4878 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4879
4880 @smallexample
4881 @group
4882 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4883 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4884 . .
4885
4886 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4887 @end group
4888 @end smallexample
4889
4890 @noindent
4891 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4892 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4893 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4894
4895 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4896 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4897 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4898 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4899 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4900 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4901 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4902
4903 @smallexample
4904 @group
4905 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4906 . . .
4907
4908 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4909 @end group
4910 @end smallexample
4911
4912 @noindent
4913 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4914 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4915 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4916 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4917 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4918
4919 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4920 into the original formula.
4921
4922 @smallexample
4923 @group
4924 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4925 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4926 .
4927
4928 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4929 @end group
4930 @end smallexample
4931
4932 @noindent
4933 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4934 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4935 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4936
4937 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4938 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4939
4940 @smallexample
4941 @group
4942 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4943 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4944 .
4945
4946 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4947 @end group
4948 @end smallexample
4949
4950 @noindent
4951 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4952 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4953 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4954 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4955 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4956 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4957 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4958 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4959 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4960 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4961
4962 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4963 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4964
4965 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4966 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4967 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4968 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4969 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4970 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4971 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4972 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4973
4974 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4975 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4976 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4977 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4978 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4979 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4980
4981 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4982 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4983 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4984 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4985
4986 @smallexample
4987 @group
4988 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
4989 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
4990 . .
4991
4992 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
4993 @end group
4994 @end smallexample
4995
4996 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
4997
4998 @smallexample
4999 @group
5000 3
5001 2: 34 x - 24 x
5002
5003 ____ ____
5004 V 51 V 51
5005 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5006 6 -6
5007
5008 .
5009
5010 d B
5011 @end group
5012 @end smallexample
5013
5014 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5015 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5016 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5017 and La@TeX{} mode.
5018
5019 @smallexample
5020 @group
5021 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5022 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5023 . .
5024
5025 d C d F
5026
5027 @end group
5028 @end smallexample
5029 @noindent
5030 @smallexample
5031 @group
5032 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5033 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5034 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5035 .
5036
5037 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5038 @end group
5039 @end smallexample
5040
5041 @noindent
5042 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5043 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5044 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5045 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5046
5047 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5048 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5049 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5050 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5051 correct.
5052
5053 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5054 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5055 are shown in normal mode.)
5056
5057 @cindex Area under a curve
5058 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5059 This is simply the integral of the function:
5060
5061 @smallexample
5062 @group
5063 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5064 . .
5065
5066 r 1 a i x
5067 @end group
5068 @end smallexample
5069
5070 @noindent
5071 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5072 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5073
5074 @smallexample
5075 @group
5076 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5077 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5078
5079 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5080 @end group
5081 @end smallexample
5082
5083 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5084 of
5085 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5086 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5087 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5088 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5089 3}. (@bullet{})
5090
5091 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5092 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5093 under the curve
5094 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5095 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5096 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5097 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5098 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5099 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5100
5101 @cindex Integration, numerical
5102 @cindex Numerical integration
5103 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5104 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5105 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5106 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5107
5108 @smallexample
5109 @group
5110 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5111 2: 1 .
5112 1: 0.1
5113 .
5114
5115 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5116 @end group
5117 @end smallexample
5118
5119 @noindent
5120 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5121 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5122
5123 @smallexample
5124 @group
5125 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5126 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5127 .
5128
5129 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5130
5131 @end group
5132 @end smallexample
5133 @noindent
5134 @smallexample
5135 @group
5136 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5137 . .
5138
5139 V R + 0.1 *
5140 @end group
5141 @end smallexample
5142
5143 @noindent
5144 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5145 to Radians mode?)
5146
5147 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5148 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5149 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5150 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5151 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5152 is the same for every box.)
5153
5154 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5155 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5156
5157 @smallexample
5158 @group
5159 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5160 . .
5161
5162 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5163 @end group
5164 @end smallexample
5165
5166 @noindent
5167 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5168 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5169 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5170
5171 @smallexample
5172 @group
5173 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5174 . . .
5175
5176 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5177 @end group
5178 @end smallexample
5179
5180 @noindent
5181 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5182 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5183 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5184 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5185 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5186 of @expr{x=1}.)
5187
5188 @cindex Simpson's rule
5189 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5190 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5191 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5192 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5193 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5194 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5195 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5196 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5197 down to the formula,
5198
5199 @ifnottex
5200 @example
5201 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5202 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5203 @end example
5204 @end ifnottex
5205 @tex
5206 \turnoffactive
5207 \beforedisplay
5208 $$ \displaylines{
5209 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5210 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5211 } $$
5212 \afterdisplay
5213 @end tex
5214
5215 @noindent
5216 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5217 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5218 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5219 method:
5220
5221 @ifnottex
5222 @example
5223 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5224 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5225 @end example
5226 @end ifnottex
5227 @tex
5228 \turnoffactive
5229 \beforedisplay
5230 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5231 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5232 \afterdisplay
5233 @end tex
5234
5235 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5236 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5237 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5238 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5239 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5240
5241 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5242 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5243 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5244 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5245
5246 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5247 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5248 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5249 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5250 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5251 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5252 details and examples.
5253
5254 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5255 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5256
5257 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5258 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5259
5260 @noindent
5261 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5262 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5263 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5264 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5265
5266 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5267
5268 @smallexample
5269 @group
5270 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5271 .
5272
5273 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) @key{RET} s 1
5274 @end group
5275 @end smallexample
5276
5277 @noindent
5278 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5279 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5280 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5281 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5282 rules just for practice.
5283
5284 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5285
5286 @smallexample
5287 @group
5288 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5289 .
5290
5291 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5292 @end group
5293 @end smallexample
5294
5295 @noindent
5296 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5297 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5298 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5299 it as a rewrite rule.)
5300
5301 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5302 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5303 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5304 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5305 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5306 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5307
5308 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5309 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5310 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5311 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5312 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5313
5314 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5315
5316 @smallexample
5317 @group
5318 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5319 .
5320
5321 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5322 @end group
5323 @end smallexample
5324
5325 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5326 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5327 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5328 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5329 denominators.
5330
5331 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5332 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5333 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5334 @samp{x}.
5335
5336 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5337 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5338 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5339 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5340
5341 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5342 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5343 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5344 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5345 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5346 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5347
5348 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5349 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5350 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5351 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5352 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5353 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5354 situations, too.
5355
5356 @smallexample
5357 @group
5358 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5359 . .
5360
5361 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5362 @end group
5363 @end smallexample
5364
5365 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5366 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5367 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5368 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5369 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5370 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5371 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5372 having to retype it.
5373
5374 @smallexample
5375 @group
5376 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5377 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5378 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5379
5380 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5381 . .
5382
5383 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5384 @end group
5385 @end smallexample
5386
5387 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5388 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5389 the edited value back into the variable.
5390 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5391
5392 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5393 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5394 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5395 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5396 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5397 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5398 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5399 entering them on the fly.
5400
5401 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5402 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5403 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5404 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5405 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5406 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5407
5408 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5409 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5410
5411 @smallexample
5412 @group
5413 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5414 . .
5415
5416 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5417
5418 @end group
5419 @end smallexample
5420 @noindent
5421 @smallexample
5422 @group
5423 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5424 . .
5425
5426 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5427 @end group
5428 @end smallexample
5429
5430 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5431 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5432 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5433 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5434 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5435 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5436
5437 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5438 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5439 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5440 only one rewrite at a time.
5441
5442 @smallexample
5443 @group
5444 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5445 . .
5446
5447 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5448 @end group
5449 @end smallexample
5450
5451 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5452 of rewrites that occur.
5453
5454 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5455 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5456
5457 @smallexample
5458 @group
5459 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5460 .
5461
5462 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5463
5464 @end group
5465 @end smallexample
5466 @noindent
5467 @smallexample
5468 @group
5469 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5470 .
5471
5472 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5473 @end group
5474 @end smallexample
5475
5476 @noindent
5477 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5478 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5479
5480 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5481 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5482 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5483 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5484 A common error with rewrite
5485 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5486 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5487 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5488
5489 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5490 @ignore
5491 @starindex
5492 @end ignore
5493 @tindex fib
5494 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5495 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5496 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5497 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5498 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5499
5500 @smallexample
5501 @group
5502 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5503
5504 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5505 . .
5506
5507 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5508 @end group
5509 @end smallexample
5510
5511 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5512 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5513 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5514 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5515 be used preferentially.
5516
5517 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5518 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5519 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5520 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5521 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5522 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5523 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5524
5525 @smallexample
5526 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5527 @end smallexample
5528
5529 @noindent
5530 Now:
5531
5532 @smallexample
5533 @group
5534 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5535 . .
5536
5537 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5538 @end group
5539 @end smallexample
5540
5541 @noindent
5542 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5543 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5544 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5545 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5546 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5547
5548 @smallexample
5549 @group
5550 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5551 . .
5552
5553 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5554 @end group
5555 @end smallexample
5556
5557 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5558 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5559 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5560
5561 @smallexample
5562 @group
5563 fib(6) =
5564 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5565 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5566 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5567 @end group
5568 @end smallexample
5569
5570 @noindent
5571 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5572 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5573 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5574 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5575 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5576 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5577
5578 @smallexample
5579 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5580 @end smallexample
5581
5582 @noindent
5583 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5584 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5585 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5586 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5587 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5588 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5589
5590 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5591 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5592
5593 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5594 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5595 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5596 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5597 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5598
5599 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5600 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5601 un-store the variable.
5602
5603 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5604 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5605 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5606 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5607 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5608 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5609 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5610 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5611 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5612
5613 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5614 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5615 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5616 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5617
5618 @example
5619 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5620 @end example
5621
5622 @noindent
5623 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5624 to 1.''
5625
5626 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5627 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5628 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5629 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5630 and one for @samp{b}.
5631
5632 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5633 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5634 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5635 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5636
5637 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5638 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5639 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5640 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5641 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5642 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5643 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5644 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5645 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5646 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5647 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5648 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5649 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5650 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5651
5652 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5653 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5654 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5655 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5656 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5657 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5658
5659 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5660 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5661 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5662
5663 @ifnottex
5664 @example
5665 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5666 @end example
5667 @end ifnottex
5668 @tex
5669 \turnoffactive
5670 \beforedisplay
5671 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5672 \afterdisplay
5673 @end tex
5674
5675 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5676 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5677 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5678 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5679 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5680
5681 @ifnottex
5682 @example
5683 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5684 @end example
5685 @end ifnottex
5686 @tex
5687 \turnoffactive
5688 \beforedisplay
5689 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5690 \afterdisplay
5691 @end tex
5692
5693 @noindent
5694 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5695 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5696
5697 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5698 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5699 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5700 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5701 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5702 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5703 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5704 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5705 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5706
5707 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5708 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5709 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5710
5711 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5712
5713 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5714 @section Programming Tutorial
5715
5716 @noindent
5717 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5718 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5719 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5720 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5721 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5722 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5723
5724 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5725 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5726 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5727 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5728 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5729
5730 @smallexample
5731 @group
5732 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5733 . .
5734
5735 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5736 @end group
5737 @end smallexample
5738
5739 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5740 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5741 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5742 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5743 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5744 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5745 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5746 arguments?''
5747
5748 @smallexample
5749 @group
5750 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5751 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5752 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5753 .
5754
5755 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5756 @end group
5757 @end smallexample
5758
5759 @noindent
5760 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5761 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5762 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5763 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5764 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5765 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5766 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5767
5768 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5769 @ignore
5770 @starindex
5771 @end ignore
5772 @tindex Si
5773 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5774 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5775 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5776 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5777 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5778 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5779 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5780 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5781 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5782 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5783 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5784 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5785 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5786 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5787 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5788 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5789
5790 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5791 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5792 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5793 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5794 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5795
5796 @smallexample
5797 @group
5798 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5799 . .
5800
5801 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5802
5803 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5804 . .
5805
5806 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5807 @end group
5808 @end smallexample
5809
5810 @noindent
5811 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5812 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5813 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5814 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5815 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5816
5817 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5818
5819 @smallexample
5820 @group
5821 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5822 . .
5823
5824 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5825 @end group
5826 @end smallexample
5827
5828 @noindent
5829 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5830 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5831
5832 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5833
5834 @smallexample
5835 @group
5836 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5837 . . . .
5838
5839 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5840 @end group
5841 @end smallexample
5842
5843 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5844 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5845 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5846
5847 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5848 the following functions:
5849
5850 @enumerate
5851 @item
5852 Compute
5853 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5854 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5855 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5856
5857 @item
5858 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5859 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5860
5861 @item
5862 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5863 the stack.
5864 @end enumerate
5865 @noindent
5866 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5867
5868 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5869 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5870 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5871
5872 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5873 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5874 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5875
5876 @smallexample
5877 @group
5878 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5879 . 1: 4 .
5880 .
5881
5882 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5883 @end group
5884 @end smallexample
5885
5886 @noindent
5887 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5888 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5889 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5890 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5891
5892 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5893 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5894
5895 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5896 Here's another example:
5897
5898 @smallexample
5899 @group
5900 3: 1 2: 10946
5901 2: 1 1: 17711
5902 1: 20 .
5903 .
5904
5905 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5906 @end group
5907 @end smallexample
5908
5909 @noindent
5910 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5911 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5912 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5913 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5914
5915 @cindex Golden ratio
5916 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5917 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5918 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5919 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5920 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5921 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5922 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5923 @infoline @expr{phi},
5924 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5925 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5926 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5927 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5928 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5929
5930 @smallexample
5931 @group
5932 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5933 . . . .
5934
5935 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5936 @end group
5937 @end smallexample
5938
5939 @cindex Continued fractions
5940 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5941 representation of
5942 @texline @math{\phi}
5943 @infoline @expr{phi}
5944 is
5945 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5946 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5947 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5948 and then replacing the innermost
5949 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5950 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5951 by 1. Approximate
5952 @texline @math{\phi}
5953 @infoline @expr{phi}
5954 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5955 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5956
5957 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5958 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5959 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5960 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5961 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5962 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5963 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5964
5965 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5966 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5967 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5968 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5969
5970 @smallexample
5971 @group
5972 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5973 2: 1 .
5974 1: 20
5975 .
5976
5977 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5978 @end group
5979 @end smallexample
5980
5981 @noindent
5982 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5983 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5984 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5985 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5986 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5987 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
5988 uses a step of one.
5989
5990 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
5991 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
5992 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
5993
5994 @smallexample
5995 @group
5996 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
5997 . 1: 20 .
5998 .
5999
6000 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6001 @end group
6002 @end smallexample
6003
6004 @noindent
6005 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6006 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6007
6008 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6009 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6010 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6011 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6012 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6013 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6014 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6015
6016 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6017 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6018 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6019
6020 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6021 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6022 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6023 fix, though:
6024
6025 @smallexample
6026 @group
6027 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6028 . . 2: 3.597739
6029 1: 0.6667
6030 .
6031
6032 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6033 @end group
6034 @end smallexample
6035
6036 @noindent
6037 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6038 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6039 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6040 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6041 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6042 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6043 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6044 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6045 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6046
6047 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6048 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6049 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6050 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6051 by the formula
6052 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6053 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6054 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6055 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6056 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6057 numbers are very large fractions.)
6058
6059 @smallexample
6060 @group
6061 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6062 . .
6063
6064 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6065 @end group
6066 @end smallexample
6067
6068 @noindent
6069 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6070 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6071 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6072 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6073 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6074 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6075 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6076
6077 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6078
6079 @smallexample
6080 @group
6081 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6082 2: 5:66 . . . .
6083 1: 0.0757575
6084 .
6085
6086 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6087 @end group
6088 @end smallexample
6089
6090 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6091 Bernoulli numbers.
6092
6093 @smallexample
6094 @group
6095 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6096 2: 2 .
6097 1: 30
6098 .
6099
6100 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6101 @end group
6102 @end smallexample
6103
6104 @noindent
6105 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6106 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6107 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6108 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6109 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6110 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6111 sequence of keystrokes.)
6112
6113 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6114 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6115 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6116 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6117 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6118
6119 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6120 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6121 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6122 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6123
6124 @smallexample
6125 @group
6126 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6127 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6128
6129 1 ;; calc digits
6130 RET ;; calc-enter
6131 2 ;; calc digits
6132 + ;; calc-plus
6133
6134 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6135 @end group
6136 @end smallexample
6137
6138 @noindent
6139 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6140 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6141 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6142 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6143 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6144 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6145 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6146 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6147 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6148 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6149
6150 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6151 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6152 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6153 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6154 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6155
6156 @smallexample
6157 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6158 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6159 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6160 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6161 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6162 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6163 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6164 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6165 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6166 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6167 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6168 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6169 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6170 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6171 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6172 @end smallexample
6173
6174 @noindent
6175 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6176
6177 @smallexample
6178 @group
6179 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6180 . .
6181
6182 20 z h
6183 @end group
6184 @end smallexample
6185
6186 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6187 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6188 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6189 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6190 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6191 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6192 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6193
6194 @example
6195 @group
6196 Z ` 0 t 1
6197 1 TAB
6198 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6199 r 1
6200 Z '
6201 @end group
6202 @end example
6203
6204 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6205 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6206 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6207 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6208 this formula over and over:
6209
6210 @ifnottex
6211 @example
6212 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6213 @end example
6214 @end ifnottex
6215 @tex
6216 \beforedisplay
6217 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6218 \afterdisplay
6219 @end tex
6220
6221 @noindent
6222 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6223 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6224 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6225 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6226 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6227 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6228 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6229 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6230 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6231 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6232 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6233 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6234 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6235 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6236
6237 @cindex Digamma function
6238 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6239 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6240 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6241 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6242 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6243 is defined as the derivative of
6244 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6245 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6246 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6247
6248 @ifnottex
6249 @example
6250 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6251 @end example
6252 @end ifnottex
6253 @tex
6254 \beforedisplay
6255 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6256 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6257 $$
6258 \afterdisplay
6259 @end tex
6260
6261 @noindent
6262 where
6263 @texline @math{\sum}
6264 @infoline @expr{sum}
6265 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6266 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6267 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6268 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6269 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6270 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6271 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6272 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6273 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6274 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6275 Fortunately, we can compute
6276 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6277 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6278 from
6279 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6280 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6281 using the recurrence
6282 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6283 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6284 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6285 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6286 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6287 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6288 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6289 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6290 to compute
6291 @texline @math{\gamma}
6292 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6293 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6294 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6295 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6296
6297 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6298 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6299 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6300 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6301 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6302 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6303 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6304 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6305 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6306
6307 @cindex Recursion
6308 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6309 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6310
6311 @ifnottex
6312 @example
6313 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6314 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6315 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6316 @end example
6317 @end ifnottex
6318 @tex
6319 \turnoffactive
6320 \beforedisplay
6321 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6322 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6323 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6324 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6325 $$
6326 \afterdisplay
6327 \vskip5pt
6328 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6329 @end tex
6330
6331 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6332 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6333 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6334 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6335 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6336 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6337 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6338 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6339 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6340 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6341 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6342 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6343 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6344 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6345 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6346 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6347 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6348 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6349
6350 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6351 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6352 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6353 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6354 program can:
6355
6356 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6357 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6358 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6359 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6360
6361 @example
6362
6363 @end example
6364 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6365 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6366 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6367 @c [not-split]
6368 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6369 @c [when-split]
6370 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6371
6372 @page
6373 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6374 @section Answers to Exercises
6375
6376 @noindent
6377 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6378
6379 @menu
6380 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6381 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6382 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6383 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6384 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6385 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6386 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6387 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6388 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6389 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6390 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6391 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6392 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6393 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6394 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6395 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6396 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6397 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6398 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6399 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6400 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6401 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6402 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6403 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6404 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6405 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6406 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6407 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6408 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6409 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6410 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6411 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6412 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6413 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6414 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6415 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6416 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6417 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6418 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6419 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6420 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6421 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6422 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6423 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6424 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6425 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6426 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6427 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6428 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6429 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6430 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6431 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6432 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6433 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6434 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6435 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6436 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6437 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6438 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6439 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6440 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6441 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6442 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6443 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6444 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6445 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6446 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6447 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6448 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6449 @end menu
6450
6451 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6452 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6453 @tex
6454 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6455 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6456 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6457 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6458 @end tex
6459
6460 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6461 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6462
6463 @noindent
6464 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6465
6466 The result is
6467 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6468 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6469
6470 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6471 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6472
6473 @noindent
6474 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6475 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6476
6477 After computing the intermediate term
6478 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6479 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6480 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6481 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6482 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6483
6484 @smallexample
6485 @group
6486 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6487 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6488 . 1: 9.5 .
6489 .
6490
6491 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6492
6493 @end group
6494 @end smallexample
6495 @noindent
6496 @smallexample
6497 @group
6498 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6499 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6500 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6501 1: 4 .
6502 .
6503
6504 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6505 @end group
6506 @end smallexample
6507
6508 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6509 with the third term.
6510
6511 @smallexample
6512 @group
6513 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6514 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6515 . 1: 4 .
6516 .
6517
6518 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6519 @end group
6520 @end smallexample
6521
6522 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6523 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6524 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6525 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6526
6527 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6528 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6529
6530 @noindent
6531 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6532
6533 @smallexample
6534 @group
6535 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6536 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6537 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6538 . . 1: 1 . .
6539 .
6540
6541 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6542 @end group
6543 @end smallexample
6544
6545 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6546
6547 @smallexample
6548 @group
6549 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6550 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6551 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6552 . . . . .
6553
6554 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6555 @end group
6556 @end smallexample
6557
6558 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6559 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6560
6561 @noindent
6562 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6563 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6564
6565 @smallexample
6566 @group
6567 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6568 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6569 . . .
6570
6571 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6572 @end group
6573 @end smallexample
6574
6575 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6576 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6577 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6578 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6579 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6580
6581 @smallexample
6582 @group
6583 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6584 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6585 . . .
6586
6587 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6588 @end group
6589 @end smallexample
6590
6591 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6592 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6593 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6594 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6595
6596 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6597 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6598
6599 @noindent
6600 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6601
6602 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6603 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6604
6605 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6606 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6607 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6608
6609 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6610 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6611
6612 @noindent
6613 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6614 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6615 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6616 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6617
6618 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6619 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6620
6621 @noindent
6622 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6623 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6624 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6625 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6626 times anything is zero.''
6627
6628 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6629 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6630 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6631 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6632 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6633 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6634
6635 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6636 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6637
6638 @noindent
6639 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6640 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6641 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6642 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6643 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6644 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6645
6646 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6647 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6648 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6649 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6650 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6651 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6652 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6653 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6654 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6655 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6656 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6657
6658 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6659 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6660 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6661 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6662 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6663 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6664 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6665 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6666 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6667 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6668
6669 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6670 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6671 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6672 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6673 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6674 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6675 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6676 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6677 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6678 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6679
6680 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6681 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6682 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6683 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6684 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6685 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6686 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6687 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6688 in decimal display mode.
6689
6690 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6691 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6692 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6693 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6694
6695 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6696 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6697
6698 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6699 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6700 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6701 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6702 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6703 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6704 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6705 way to enter this number.
6706
6707 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6708 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6709 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6710 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6711 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6712 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6713 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6714
6715 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6716 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6717
6718 @noindent
6719 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6720
6721 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6722 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6723 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6724 their inputs.
6725
6726 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6727 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6728 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6729 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6730 determining facts like this.
6731
6732 @smallexample
6733 @group
6734 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6735 . .
6736
6737 45 S 2 ^
6738
6739 @end group
6740 @end smallexample
6741 @noindent
6742 @smallexample
6743 @group
6744 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6745 . . .
6746
6747 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6748 @end group
6749 @end smallexample
6750
6751 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6752 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6753 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6754 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6755 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6756
6757 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6758 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6759
6760 @noindent
6761 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6762 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6763 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6764 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6765 of time.
6766
6767 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6768 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6769 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6770 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6771 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6772 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6773
6774 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6775 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6776 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6777
6778 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6779 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6780
6781 @noindent
6782 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6783 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6784 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6785 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6786 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6787 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6788 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6789 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6790
6791 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6792 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6793 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6794 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6795 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6796 format.
6797
6798 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6799 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6800
6801 @noindent
6802 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6803 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6804
6805 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6806 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6807 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6808 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6809
6810 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6811 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6812
6813 @noindent
6814 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6815 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6816
6817 @smallexample
6818 @group
6819 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6820 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6821 .
6822
6823 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6824 @end group
6825 @end smallexample
6826
6827 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6828 indeed have unit length.
6829
6830 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6831 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6832
6833 @noindent
6834 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6835 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6836 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6837 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6838
6839 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6840 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6841
6842 @noindent
6843 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6844 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6845
6846 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6847 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6848
6849 @ifnottex
6850 @example
6851 @group
6852 x + a y = 6
6853 x + b y = 10
6854 @end group
6855 @end example
6856 @end ifnottex
6857 @tex
6858 \turnoffactive
6859 \beforedisplay
6860 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6861 x &+ b y = 10}
6862 $$
6863 \afterdisplay
6864 @end tex
6865
6866 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6867 matrix as usual.
6868
6869 @smallexample
6870 @group
6871 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6872 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6873 [ 1, b ] ]
6874 .
6875
6876 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6877 @end group
6878 @end smallexample
6879
6880 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6881 mode:
6882
6883 @smallexample
6884 @group
6885 4 a 4
6886 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6887 b - a b - a
6888 @end group
6889 @end smallexample
6890
6891 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6892
6893 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6894 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6895
6896 @noindent
6897 To solve
6898 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6899 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6900 first we compute
6901 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6902 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6903 and
6904 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6905 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6906 now, we have a system
6907 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6908 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6909 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6910
6911 @ifnottex
6912 @example
6913 @group
6914 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6915 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6916 7a + 6b = 3
6917 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6918 @end group
6919 @end example
6920 @end ifnottex
6921 @tex
6922 \turnoffactive
6923 \beforedisplayh
6924 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6925 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6926 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6927 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6928 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6929 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6930 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6931 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6932 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6933 $$
6934 \afterdisplayh
6935 @end tex
6936
6937 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6938 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6939 @texline @math{B'}
6940 @infoline @expr{B2}
6941 vector.
6942
6943 @smallexample
6944 @group
6945 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6946 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6947 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6948 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6949 . .
6950
6951 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6952 @end group
6953 @end smallexample
6954
6955 @noindent
6956 Now we compute the matrix
6957 @texline @math{A'}
6958 @infoline @expr{A2}
6959 and divide.
6960
6961 @smallexample
6962 @group
6963 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6964 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6965 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6966 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6967 .
6968
6969 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6970 @end group
6971 @end smallexample
6972
6973 @noindent
6974 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6975 round-off error.)
6976
6977 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6978 @texline @math{3\times3}
6979 @infoline 3x3
6980 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6981 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6982 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6983 answer since the
6984 @texline @math{4\times3}
6985 @infoline 4x3
6986 system would be equivalent to the original
6987 @texline @math{3\times3}
6988 @infoline 3x3
6989 system.)
6990
6991 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
6992 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
6993 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
6994
6995 @smallexample
6996 @group
6997 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
6998 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
6999 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7000 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7001 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7002 .
7003
7004 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7005 @end group
7006 @end smallexample
7007
7008 @noindent
7009 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7010 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7011
7012 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7013 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7014
7015 @noindent
7016 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7017 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7018 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7019 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7020
7021 @smallexample
7022 @group
7023 2: 2 2: 2
7024 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7025 . .
7026
7027 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7028 @end group
7029 @end smallexample
7030
7031 @noindent
7032 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7033 vector.
7034
7035 @smallexample
7036 @group
7037 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7038 .
7039
7040 V M ^
7041 @end group
7042 @end smallexample
7043
7044 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7045 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7046
7047 @noindent
7048 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7049 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7050
7051 @ifnottex
7052 @example
7053 m*x + b*1 = y
7054 @end example
7055 @end ifnottex
7056 @tex
7057 \turnoffactive
7058 \beforedisplay
7059 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7060 \afterdisplay
7061 @end tex
7062
7063 Thus we want a
7064 @texline @math{19\times2}
7065 @infoline 19x2
7066 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7067 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7068 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7069
7070 @smallexample
7071 @group
7072 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7073 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7074 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7075 @dots{}
7076
7077 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7078 @end group
7079 @end smallexample
7080
7081 @noindent
7082 Now we compute
7083 @texline @math{A^T y}
7084 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7085 and
7086 @texline @math{A^T A}
7087 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7088 and divide.
7089
7090 @smallexample
7091 @group
7092 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7093 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7094 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7095 .
7096
7097 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7098 @end group
7099 @end smallexample
7100
7101 @noindent
7102 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7103
7104 @smallexample
7105 @group
7106 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7107 .
7108
7109 /
7110 @end group
7111 @end smallexample
7112
7113 Since we were solving equations of the form
7114 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7115 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7116 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7117 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7118 @kbd{V R}!
7119
7120 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7121 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7122 arithmetic functions!
7123
7124 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7125 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7126 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7127
7128 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7129 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7130
7131 @noindent
7132 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7133 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7134 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7135
7136 @smallexample
7137 @group
7138 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7139 .
7140 @end group
7141 @end smallexample
7142
7143 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7144 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7145
7146 @smallexample
7147 @group
7148 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7149 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7150 . .
7151
7152 @key{RET} V R *
7153
7154 @end group
7155 @end smallexample
7156 @noindent
7157 @smallexample
7158 @group
7159 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7160 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7161 . .
7162
7163 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7164 @end group
7165 @end smallexample
7166
7167 @noindent
7168 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7169 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7170 then raise the number to that power.)
7171
7172 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7173 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7174
7175 @noindent
7176 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7177 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7178 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7179 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7180
7181 @smallexample
7182 @group
7183 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7184 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7185 . .
7186
7187 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7188 @end group
7189 @end smallexample
7190
7191 @noindent
7192 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7193
7194 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7195 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7196
7197 @smallexample
7198 @group
7199 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7200 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7201 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7202 .
7203
7204 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7205 @end group
7206 @end smallexample
7207
7208 @noindent
7209 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7210 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7211
7212 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7213 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7214
7215 @noindent
7216 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7217 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7218 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7219 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7220
7221 @smallexample
7222 @group
7223 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7224 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7225 . .
7226
7227 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7228
7229 @end group
7230 @end smallexample
7231 @noindent
7232 @smallexample
7233 @group
7234 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7235 . . .
7236
7237 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7238 @end group
7239 @end smallexample
7240
7241 @noindent
7242 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7243 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7244 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7245 the job is pretty straightforward.
7246
7247 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7248 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7249 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7250 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7251 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7252
7253 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7254 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7255
7256 @noindent
7257 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7258 to get a list of lists of integers!
7259
7260 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7261 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7262
7263 @noindent
7264 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7265 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7266
7267 @smallexample
7268 @group
7269 1: [ [0],
7270 [0, 1],
7271 [0, 1, 2],
7272 @dots{}
7273
7274 1 -
7275 @end group
7276 @end smallexample
7277
7278 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7279 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7280 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7281 can be computed directly by the formula
7282 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7283 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7284
7285 @smallexample
7286 @group
7287 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7288 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7289 . .
7290
7291 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7292 @end group
7293 @end smallexample
7294
7295 @noindent
7296 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7297 result:
7298
7299 @smallexample
7300 @group
7301 1: [ [0],
7302 [1, 2],
7303 [3, 4, 5],
7304 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7305 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7306 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7307 .
7308
7309 V M +
7310 @end group
7311 @end smallexample
7312
7313 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7314 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7315 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7316 triangular list.
7317
7318 @smallexample
7319 @group
7320 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7321 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7322 . .
7323
7324 @key{RET} V M V R +
7325 @end group
7326 @end smallexample
7327
7328 @noindent
7329 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7330 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7331 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7332
7333 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7334 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7335
7336 @noindent
7337 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7338
7339 @smallexample
7340 @group
7341 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7342 . . .
7343
7344 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7345 @end group
7346 @end smallexample
7347
7348 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7349
7350 @smallexample
7351 @group
7352 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7353 .
7354
7355 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7356 @end group
7357 @end smallexample
7358
7359 @noindent
7360 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7361
7362 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7363 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7364
7365 @smallexample
7366 @group
7367 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7368 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7369 . .
7370
7371 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7372 @end group
7373 @end smallexample
7374
7375 @noindent
7376 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7377 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7378 @texline @math{\sin x}
7379 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7380 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7381
7382 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7383 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7384 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7385
7386 @smallexample
7387 @group
7388 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7389 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7390 .
7391
7392 r 1 V M * V R +
7393 @end group
7394 @end smallexample
7395
7396 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7397 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7398 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7399 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7400 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7401 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7402
7403 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7404 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7405 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7406
7407 @smallexample
7408 @group
7409 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7410 1: [0 .. 5] .
7411 .
7412
7413 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7414 @end group
7415 @end smallexample
7416
7417 @noindent
7418 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7419 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7420 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7421
7422 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7423 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7424
7425 @noindent
7426 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7427
7428 @smallexample
7429 @group
7430 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7431 . 2: 10
7432 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7433 .
7434
7435 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7436
7437 @end group
7438 @end smallexample
7439 @noindent
7440 @smallexample
7441 @group
7442 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7443 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7444 .
7445
7446 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7447 @end group
7448 @end smallexample
7449
7450 @noindent
7451 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7452
7453 @smallexample
7454 @group
7455 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7456 .
7457
7458 10 V M % s 2
7459 @end group
7460 @end smallexample
7461
7462 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7463 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7464 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7465 the right of it are nines.
7466
7467 @smallexample
7468 @group
7469 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7470 . .
7471
7472 9 V M a = v v
7473
7474 @end group
7475 @end smallexample
7476 @noindent
7477 @smallexample
7478 @group
7479 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7480 . .
7481
7482 V U * v v 1 |
7483 @end group
7484 @end smallexample
7485
7486 @noindent
7487 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7488 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7489 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7490 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7491 rightmost digit.
7492
7493 @smallexample
7494 @group
7495 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7496 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7497 .
7498
7499 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7500 @end group
7501 @end smallexample
7502
7503 @noindent
7504 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7505 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7506 digits that generated them.
7507
7508 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7509
7510 @smallexample
7511 @group
7512 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7513 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7514 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7515 .
7516
7517 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7518
7519 @end group
7520 @end smallexample
7521 @noindent
7522 @smallexample
7523 @group
7524 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7525 . .
7526
7527 V M * V R +
7528 @end group
7529 @end smallexample
7530
7531 @noindent
7532 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7533 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7534
7535 @smallexample
7536 @group
7537 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7538 . .
7539
7540 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7541 @end group
7542 @end smallexample
7543
7544 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7545 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7546
7547 @noindent
7548 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7549 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7550 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7551 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7552
7553 Here's a more correct method:
7554
7555 @smallexample
7556 @group
7557 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7558 . 1: 7
7559 .
7560
7561 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7562
7563 @end group
7564 @end smallexample
7565 @noindent
7566 @smallexample
7567 @group
7568 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7569 . .
7570
7571 V M a = V R *
7572 @end group
7573 @end smallexample
7574
7575 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7576 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7577
7578 @noindent
7579 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7580 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7581 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7582
7583 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7584 commands.
7585
7586 @smallexample
7587 @group
7588 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7589 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7590 . .
7591
7592 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7593
7594 @end group
7595 @end smallexample
7596 @noindent
7597 @smallexample
7598 @group
7599 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7600 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7601 . .
7602
7603 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7604 @end group
7605 @end smallexample
7606
7607 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7608 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7609
7610 @smallexample
7611 @group
7612 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7613 . . .
7614
7615 + 1 V M a < V R +
7616 @end group
7617 @end smallexample
7618
7619 @noindent
7620 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7621
7622 @smallexample
7623 @group
7624 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7625 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7626
7627 100 / 4 * P /
7628 @end group
7629 @end smallexample
7630
7631 @noindent
7632 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7633 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7634 not very efficient!
7635
7636 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7637 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7638
7639 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7640 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7641
7642 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7643 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7644
7645 @noindent
7646 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7647 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7648 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7649 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7650 @texline @math{\theta},
7651 @infoline @expr{theta},
7652 and see if @expr{x} and
7653 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7654 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7655 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7656 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7657 numbers surround an integer.
7658
7659 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7660 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7661 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7662 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7663 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7664
7665 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7666 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7667 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7668 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7669 Pick random @expr{x} and
7670 @texline @math{\theta},
7671 @infoline @expr{theta},
7672 compute
7673 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7674 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7675 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7676
7677 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7678 commands.
7679
7680 @smallexample
7681 @group
7682 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7683 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7684 .
7685
7686 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7687 @end group
7688 @end smallexample
7689
7690 @noindent
7691 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7692
7693 @smallexample
7694 @group
7695 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7696 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7697 .
7698
7699 m d V M C +
7700
7701 @end group
7702 @end smallexample
7703 @noindent
7704 @smallexample
7705 @group
7706 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7707 . . .
7708
7709 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7710 @end group
7711 @end smallexample
7712
7713 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7714 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7715 a random integer.
7716
7717 @smallexample
7718 @group
7719 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7720 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7721 . .
7722
7723 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7724
7725 @end group
7726 @end smallexample
7727 @noindent
7728 @smallexample
7729 @group
7730 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7731 . . .
7732
7733 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7734
7735 @end group
7736 @end smallexample
7737 @noindent
7738 @smallexample
7739 @group
7740 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7741 . .
7742
7743 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7744 @end group
7745 @end smallexample
7746
7747 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7748 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7749
7750 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7751 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7752
7753 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7754 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7755
7756 @noindent
7757 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7758
7759 @smallexample
7760 @group
7761 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7762 .
7763
7764 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7765 @end group
7766 @end smallexample
7767
7768 @noindent
7769 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7770 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7771 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7772 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7773
7774 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7775 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7776 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7777 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7778
7779 @smallexample
7780 @group
7781 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7782 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7783 . .
7784
7785 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7786
7787 @end group
7788 @end smallexample
7789 @noindent
7790 @smallexample
7791 @group
7792 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7793 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7794 .
7795
7796 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7797 @end group
7798 @end smallexample
7799
7800 @noindent
7801 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7802 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7803 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7804 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7805 plus its second argument.
7806
7807 @smallexample
7808 @group
7809 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7810 . .
7811
7812 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7813 @end group
7814 @end smallexample
7815
7816 @noindent
7817 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7818 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7819 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7820
7821 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7822 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7823 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7824 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7825 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7826 the operations are faster.
7827
7828 @smallexample
7829 @group
7830 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7831 . .
7832
7833 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7834 @end group
7835 @end smallexample
7836
7837 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7838 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7839 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7840 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7841
7842 @ifnottex
7843 @example
7844 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7845 @end example
7846 @end ifnottex
7847 @tex
7848 \turnoffactive
7849 \beforedisplay
7850 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7851 \afterdisplay
7852 @end tex
7853
7854 @noindent
7855 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7856 the distributive law yields
7857
7858 @ifnottex
7859 @example
7860 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7861 @end example
7862 @end ifnottex
7863 @tex
7864 \turnoffactive
7865 \beforedisplay
7866 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7867 \afterdisplay
7868 @end tex
7869
7870 @noindent
7871 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7872 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7873 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7874 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7875
7876 @ifnottex
7877 @example
7878 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7879 @end example
7880 @end ifnottex
7881 @tex
7882 \turnoffactive
7883 \beforedisplay
7884 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
7885 \afterdisplay
7886 @end tex
7887
7888 @noindent
7889 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7890 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7891
7892 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7893 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7894 modulo some value @var{m}.
7895
7896 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7897 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7898
7899 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7900 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7901 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7902
7903 @smallexample
7904 @group
7905 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7906 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7907 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7908 ...
7909
7910 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7911 @end group
7912 @end smallexample
7913
7914 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7915 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7916 before nesting even begins.
7917
7918 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7919 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7920 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7921
7922 @smallexample
7923 @group
7924 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7925 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7926 .
7927
7928 v t v u g f
7929 @end group
7930 @end smallexample
7931
7932 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7933 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7934 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7935
7936 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7937 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7938 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7939 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7940
7941 @smallexample
7942 @group
7943 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7944 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7945 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7946 ...
7947
7948 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7949 @end group
7950 @end smallexample
7951
7952 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7953
7954 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7955 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7956 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7957 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7958 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7959 Schwartz.)
7960
7961 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7962 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7963
7964 @noindent
7965 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7966 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7967
7968 @smallexample
7969 @group
7970 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7971 . . .
7972
7973 2 ^ P / c F
7974 @end group
7975 @end smallexample
7976
7977 @noindent
7978 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7979 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7980 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7981 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7982
7983 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7984 precision slightly and try again:
7985
7986 @smallexample
7987 @group
7988 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
7989 . .
7990
7991 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
7992 @end group
7993 @end smallexample
7994
7995 @noindent
7996 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
7997 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
7998 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
7999 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8000
8001 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8002 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8003 to the current precision before they begin.
8004
8005 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8006 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8007
8008 @noindent
8009 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8010 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8011
8012 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8013 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8014 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8015 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8016 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8017 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8018
8019 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8020 the input is infinite.
8021
8022 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8023 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8024 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8025 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8026 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8027
8028 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8029 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8030 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8031 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8032
8033 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8034 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8035
8036 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8037 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8038 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8039 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8040
8041 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8042 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8043
8044 @noindent
8045 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8046 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8047 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8048 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8049 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8050 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8051
8052 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8053 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8054 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8055 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8056
8057 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8058 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8059 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8060 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8061 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8062
8063 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8064 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8065
8066 @smallexample
8067 @group
8068 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8069 1: 17 .
8070 .
8071
8072 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8073 @end group
8074 @end smallexample
8075
8076 @noindent
8077 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8078
8079 @smallexample
8080 @group
8081 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8082 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8083 .
8084
8085 20" + 17 *
8086 @end group
8087 @end smallexample
8088
8089 @noindent
8090 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8091
8092 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8093 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8094
8095 @noindent
8096 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8097 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8098 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8099
8100 @smallexample
8101 @group
8102 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8103 . . .
8104
8105 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8106 @end group
8107 @end smallexample
8108
8109 @noindent
8110 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8111
8112 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8113 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8114 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8115 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8116 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8117
8118 @smallexample
8119 @group
8120 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8121 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8122 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8123 .
8124
8125 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8126 @end group
8127 @end smallexample
8128
8129 @noindent
8130 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8131
8132 @smallexample
8133 @group
8134 1: 242
8135 .
8136
8137 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8138 @end group
8139 @end smallexample
8140
8141 @noindent
8142 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8143
8144 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8145 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8146
8147 @noindent
8148 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8149 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8150 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8151 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8152 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8153 don't know the leap year rule.
8154
8155 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8156 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8157 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8158 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8159 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8160
8161 @smallexample
8162 @group
8163 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8164 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8165 .
8166
8167 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8168
8169 @end group
8170 @end smallexample
8171 @noindent
8172 @smallexample
8173 @group
8174 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8175 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8176 1: 1991 . .
8177 .
8178
8179 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8180 @end group
8181 @end smallexample
8182
8183 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8184 @noindent
8185 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8186 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8187 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8188 background information in that regard.)
8189
8190 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8191 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8192
8193 @noindent
8194 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8195 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8196
8197 @smallexample
8198 @group
8199 1: 1. 2: 1.
8200 . 1: 0.2
8201 .
8202
8203 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8204 @end group
8205 @end smallexample
8206
8207 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8208
8209 @smallexample
8210 @group
8211 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8212 . . .
8213
8214 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8215 @end group
8216 @end smallexample
8217
8218 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8219 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8220
8221 @smallexample
8222 @group
8223 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8224 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8225 1: 706.21 .
8226 .
8227
8228 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8229 @end group
8230 @end smallexample
8231
8232 @noindent
8233 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8234
8235 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8236 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8237
8238 @noindent
8239 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8240 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8241 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8242 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8243 but with no upper bound.
8244
8245 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8246
8247 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8248 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8249 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8250 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8251
8252 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8253 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8254 as a possible value.
8255
8256 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8257 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8258 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8259 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8260 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8261 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8262 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8263 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8264 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8265 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8266
8267 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8268 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8269
8270 @smallexample
8271 @group
8272 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8273 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8274 . .
8275
8276 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8277 @end group
8278 @end smallexample
8279
8280 @noindent
8281 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8282 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8283 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8284
8285 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8286 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8287 for different numbers.
8288
8289 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8290
8291 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8292 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8293
8294 @noindent
8295 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8296
8297 @smallexample
8298 @group
8299 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8300 . 811749612 .
8301 .
8302
8303 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8304 @end group
8305 @end smallexample
8306
8307 @noindent
8308 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8309 must not be prime.
8310
8311 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8312 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8313 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8314 use this method to test the second number.
8315
8316 @smallexample
8317 @group
8318 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8319 1: 15485863 .
8320 .
8321
8322 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8323 @end group
8324 @end smallexample
8325
8326 @noindent
8327 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8328 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8329
8330 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8331 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8332 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8333
8334 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8335 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8336 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8337 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8338
8339 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8340 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8341
8342 @noindent
8343 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8344 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8345 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8346
8347 @smallexample
8348 @group
8349 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8350 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8351 .
8352
8353 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8354
8355 @end group
8356 @end smallexample
8357 @noindent
8358 @smallexample
8359 @group
8360 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8361 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8362 .
8363
8364 x time @key{RET} +
8365 @end group
8366 @end smallexample
8367
8368 @noindent
8369 It will be just after six in the morning.
8370
8371 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8372 HMS form:
8373
8374 @smallexample
8375 @group
8376 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8377 . .
8378
8379 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8380 @end group
8381 @end smallexample
8382
8383 @noindent
8384 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8385 the actual number 3.14159...
8386
8387 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8388 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8389
8390 @noindent
8391 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8392 each.
8393
8394 @smallexample
8395 @group
8396 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8397 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8398 .
8399
8400 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8401
8402 @end group
8403 @end smallexample
8404 @noindent
8405 @smallexample
8406 @group
8407 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8408 .
8409
8410 17 *
8411 @end group
8412 @end smallexample
8413
8414 @noindent
8415 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8416
8417 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8418 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8419
8420 @noindent
8421 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8422
8423 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8424 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8425
8426 @noindent
8427 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8428 to the other?
8429
8430 @smallexample
8431 @group
8432 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8433 . .
8434
8435 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8436 @end group
8437 @end smallexample
8438
8439 @noindent
8440 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8441
8442 @smallexample
8443 @group
8444 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8445 2: 4.1 ns . .
8446 .
8447
8448 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8449 @end group
8450 @end smallexample
8451
8452 @noindent
8453 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8454 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8455 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8456
8457 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8458 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8459
8460 @noindent
8461 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8462 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8463
8464 @smallexample
8465 @group
8466 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8467 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8468 .
8469
8470 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8471 @end group
8472 @end smallexample
8473
8474 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8475 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8476 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8477
8478 @smallexample
8479 @group
8480 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8481 . 1: 2 .
8482 .
8483
8484 u s 2 B
8485 @end group
8486 @end smallexample
8487
8488 @noindent
8489 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8490
8491 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8492 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8493
8494 @noindent
8495 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8496 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8497 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8498 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8499 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8500 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8501 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8502
8503 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8504 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8505
8506 @noindent
8507 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8508 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8509 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8510 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8511 familiar form.
8512
8513 @smallexample
8514 @group
8515 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8516 . .
8517
8518 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8519
8520 @end group
8521 @end smallexample
8522 @noindent
8523 @smallexample
8524 @group
8525 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8526 . .
8527
8528 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8529
8530 @end group
8531 @end smallexample
8532 @noindent
8533 @smallexample
8534 @group
8535 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8536 . .
8537
8538 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8539 @end group
8540 @end smallexample
8541
8542 @noindent
8543 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8544 same as the original polynomial.
8545
8546 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8547 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8548
8549 @smallexample
8550 @group
8551 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8552 . .
8553
8554 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8555
8556 @end group
8557 @end smallexample
8558 @noindent
8559 @smallexample
8560 @group
8561 1: [y, 1]
8562 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8563 .
8564
8565 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8566
8567 @end group
8568 @end smallexample
8569 @noindent
8570 @smallexample
8571 @group
8572 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8573 .
8574
8575 V M $ @key{RET}
8576
8577 @end group
8578 @end smallexample
8579 @noindent
8580 @smallexample
8581 @group
8582 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8583 .
8584
8585 V R -
8586
8587 @end group
8588 @end smallexample
8589 @noindent
8590 @smallexample
8591 @group
8592 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8593 .
8594
8595 =
8596
8597 @end group
8598 @end smallexample
8599 @noindent
8600 @smallexample
8601 @group
8602 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8603 .
8604
8605 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8606 @end group
8607 @end smallexample
8608
8609 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8610 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8611
8612 @noindent
8613 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8614 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8615 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8616 coefficients. Here's one way:
8617
8618 @smallexample
8619 @group
8620 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8621 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8622 . .
8623
8624 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8625
8626 @end group
8627 @end smallexample
8628 @noindent
8629 @smallexample
8630 @group
8631 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8632 . .
8633
8634 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8635 @end group
8636 @end smallexample
8637
8638 @noindent
8639 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8640 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8641
8642 @smallexample
8643 @group
8644 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8645 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8646 .
8647
8648 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8649
8650 @end group
8651 @end smallexample
8652 @noindent
8653 @smallexample
8654 @group
8655 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8656 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8657 .
8658
8659 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8660 @end group
8661 @end smallexample
8662
8663 @noindent
8664 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8665 same thing.
8666
8667 @smallexample
8668 @group
8669 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8670 . . .
8671
8672 * .1 * 3 /
8673 @end group
8674 @end smallexample
8675
8676 @noindent
8677 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8678
8679 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8680 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8681
8682 @noindent
8683 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8684
8685 @smallexample
8686 @group
8687 ___
8688 2 + V 2
8689 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8690 . ___
8691 1 + V 2
8692
8693 .
8694
8695 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8696 @end group
8697 @end smallexample
8698
8699 @noindent
8700 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8701
8702 @smallexample
8703 @group
8704 ___ ___
8705 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8706 .
8707
8708 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8709
8710 @end group
8711 @end smallexample
8712 @noindent
8713 @smallexample
8714 @group
8715 ___ ___
8716 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8717 . .
8718
8719 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8720 @end group
8721 @end smallexample
8722
8723 @noindent
8724 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8725 second step.)
8726
8727 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8728 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8729 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8730
8731 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8732 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8733
8734 @noindent
8735 Here is the rule set:
8736
8737 @smallexample
8738 @group
8739 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8740 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8741 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8742 @end group
8743 @end smallexample
8744
8745 @noindent
8746 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8747 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8748 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8749 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8750 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8751 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8752 numbers.
8753
8754 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8755 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8756 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8757 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8758 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8759
8760 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8761 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8762 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8763 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8764 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8765 function.
8766
8767 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8768 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8769
8770 @noindent
8771 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8772 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8773 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8774 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8775 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8776 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8777 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8778
8779 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8780 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8781 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8782 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8783 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8784 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8785 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8786 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8787 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8788
8789 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8790 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8791
8792 @noindent
8793 @ignore
8794 @starindex
8795 @end ignore
8796 @tindex seq
8797 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8798
8799 @smallexample
8800 @group
8801 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8802 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8803 @end group
8804 @end smallexample
8805
8806 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8807 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8808
8809 @example
8810 seq( 3, 1)
8811 seq(10, 2)
8812 seq( 5, 3)
8813 seq(16, 4)
8814 seq( 8, 5)
8815 seq( 4, 6)
8816 seq( 2, 7)
8817 seq( 1, 8)
8818 @end example
8819
8820 @noindent
8821 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8822
8823 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8824
8825 @smallexample
8826 @group
8827 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8828 seq(1, c) := c,
8829 ... ]
8830 @end group
8831 @end smallexample
8832
8833 @noindent
8834 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8835 as the result.
8836
8837 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8838
8839 @smallexample
8840 @group
8841 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8842 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8843 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8844 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8845 @end group
8846 @end smallexample
8847
8848 @noindent
8849 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8850
8851 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8852 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8853 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8854 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8855
8856 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8857 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8858 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8859 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8860 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8861
8862 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8863 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8864
8865 @noindent
8866 @ignore
8867 @starindex
8868 @end ignore
8869 @tindex nterms
8870 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8871 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8872 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8873
8874 @smallexample
8875 @group
8876 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8877 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8878 @end group
8879 @end smallexample
8880
8881 @noindent
8882 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8883 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8884 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8885
8886 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8887 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8888
8889 @noindent
8890 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8891
8892 @smallexample
8893 @group
8894 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8895 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8896 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8897 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8898 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8899 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8900 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8901 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8902 @end group
8903 @end smallexample
8904
8905 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8906 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8907 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8908 say, @code{O}, first.
8909
8910 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8911 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8912 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8913 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8914 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8915
8916 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8917 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8918 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8919 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8920
8921 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8922
8923 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8924 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8925 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8926
8927 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8928 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8929 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8930 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8931 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8932
8933 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8934
8935 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8936 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8937 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8938 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8939 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8940 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8941 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8942 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8943 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8944 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8945 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8946
8947 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8948 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8949 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8950 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8951 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8952 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8953 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8954 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8955 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8956 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8957 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8958 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8959 in Lisp.)
8960
8961 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8962 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8963
8964 @noindent
8965 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8966 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8967 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8968 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8969 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8970
8971 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8972 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8973
8974 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8975 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8976
8977 @noindent
8978 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8979 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8980
8981 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8982 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8983
8984 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8985 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8986 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8987
8988 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
8989 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
8990
8991 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8992 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
8993
8994 @noindent
8995 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
8996 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
8997
8998 @noindent
8999 Computing
9000 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9001 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9002
9003 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9004
9005 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9006
9007 @noindent
9008 Computing the logarithm:
9009
9010 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9011
9012 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9013
9014 @noindent
9015 Computing the vector of integers:
9016
9017 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9018 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9019 from the stack.)
9020
9021 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9022 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9023 next command.)
9024
9025 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9026
9027 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9028 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9029
9030 @noindent
9031 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9032
9033 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9034 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9035
9036 @smallexample
9037 @group
9038 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9039 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9040 . .
9041
9042 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9043 @end group
9044 @end smallexample
9045
9046 @noindent
9047 This answer is quite accurate.
9048
9049 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9050 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9051
9052 @noindent
9053 Here is the matrix:
9054
9055 @example
9056 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9057 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9058 @end example
9059
9060 @noindent
9061 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9062 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9063
9064 @example
9065 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9066 @end example
9067
9068 @noindent
9069 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9070 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9071 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9072 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9073 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9074 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9075 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9076 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9077
9078 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9079 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9080
9081 @noindent
9082 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9083 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9084 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9085
9086 @smallexample
9087 @group
9088 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9089 . 1: 4
9090 .
9091
9092 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9093 @end group
9094 @end smallexample
9095
9096 @noindent
9097 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9098 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9099 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9100 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9101 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9102 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9103 loop counter exceeds 4.
9104
9105 @smallexample
9106 @group
9107 2: 31 3: 31
9108 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9109 . 1: 4.02724519544
9110 .
9111
9112 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9113 @end group
9114 @end smallexample
9115
9116 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9117 harmonic number is 4.02.
9118
9119 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9120 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9121
9122 @noindent
9123 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9124 the formula
9125 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9126 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9127
9128 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9129 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9130 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9131 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9132 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9133 just for purposes of illustration.)
9134
9135 @smallexample
9136 @group
9137 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9138 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9139 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9140 .
9141
9142 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9143
9144 @end group
9145 @end smallexample
9146 @noindent
9147 @smallexample
9148 @group
9149 2: 4.5
9150 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9151 .
9152
9153 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9154 @end group
9155 @end smallexample
9156
9157 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9158 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9159 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9160 repetitions are done.)
9161
9162 @smallexample
9163 @group
9164 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9165 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9166 1: 4.5 .
9167 .
9168
9169 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9170 @end group
9171 @end smallexample
9172
9173 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9174 old one to see if we've converged.
9175
9176 @smallexample
9177 @group
9178 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9179 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9180 1: 4.5 .
9181 .
9182
9183 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9184 @end group
9185 @end smallexample
9186
9187 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9188 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9189
9190 @smallexample
9191 @group
9192 2: 5.26345856348
9193 1: 0.499999999997
9194 .
9195
9196 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9197 @end group
9198 @end smallexample
9199
9200 Let's test the new definition again:
9201
9202 @smallexample
9203 @group
9204 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9205 1: 1 .
9206 .
9207
9208 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9209 @end group
9210 @end smallexample
9211
9212 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9213
9214 @example
9215 @group
9216 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9217 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9218 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9219 Z >
9220 Z '
9221 C-x )
9222 @end group
9223 @end example
9224
9225 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9226 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9227 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9228 to see how to use it.
9229
9230 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9231 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9232 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9233 @xref{Root Finding}.
9234
9235 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9236 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9237
9238 @noindent
9239 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9240 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9241 reduce the problem using
9242 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9243 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9244 on to compute
9245 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9246 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9247 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9248 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9249
9250 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9251 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9252 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9253 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9254 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9255 just for purposes of illustration.)
9256
9257 @smallexample
9258 @group
9259 1: 1. 1: 1.
9260 . .
9261
9262 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9263 @end group
9264 @end smallexample
9265
9266 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9267 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9268
9269 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9270 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9271 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9272 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9273
9274 @smallexample
9275 @group
9276 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9277 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9278 1: 5 .
9279 .
9280
9281 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9282 @end group
9283 @end smallexample
9284
9285 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9286 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9287 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9288 minus the adjustment factor.
9289
9290 @smallexample
9291 @group
9292 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9293 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9294 . .
9295
9296 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9297 @end group
9298 @end smallexample
9299
9300 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9301 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9302 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9303
9304 @smallexample
9305 @group
9306 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9307 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9308 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9309 . . 1: 36.
9310 .
9311
9312 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9313
9314 @end group
9315 @end smallexample
9316 @noindent
9317 @smallexample
9318 @group
9319 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9320 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9321 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9322 . .
9323
9324 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9325 @end group
9326 @end smallexample
9327
9328 This is the value of
9329 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9330 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9331 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9332 a higher precision:
9333
9334 @smallexample
9335 @group
9336 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9337 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9338
9339 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9340 @end group
9341 @end smallexample
9342
9343 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9344
9345 @example
9346 @group
9347 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9348 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9349 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9350 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9351 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9352 2 Z )
9353 Z '
9354 C-x )
9355 @end group
9356 @end example
9357
9358 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9359 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9360
9361 @noindent
9362 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9363 a term like
9364 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9365 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9366 Taking the derivative of a constant
9367 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9368 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9369 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9370
9371 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9372 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9373 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9374 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9375 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9376 just for purposes of illustration.)
9377
9378 @smallexample
9379 @group
9380 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9381 1: 6 2: 0
9382 . 1: 6
9383 .
9384
9385 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9386 @end group
9387 @end smallexample
9388
9389 @noindent
9390 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9391
9392 @smallexample
9393 @group
9394 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9395 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9396 . 1: 1 .
9397 .
9398
9399 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9400 @end group
9401 @end smallexample
9402
9403 @noindent
9404 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9405 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9406 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9407
9408 @smallexample
9409 @group
9410 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9411 . . .
9412
9413 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9414 @end group
9415 @end smallexample
9416
9417 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9418 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9419
9420 @smallexample
9421 @group
9422 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9423 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9424 . .
9425
9426 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9427
9428 @end group
9429 @end smallexample
9430 @noindent
9431 @smallexample
9432 @group
9433 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9434 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9435 .
9436
9437 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9438 @end group
9439 @end smallexample
9440
9441 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9442
9443 @example
9444 @group
9445 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9446 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9447 a d x @key{RET}
9448 1 Z ) r 1
9449 Z '
9450 C-x )
9451
9452 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9453 @end group
9454 @end example
9455
9456 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9457 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9458
9459 @noindent
9460 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9461 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9462 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9463 sure the stack comes out right.
9464
9465 @smallexample
9466 @group
9467 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9468 1: 2 . 1: 2
9469 . .
9470
9471 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9472 @end group
9473 @end smallexample
9474
9475 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9476 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9477 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9478 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9479
9480 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9481 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9482
9483 @smallexample
9484 @group
9485 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9486 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9487 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9488 1: 2 .
9489 .
9490
9491 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9492
9493 @end group
9494 @end smallexample
9495 @noindent
9496 @smallexample
9497 @group
9498 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9499 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9500 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9501 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9502 . . .
9503
9504 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9505 @end group
9506 @end smallexample
9507
9508 @noindent
9509 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9510 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9511
9512 @smallexample
9513 @group
9514 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9515 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9516 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9517 . 1: 2 .
9518 .
9519
9520 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9521
9522 @end group
9523 @end smallexample
9524 @noindent
9525 @smallexample
9526 @group
9527 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9528 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9529 . .
9530
9531 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9532 @end group
9533 @end smallexample
9534
9535 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9536 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9537 the right answers.
9538
9539 Here's the full program once again:
9540
9541 @example
9542 @group
9543 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9544 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9545 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9546 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9547 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9548 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9549 Z ]
9550 Z ]
9551 C-x )
9552 @end group
9553 @end example
9554
9555 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9556 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9557 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9558 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9559 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9560
9561 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9562 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9563
9564 @noindent
9565 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9566 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9567
9568 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9569 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9570
9571 @smallexample
9572 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9573 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9574 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9575 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9576 C-c C-c
9577 @end smallexample
9578
9579 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9580
9581 @smallexample
9582 @group
9583 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9584 1: 2 . .
9585 .
9586
9587 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9588 @end group
9589 @end smallexample
9590
9591 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9592 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9593 the last rule.
9594
9595 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9596 @tex
9597 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9598 @end tex
9599
9600 @c [reference]
9601
9602 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9603 @chapter Introduction
9604
9605 @noindent
9606 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9607 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9608 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9609
9610 @c [when-split]
9611 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9612
9613 @menu
9614 * Basic Commands::
9615 * Help Commands::
9616 * Stack Basics::
9617 * Numeric Entry::
9618 * Algebraic Entry::
9619 * Quick Calculator::
9620 * Prefix Arguments::
9621 * Undo::
9622 * Error Messages::
9623 * Multiple Calculators::
9624 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9625 @end menu
9626
9627 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9628 @section Basic Commands
9629
9630 @noindent
9631 @pindex calc
9632 @pindex calc-mode
9633 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9634 @cindex Running the Calculator
9635 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9636 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9637 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9638 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9639 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9640 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9641 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9642 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9643 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9644 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9645 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9646 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9647
9648 @kindex C-x * c
9649 @kindex C-x * *
9650 @ignore
9651 @mindex @null
9652 @end ignore
9653 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9654 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9655 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9656 in its Keypad mode.
9657
9658 @kindex x
9659 @kindex M-x
9660 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9661 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9662 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9663 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9664 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9665 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9666 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9667 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9668
9669 @cindex Extensions module
9670 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9671 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9672 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9673 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9674 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9675 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9676 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9677 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9678 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9679 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9680 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9681
9682 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9683 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9684 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9685 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9686 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9687 to auto-load the Calculator.
9688
9689 @kindex C-x * b
9690 @pindex full-calc
9691 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9692 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9693 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9694 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9695 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9696 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9697 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9698
9699 @kindex C-x * o
9700 @pindex calc-other-window
9701 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9702 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9703 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9704 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9705 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9706 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9707
9708 @ignore
9709 @mindex C-x * q
9710 @end ignore
9711 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9712 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9713 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9714 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9715
9716 @ignore
9717 @mindex C-x * k
9718 @end ignore
9719 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9720 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9721 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9722 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9723
9724 @kindex q
9725 @pindex calc-quit
9726 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9727 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9728 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9729 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9730 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9731 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9732 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9733 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9734 Calculator on and off.
9735
9736 @kindex C-x * x
9737 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9738 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9739 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9740
9741 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9742 @pindex calc-refresh
9743 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9744 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9745 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9746 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9747 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9748
9749 @ignore
9750 @mindex o
9751 @end ignore
9752 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9753 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9754
9755 @kindex <
9756 @kindex >
9757 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9758 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9759 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9760 @cindex Scrolling
9761 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9762 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9763 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9764 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9765 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9766 window whenever it can.)
9767
9768 @kindex @{
9769 @kindex @}
9770 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9771 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9772 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9773 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9774 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9775 height of the Calc window.
9776
9777 @kindex C-x * 0
9778 @pindex calc-reset
9779 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9780 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9781 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9782 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9783 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9784 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9785 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9786 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9787 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9788 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9789 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9790
9791 @pindex calc-version
9792 The @kbd{M-x calc-version} command displays the current version number
9793 of Calc and the name of the person who installed it on your system.
9794 (This information is also present in the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer,
9795 and in the output of the @kbd{h h} command.)
9796
9797 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9798 @section Help Commands
9799
9800 @noindent
9801 @cindex Help commands
9802 @kindex ?
9803 @pindex calc-help
9804 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9805 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9806 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9807 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9808 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9809 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9810
9811 @kindex h h
9812 @pindex calc-full-help
9813 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9814 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9815 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9816
9817 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9818 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9819 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9820
9821 @kindex h i
9822 @kindex C-x * i
9823 @kindex i
9824 @pindex calc-info
9825 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9826 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9827 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9828 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9829 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9830 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9831 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9832 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9833 different command in a future version of Calc.
9834
9835 @kindex h t
9836 @kindex C-x * t
9837 @pindex calc-tutorial
9838 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9839 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9840 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9841 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9842 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9843 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9844 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9845 all times).
9846
9847 @kindex h s
9848 @kindex C-x * s
9849 @pindex calc-info-summary
9850 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9851 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9852 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9853
9854 @kindex h k
9855 @pindex calc-describe-key
9856 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9857 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9858 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9859 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9860 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9861 node indicated by the index.
9862
9863 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9864 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9865 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9866 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9867
9868 @kindex h c
9869 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9870 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9871 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9872 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9873 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9874 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9875 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9876 gives the description:
9877
9878 @smallexample
9879 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9880 @end smallexample
9881
9882 @noindent
9883 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9884 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9885 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9886 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9887 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9888
9889 @kindex h f
9890 @pindex calc-describe-function
9891 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9892 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9893 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9894 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9895 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9896 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9897 @samp{=>}.
9898
9899 @kindex h v
9900 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9901 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9902 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9903 @code{PlotRejects}.
9904
9905 @kindex h b
9906 @pindex describe-bindings
9907 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9908 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9909 listed.
9910
9911 @kindex h n
9912 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9913 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9914 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9915 source files.
9916
9917 @kindex h C-c
9918 @kindex h C-d
9919 @kindex h C-w
9920 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9921 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9922 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9923 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9924
9925 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9926 @section Stack Basics
9927
9928 @noindent
9929 @cindex Stack basics
9930 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9931 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9932 Tutorial}.
9933
9934 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9935 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9936 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9937 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9938 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9939 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9940 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9941 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9942
9943 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9944 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9945 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9946 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9947 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9948 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9949
9950 @kindex d l
9951 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9952 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9953 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9954 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9955 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9956 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9957
9958 @kindex o
9959 @pindex calc-realign
9960 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9961 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9962 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9963 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9964
9965 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9966 two consecutive numbers.
9967 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9968 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9969 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9970 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9971
9972 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9973 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9974 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9975 commands.
9976
9977 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9978 @section Numeric Entry
9979
9980 @noindent
9981 @kindex 0-9
9982 @kindex .
9983 @kindex e
9984 @cindex Numeric entry
9985 @cindex Entering numbers
9986 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
9987 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
9988 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
9989 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
9990 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
9991
9992 @cindex Minus signs
9993 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
9994 @kindex _
9995 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
9996 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
9997 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
9998 different keys for these operations, respectively:
9999 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10000 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10001 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10002 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10003 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10004 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10005 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10006
10007 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10008 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10009 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10010 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10011
10012 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10013
10014 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10015 @section Algebraic Entry
10016
10017 @noindent
10018 @kindex '
10019 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10020 @cindex Algebraic notation
10021 @cindex Formulas, entering
10022 Calculations can also be entered in algebraic form. This is accomplished
10023 by typing the apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in
10024 standard format:
10025
10026 @example
10027 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10028 @end example
10029
10030 @noindent
10031 This will compute
10032 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10033 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10034 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10035 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10036 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10037 clear previous results off the stack.
10038
10039 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10040 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do this
10041 would be to use the full Emacs cursor motion and editing keys, which are
10042 available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10043
10044 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10045 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10046 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10047 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10048
10049 @kindex m a
10050 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10051 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10052 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10053 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10054 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10055 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10056 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10057 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10058 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10059 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10060 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10061
10062 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10063 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10064 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10065 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10066 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10067
10068 @kindex m t
10069 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10070 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10071 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10072 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10073 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10074 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10075 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10076 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10077 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10078 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10079 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10080 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10081 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10082
10083 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10084 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10085 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10086
10087 @kindex $
10088 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10089 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10090 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10091 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10092 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10093 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10094 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10095 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10096 first character in the new formula.
10097
10098 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10099 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10100 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10101 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10102 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10103 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10104 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10105
10106 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10107 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10108 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10109 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10110 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10111 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10112
10113 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10114 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10115 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10116 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10117 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10118 @key{TAB} key.
10119
10120 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10121 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10122 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10123 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10124
10125 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10126 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10127 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10128 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10129 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10130 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10131
10132 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10133 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10134
10135 @noindent
10136 @kindex C-x * q
10137 @pindex quick-calc
10138 @cindex Quick Calculator
10139 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10140 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10141 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10142 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10143 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10144
10145 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10146 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10147 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10148 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10149 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10150 @samp{$} as the formula.
10151
10152 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10153 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10154 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10155 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10156 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10157 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10158 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10159 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10160
10161 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10162 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10163
10164 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10165 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10166 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10167 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10168 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10169 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10170
10171 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10172 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10173 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10174
10175 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10176 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10177 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10178 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10179 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10180 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10181
10182 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10183 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10184 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10185 an ASCII character.
10186
10187 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10188 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10189 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10190 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10191 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10192 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10193 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10194
10195 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10196 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10197 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10198 small calculations.
10199
10200 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10201 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10202
10203 @noindent
10204 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10205 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10206 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10207 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10208 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10209
10210 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10211 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10212 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10213 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10214 on the entire stack.
10215
10216 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10217 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10218 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10219 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10220 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10221 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10222 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10223 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10224 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10225 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10226 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10227 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10228 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10229 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10230 argument for some other purpose.
10231
10232 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10233 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10234 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10235 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10236
10237 @kindex ~
10238 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10239 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10240 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10241 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10242 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10243 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10244
10245 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10246 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10247
10248 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10249 @section Undoing Mistakes
10250
10251 @noindent
10252 @kindex U
10253 @kindex C-_
10254 @pindex calc-undo
10255 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10256 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10257 @cindex Errors, undoing
10258 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10259 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10260 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10261 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10262 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10263 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10264 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10265 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is
10266 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10267 also clears the undo history.)
10268
10269 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10270 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10271 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10272
10273 @kindex D
10274 @pindex calc-redo
10275 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10276 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10277 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10278 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10279 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10280 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10281 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10282 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10283
10284 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10285 @pindex calc-last-args
10286 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10287 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10288 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10289 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10290 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10291 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10292 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10293 onto the stack.
10294
10295 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10296 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10297
10298 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10299 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10300
10301 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10302
10303 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10304 @section Error Messages
10305
10306 @noindent
10307 @kindex w
10308 @pindex calc-why
10309 @cindex Errors, messages
10310 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10311 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10312 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10313 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10314 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10315 reasons for this to happen.
10316
10317 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10318 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10319 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10320 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10321 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10322 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10323 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10324
10325 @kindex d w
10326 @pindex calc-auto-why
10327 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10328 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10329 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10330 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10331 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10332 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10333
10334 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10335 @section Multiple Calculators
10336
10337 @noindent
10338 @pindex another-calc
10339 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10340 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10341 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10342 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10343 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10344 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10345 this would ordinarily never be done.
10346
10347 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10348 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10349 Calculator buffer.
10350
10351 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10352 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10353 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10354 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10355 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10356 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10357
10358 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10359 Calculator buffers.
10360
10361 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10362 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10363
10364 @noindent
10365 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10366 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10367
10368 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10369 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10370
10371 @menu
10372 * Autoloading Problems::
10373 * Recursion Depth::
10374 * Caches::
10375 * Debugging Calc::
10376 @end menu
10377
10378 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10379 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10380
10381 @noindent
10382 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10383 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10384 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10385 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10386 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10387
10388 @kindex C-x * L
10389 @pindex calc-load-everything
10390 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10391 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10392 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10393 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10394
10395 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10396 @subsection Recursion Depth
10397
10398 @noindent
10399 @kindex M
10400 @kindex I M
10401 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10402 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10403 @cindex Recursion depth
10404 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10405 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10406 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10407 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10408 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10409 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10410 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10411 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10412 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10413 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10414
10415 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10416 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10417 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10418 The default value is 1000.
10419
10420 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10421 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10422
10423 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10424 @subsection Caches
10425
10426 @noindent
10427 @cindex Caches
10428 @cindex Flushing caches
10429 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10430 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10431 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10432 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10433 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10434 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10435 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10436 @cpiover{4} and
10437 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10438 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10439 The visible effect of caching is that
10440 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10441 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10442 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10443 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10444
10445 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10446 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10447 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10448 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10449 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10450 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10451
10452 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10453 @subsection Debugging Calc
10454
10455 @noindent
10456 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10457 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10458 your own Calc commands.
10459
10460 @kindex Z T
10461 @pindex calc-timing
10462 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10463 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10464 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10465 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10466 accurate only to within one second.
10467
10468 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10469 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10470 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10471 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10472 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10473 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10474 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10475 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10476 to execute the whole macro.
10477
10478 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10479 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10480 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10481 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10482 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10483 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10484 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10485
10486 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10487 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10488 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10489 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10490 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10491 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10492 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10493
10494 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10495 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10496 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10497 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10498 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10499 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10500 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10501 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10502 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10503 will be lost.
10504
10505 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10506 @chapter Data Types
10507
10508 @noindent
10509 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10510 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10511 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10512 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10513
10514 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10515 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10516 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10517 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10518 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10519 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10520 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10521
10522 @menu
10523 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10524 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10525 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10526 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10527 * Infinities::
10528 * Vectors and Matrices::
10529 * Strings::
10530 * HMS Forms::
10531 * Date Forms::
10532 * Modulo Forms::
10533 * Error Forms::
10534 * Interval Forms::
10535 * Incomplete Objects::
10536 * Variables::
10537 * Formulas::
10538 @end menu
10539
10540 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10541 @section Integers
10542
10543 @noindent
10544 @cindex Integers
10545 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10546 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10547 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10548 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10549 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10550 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10551
10552 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10553 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10554 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10555 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10556
10557 @kindex #
10558 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10559 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10560 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10561 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10562 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10563 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10564 number, the current display radix is used.
10565
10566 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10567 @section Fractions
10568
10569 @noindent
10570 @cindex Fractions
10571 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10572 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10573 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10574 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10575 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10576 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10577 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10578
10579 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10580 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10581 display formats.
10582
10583 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10584 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10585 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10586
10587 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10588 @section Floats
10589
10590 @noindent
10591 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10592 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10593 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10594 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10595 range of acceptable values is from
10596 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10597 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10598 (inclusive) to
10599 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10600 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10601 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10602
10603 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10604 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10605 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10606 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10607 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10608 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10609 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10610 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10611 would have overflowed!)
10612
10613 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10614 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10615 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10616 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10617
10618 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10619 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10620 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10621 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10622 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10623 or 0.235.
10624
10625 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10626 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10627 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10628 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10629
10630 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10631 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10632 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10633 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10634 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10635 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10636 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10637 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10638 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10639 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10640 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10641 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10642 way.
10643
10644 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10645 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10646 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10647 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10648 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10649 current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10650 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10651 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10652 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10653 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10654 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10655 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10656 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10657 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10658 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10659 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10660
10661 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10662 @section Complex Numbers
10663
10664 @noindent
10665 @cindex Complex numbers
10666 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10667 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10668 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10669 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10670 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10671 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10672
10673 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10674 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10675 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10676 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10677 @texline @math{\theta}
10678 @infoline @var{theta}
10679 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10680 @texline @math{\theta}
10681 @infoline @var{theta}
10682 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10683 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10684 in radians.
10685
10686 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10687 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10688
10689 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10690 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10691 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10692 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10693 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10694
10695 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10696 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10697 number.
10698
10699 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10700 @section Infinities
10701
10702 @noindent
10703 @cindex Infinity
10704 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10705 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10706 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10707 @vindex inf
10708 @vindex uinf
10709 @vindex nan
10710 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10711 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10712 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10713 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10714 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10715 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10716 entered using algebraic entry.
10717
10718 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10719 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10720 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10721 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10722 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10723 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10724 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10725 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10726 @texline @math{e^x}
10727 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10728 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10729 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10730 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10731 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10732
10733 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10734 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10735 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10736 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10737 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10738 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10739 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10740 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10741 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10742 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10743 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10744
10745 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10746 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10747 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10748 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10749 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10750 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10751 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10752 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10753 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10754 some cases.
10755
10756 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10757 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10758 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10759 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10760 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10761 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10762 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10763 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10764 notation.
10765
10766 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10767 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10768 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10769 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10770 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10771 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10772 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10773 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10774 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10775 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10776 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10777 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10778 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10779 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10780 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10781 (as described above).
10782
10783 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10784 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10785
10786 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10787 @section Vectors and Matrices
10788
10789 @noindent
10790 @cindex Vectors
10791 @cindex Plain vectors
10792 @cindex Matrices
10793 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10794 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10795 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10796 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10797 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10798
10799 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10800 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10801 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10802 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10803 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10804 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10805 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10806 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10807 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10808 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10809 this case.
10810
10811 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10812 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10813 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10814 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10815 of its elements.
10816
10817 @ignore
10818 @starindex
10819 @end ignore
10820 @tindex vec
10821 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10822 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10823 @texline @math{n\times m}
10824 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10825 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10826 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10827
10828 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10829 @section Strings
10830
10831 @noindent
10832 @kindex "
10833 @cindex Strings
10834 @cindex Character strings
10835 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10836 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10837 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10838 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10839 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10840 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10841
10842 @example
10843 @group
10844 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10845 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10846 \e 27 \^[ 27
10847 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10848 \n 10 \^] 29
10849 \r 13 \^^ 30
10850 \t 9 \^_ 31
10851 \^? 127
10852 @end group
10853 @end example
10854
10855 @noindent
10856 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10857 character from its ASCII code.
10858
10859 @kindex d "
10860 @pindex calc-display-strings
10861 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10862 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10863 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10864 instead.
10865
10866 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10867 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10868 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10869 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10870 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10871 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10872
10873 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10874 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10875 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10876
10877 @ignore
10878 @starindex
10879 @end ignore
10880 @tindex string
10881 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10882 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10883 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10884 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10885 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10886 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10887 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10888 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10889 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10890
10891 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10892 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10893 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10894 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10895
10896 @ignore
10897 @starindex
10898 @end ignore
10899 @tindex bstring
10900 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10901 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10902 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10903 character in the string.
10904
10905 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10906 @section HMS Forms
10907
10908 @noindent
10909 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10910 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10911 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10912 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10913 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10914 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10915 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10916 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10917
10918 @kindex @@
10919 @ignore
10920 @mindex @null
10921 @end ignore
10922 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10923 @ignore
10924 @mindex @null
10925 @end ignore
10926 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10927 @ignore
10928 @mindex @null
10929 @end ignore
10930 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10931 @ignore
10932 @mindex @null
10933 @end ignore
10934 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10935 @ignore
10936 @mindex @null
10937 @end ignore
10938 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10939 @ignore
10940 @mindex @null
10941 @end ignore
10942 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10943 The default format for HMS values is
10944 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10945 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10946 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10947 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10948 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10949 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10950 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10951 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10952 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10953 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10954 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10955 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10956
10957 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10958 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10959 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10960 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10961
10962 @pindex calc-time
10963 @cindex Time of day
10964 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10965 the stack as an HMS form.
10966
10967 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10968 @section Date Forms
10969
10970 @noindent
10971 @cindex Date forms
10972 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10973 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10974 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10975 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10976 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10977 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10978 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10979
10980 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
10981 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
10982 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
10983 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
10984 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
10985
10986 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
10987 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
10988 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
10989 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
10990 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
10991 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
10992 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
10993 time can be stored without roundoff error.
10994
10995 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
10996 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
10997 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
10998 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
10999 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11000 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11001 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11002 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11003 never an issue for them.
11004
11005 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11006 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11007 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11008
11009 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11010 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11011 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11012 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11013 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11014
11015 @cindex Julian calendar
11016 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11017 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11018 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11019 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11020 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11021 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11022 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11023 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11024 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11025 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11026 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11027 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11028 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11029 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11030 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11031 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11032 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11033 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11034 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11035 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11036 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11037 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11038 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11039
11040 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11041 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11042 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11043 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11044 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11045
11046 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11047 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11048 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11049 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11050
11051 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11052 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11053 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11054
11055 @cindex Julian day counting
11056 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11057 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11058 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11059 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11060 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11061 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11062 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11063 command performs this conversion for you.
11064
11065 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11066 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11067 since it is involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11068 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11069 Julian cycle is based it on three other cycles: the indiction cycle,
11070 the Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15
11071 year cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later
11072 used to date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year
11073 cycle; 19 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year
11074 and a lunar month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will
11075 occur on the same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year
11076 cycle; the Julian calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The
11077 smallest time period which contains multiples of all three cycles is
11078 the least common multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which
11079 (since they're pairwise relatively prime) is
11080 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11081 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11082 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11083 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11084 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11085 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11086 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11087 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11088 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11089 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11090 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11091 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11092 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11093 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11094
11095 @cindex Unix time format
11096 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11097 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11098 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11099 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11100 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11101 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11102 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11103 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11104 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11105 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11106 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11107 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11108 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11109 conversions.
11110
11111 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11112 @section Modulo Forms
11113
11114 @noindent
11115 @cindex Modulo forms
11116 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11117 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11118 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11119 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11120 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11121 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11122 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11123 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11124 integers but this is not required.
11125
11126 @ignore
11127 @mindex M
11128 @end ignore
11129 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11130 @ignore
11131 @mindex mod
11132 @end ignore
11133 @tindex mod (operator)
11134 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11135 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11136 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11137 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11138 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11139 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11140
11141 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11142 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11143 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11144 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11145 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11146 the result always lies in the desired range.
11147
11148 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11149 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11150 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11151 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11152 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11153 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11154 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11155 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11156
11157 @cindex Modulo division
11158 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11159 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11160 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11161 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11162 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11163 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11164 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11165 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11166 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11167 in the sense of reducing
11168 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11169 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11170 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11171 number-theoretical point of view.)
11172
11173 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11174 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11175 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11176 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11177 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11178 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11179 24 radians!
11180
11181 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11182 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11183 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11184
11185 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11186 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11187
11188 @ignore
11189 @starindex
11190 @end ignore
11191 @tindex makemod
11192 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11193 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11194
11195 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11196 @section Error Forms
11197
11198 @noindent
11199 @cindex Error forms
11200 @cindex Standard deviations
11201 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11202 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11203 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11204 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11205 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11206 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11207 deviation or ``error''
11208 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11209 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11210 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11211 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11212 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11213 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11214 regular number by the Calculator.
11215
11216 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11217 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11218 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11219 @texline @math{\sin x}
11220 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11221 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11222 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11223 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11224 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11225 @tex
11226 $$ \eqalign{
11227 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11228 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11229 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11230 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11231 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11232 \right| \right)^2
11233 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11234 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11235 } $$
11236 @end tex
11237 Note that this
11238 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11239 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11240 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11241 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11242 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11243 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11244 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11245
11246 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11247 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11248 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11249 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11250 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11251 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11252 is
11253 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11254 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11255 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11256 @texline @math{\cos x}
11257 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11258 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11259 @texline @math{\sigma};
11260 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11261 this makes sense, since
11262 @texline @math{\sin x}
11263 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11264 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11265 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11266 @texline @math{\cos x}
11267 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11268 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11269 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11270 has relatively little effect on the value of
11271 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11272 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11273 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11274 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11275 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11276 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11277 @texline @math{\sin x}
11278 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11279 would indeed have been negligible.
11280
11281 @ignore
11282 @mindex p
11283 @end ignore
11284 @kindex p (error forms)
11285 @tindex +/-
11286 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11287 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11288 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11289 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11290 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11291
11292 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11293 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11294 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11295 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11296 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11297 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11298 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11299 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11300
11301 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11302 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11303
11304 @ignore
11305 @starindex
11306 @end ignore
11307 @tindex sdev
11308 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11309
11310 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11311 @section Interval Forms
11312
11313 @noindent
11314 @cindex Interval forms
11315 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11316 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11317 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11318 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11319 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11320 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11321 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11322 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11323 set of possible values of the input.
11324
11325 @ifnottex
11326 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11327 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11328 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11329 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11330 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11331 terms,
11332 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11333 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11334 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11335 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11336 @end ifnottex
11337 @tex
11338 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11339 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11340 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11341 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11342 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11343 terms,
11344 $$ \eqalign{
11345 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11346 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11347 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11348 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11349 } $$
11350 @end tex
11351
11352 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11353 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11354 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11355 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11356 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11357 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11358 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11359 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11360 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11361 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11362 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11363 the real infinities.
11364
11365 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11366 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11367 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11368 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11369 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11370 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11371 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11372
11373 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11374 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11375 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11376 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11377 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11378 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11379 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11380 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11381 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11382
11383 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11384 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11385 form
11386 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11387 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11388 means a variable is random, and its value could
11389 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11390 @texline @math{\sigma}
11391 @infoline @var{sigma}
11392 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11393 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11394 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11395 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11396 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11397 answer.
11398
11399 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11400 HMS forms or date forms.
11401
11402 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11403 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11404
11405 @ignore
11406 @starindex
11407 @end ignore
11408 @tindex intv
11409 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11410 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11411 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11412 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11413
11414 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11415 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11416 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11417 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11418 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11419 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11420 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11421 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11422 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11423 error.
11424
11425 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11426 @section Incomplete Objects
11427
11428 @noindent
11429 @ignore
11430 @mindex [ ]
11431 @end ignore
11432 @kindex [
11433 @ignore
11434 @mindex ( )
11435 @end ignore
11436 @kindex (
11437 @kindex ,
11438 @ignore
11439 @mindex @null
11440 @end ignore
11441 @kindex ]
11442 @ignore
11443 @mindex @null
11444 @end ignore
11445 @kindex )
11446 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11447 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11448 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11449 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11450 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11451 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11452 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11453 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11454 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11455
11456 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11457 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11458 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11459
11460 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11461 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11462 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11463 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11464
11465 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11466 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11467 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11468 from the list.
11469
11470 @kindex ;
11471 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11472 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11473 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11474 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11475
11476 @kindex ..
11477 @pindex calc-dots
11478 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11479 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11480 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11481 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11482 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11483 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11484
11485 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11486 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11487
11488 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11489 @section Variables
11490
11491 @noindent
11492 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11493 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11494 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11495 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11496 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11497 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11498 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11499 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11500 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11501 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11502 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11503 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11504 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11505 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11506 refer to the same variable.)
11507
11508 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11509 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11510 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11511 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11512 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11513 @code{foo}.
11514
11515 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11516 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11517 (@key{'}) key.
11518
11519 @kindex =
11520 @pindex calc-evaluate
11521 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11522 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11523 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11524 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11525 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11526 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11527 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11528 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11529 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11530 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11531 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11532 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11533
11534 @cindex @code{e} variable
11535 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11536 @cindex @code{i} variable
11537 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11538 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11539 @vindex e
11540 @vindex pi
11541 @vindex i
11542 @vindex phi
11543 @vindex gamma
11544 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11545 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11546 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11547 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11548 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11549 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11550
11551 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11552 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11553 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11554 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11555 a value into any of these special variables.
11556
11557 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11558
11559 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11560 @section Formulas
11561
11562 @noindent
11563 @cindex Formulas
11564 @cindex Expressions
11565 @cindex Operators in formulas
11566 @cindex Precedence of operators
11567 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11568 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11569 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11570 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11571 Parentheses may
11572 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11573 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11574 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11575 with their equivalent function names, are:
11576
11577 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11578
11579 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11580
11581 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x})
11582 and prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11583
11584 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11585 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11586
11587 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11588 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11589
11590 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11591
11592 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11593
11594 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11595 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11596
11597 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11598
11599 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11600
11601 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11602 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11603
11604 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11605
11606 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11607
11608 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11609
11610 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11611
11612 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11613
11614 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11615
11616 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11617
11618 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11619
11620 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11621
11622 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11623 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11624 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11625 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11626
11627 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11628 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11629 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11630 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11631 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11632 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11633 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11634 as in @samp{f(x)},
11635 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11636 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11637 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11638 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11639 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11640
11641 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11642 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11643 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11644 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11645 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11646 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11647 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11648 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11649 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11650 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11651 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11652
11653 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11654 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11655 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11656 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11657 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11658 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11659 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11660 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11661 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11662 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11663
11664 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11665 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11666 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11667 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11668
11669 @cindex Function call notation
11670 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11671 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11672 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11673 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11674 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11675 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11676 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11677 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11678 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11679 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11680 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11681
11682 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11683 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11684 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11685 represent the same operation.
11686
11687 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11688 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11689 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11690 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11691 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11692 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11693 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11694
11695 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11696 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11697 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11698 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11699
11700 @example
11701 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11702 c + d,
11703 %% last line is coming up:
11704 e + f ]
11705 @end example
11706
11707 @noindent
11708 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11709
11710 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11711 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11712 formats.
11713
11714 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11715
11716 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11717 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11718
11719 @noindent
11720 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11721 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11722 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11723
11724 @menu
11725 * Stack Manipulation::
11726 * Editing Stack Entries::
11727 * Trail Commands::
11728 * Keep Arguments::
11729 @end menu
11730
11731 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11732 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11733
11734 @noindent
11735 @kindex @key{RET}
11736 @kindex @key{SPC}
11737 @pindex calc-enter
11738 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11739 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11740 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11741 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11742 several elements at the top of the stack.
11743 Given a negative argument,
11744 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11745 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11746 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11747 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11748 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11749 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11750 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11751
11752 @kindex @key{LFD}
11753 @pindex calc-over
11754 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11755 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11756 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11757 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11758 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11759 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11760 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11761
11762 @kindex @key{DEL}
11763 @kindex C-d
11764 @pindex calc-pop
11765 @cindex Removing stack entries
11766 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11767 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11768 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11769 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11770 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11771 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11772 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11773 stack is emptied.
11774 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11775 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11776 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11777 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11778 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11779
11780 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11781 @pindex calc-pop-above
11782 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11783 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11784 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11785 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11786 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11787 the third stack element.
11788
11789 @kindex @key{TAB}
11790 @pindex calc-roll-down
11791 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11792 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11793 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11794 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11795 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11796 top-for-bottom.
11797 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11798 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11799 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11800 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11801 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11802
11803 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11804 @pindex calc-roll-up
11805 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11806 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11807 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11808 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11809 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11810 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11811 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11812 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11813
11814 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11815 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11816 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11817 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11818 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11819 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11820 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11821
11822 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11823 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11824 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11825 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @mathit{n}, also
11826 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11827
11828 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11829 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11830
11831 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11832 @section Editing Stack Entries
11833
11834 @noindent
11835 @kindex `
11836 @pindex calc-edit
11837 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11838 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11839 The backquote, @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary
11840 buffer (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using
11841 regular Emacs commands. With a numeric prefix argument, it edits the
11842 specified number of stack entries at once. (An argument of zero edits
11843 the entire stack; a negative argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11844
11845 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11846 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11847 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11848 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11849 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11850
11851 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11852 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11853 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11854 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11855 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11856 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11857 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11858
11859 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11860 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11861 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11862 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11863
11864 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11865 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11866 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11867 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11868 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11869 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11870 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11871 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11872 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11873
11874 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11875 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11876 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11877 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11878 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11879
11880 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11881 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11882 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11883
11884 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11885 @section Trail Commands
11886
11887 @noindent
11888 @cindex Trail buffer
11889 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11890 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11891
11892 @kindex t d
11893 @pindex calc-trail-display
11894 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11895 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11896 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11897 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11898 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11899 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11900 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11901 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11902 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11903
11904 @kindex t i
11905 @pindex calc-trail-in
11906 @kindex t o
11907 @pindex calc-trail-out
11908 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11909 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11910 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11911 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11912 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11913 in the Calculator window.
11914
11915 @cindex Trail pointer
11916 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11917 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11918 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11919 trail pointer in various ways.
11920
11921 @kindex t y
11922 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11923 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11924 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11925 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11926 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11927 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11928 trail pointer.
11929
11930 @kindex t <
11931 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11932 @kindex t >
11933 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11934 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11935 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11936 window left or right by one half of its width.
11937
11938 @kindex t n
11939 @pindex calc-trail-next
11940 @kindex t p
11941 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11942 @kindex t f
11943 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11944 @kindex t b
11945 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11946 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11947 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11948 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11949 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11950 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11951 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11952
11953 @kindex t [
11954 @pindex calc-trail-first
11955 @kindex t ]
11956 @pindex calc-trail-last
11957 @kindex t h
11958 @pindex calc-trail-here
11959 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11960 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
11961 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
11962 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
11963 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
11964
11965 @kindex t s
11966 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
11967 @kindex t r
11968 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
11969 @ifnottex
11970 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11971 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
11972 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11973 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11974 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11975 it was when the search began.
11976 @end ifnottex
11977 @tex
11978 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11979 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
11980 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11981 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11982 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11983 it was when the search began.
11984 @end tex
11985
11986 @kindex t m
11987 @pindex calc-trail-marker
11988 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
11989 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
11990 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
11991 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
11992 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
11993
11994 @kindex t k
11995 @pindex calc-trail-kill
11996 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
11997 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
11998 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
11999 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12000 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12001
12002 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12003 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12004
12005 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12006 @section Keep Arguments
12007
12008 @noindent
12009 @kindex K
12010 @pindex calc-keep-args
12011 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12012 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12013 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12014 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12015 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12016
12017 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12018 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12019 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12020 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12021 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12022 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12023 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12024 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12025 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12026 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12027 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12028 extra work.
12029
12030 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12031 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12032 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12033
12034 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12035 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12036 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12037 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12038 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12039 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12040
12041 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12042 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12043 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12044 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12045 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12046 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12047
12048 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12049 @chapter Mode Settings
12050
12051 @noindent
12052 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12053 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12054 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12055
12056 @menu
12057 * General Mode Commands::
12058 * Precision::
12059 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12060 * Calculation Modes::
12061 * Simplification Modes::
12062 * Declarations::
12063 * Display Modes::
12064 * Language Modes::
12065 * Modes Variable::
12066 * Calc Mode Line::
12067 @end menu
12068
12069 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12070 @section General Mode Commands
12071
12072 @noindent
12073 @kindex m m
12074 @pindex calc-save-modes
12075 @cindex Continuous memory
12076 @cindex Saving mode settings
12077 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12078 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12079 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12080 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12081 @file{~/.calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command.
12082 This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up.
12083 The modes saved in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m}
12084 and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size,
12085 whether or not the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc
12086 window, and more. The current interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *})
12087 is also saved. If there were already saved mode settings in the
12088 file, they are replaced. Otherwise, the new mode information is
12089 appended to the end of the file.
12090
12091 @kindex m R
12092 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12093 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12094 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12095 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12096 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12097 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12098 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12099 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12100 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12101
12102 @kindex m F
12103 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12104 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12105 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12106 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12107 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12108 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12109 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12110 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12111 file name is @file{~/.calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12112 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12113 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12114
12115 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12116 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12117 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12118 to reread. You can give
12119 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12120 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12121 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12122 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12123 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12124 modes present in the file you were using before.
12125
12126 @kindex m x
12127 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12128 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12129 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12130 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12131 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12132 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12133 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12134 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12135
12136 @kindex m S
12137 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12138 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12139 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12140 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12141 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12142 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12143 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12144 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12145 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12146 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12147 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12148 shifted-prefix mode.
12149
12150 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12151 @section Precision
12152
12153 @noindent
12154 @kindex p
12155 @pindex calc-precision
12156 @cindex Precision of calculations
12157 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12158 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12159 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12160 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12161 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12162
12163 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12164 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12165
12166 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12167 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12168 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12169 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12170 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12171 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12172 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12173 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12174 existing value to a new precision.
12175
12176 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12177 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12178 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12179 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12180 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12181 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12182 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12183 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12184 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12185 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12186 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12187 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12188 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12189
12190 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12191 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12192 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12193 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12194 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12195 of the numbers involved.
12196
12197 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12198 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12199 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12200 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12201 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12202 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12203
12204 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12205 issues.
12206
12207 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12208 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12209
12210 @noindent
12211 @kindex I
12212 @pindex calc-inverse
12213 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12214 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12215 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12216 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12217 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12218
12219 @kindex H
12220 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12221 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12222 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12223 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12224 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12225 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12226 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12227
12228 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12229 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12230 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12231 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12232
12233 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12234 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12235 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12236 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12237 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12238 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12239 subtract and keep arguments).
12240
12241 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12242 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12243
12244 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12245 @section Calculation Modes
12246
12247 @noindent
12248 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12249 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12250 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12251 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12252
12253 @menu
12254 * Angular Modes::
12255 * Polar Mode::
12256 * Fraction Mode::
12257 * Infinite Mode::
12258 * Symbolic Mode::
12259 * Matrix Mode::
12260 * Automatic Recomputation::
12261 * Working Message::
12262 @end menu
12263
12264 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12265 @subsection Angular Modes
12266
12267 @noindent
12268 @cindex Angular mode
12269 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12270 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12271 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12272 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12273 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12274 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12275
12276 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12277 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12278 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12279 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12280 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12281 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12282 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12283
12284 @kindex m r
12285 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12286 @kindex m d
12287 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12288 @kindex m h
12289 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12290 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12291 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12292 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12293 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12294
12295 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12296 @subsection Polar Mode
12297
12298 @noindent
12299 @cindex Polar mode
12300 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12301 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12302 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12303 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12304 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12305
12306 @kindex m p
12307 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12308 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12309 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12310 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12311
12312 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12313 @subsection Fraction Mode
12314
12315 @noindent
12316 @cindex Fraction mode
12317 @cindex Division of integers
12318 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12319 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12320 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12321 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12322 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12323 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12324 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12325
12326 @kindex m f
12327 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12328 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12329 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12330 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12331 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12332 Float mode.
12333
12334 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12335 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12336 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12337
12338 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12339 @subsection Infinite Mode
12340
12341 @noindent
12342 @cindex Infinite mode
12343 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12344 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12345 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12346 results.
12347
12348 @kindex m i
12349 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12350 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12351 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12352 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12353 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12354 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12355 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12356
12357 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12358 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12359 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12360 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12361 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12362 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12363 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12364 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12365
12366 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12367 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12368 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12369 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12370 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12371 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12372 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12373 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12374 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12375 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12376 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12377
12378 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12379 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12380
12381 @noindent
12382 @cindex Symbolic mode
12383 @cindex Inexact results
12384 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12385 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12386 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12387 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12388 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12389
12390 @kindex m s
12391 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12392 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12393 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12394 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12395 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12396
12397 @kindex N
12398 @pindex calc-eval-num
12399 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12400 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12401 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12402 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12403 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12404 of the command.
12405
12406 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12407 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12408 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12409 variables.)
12410
12411 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12412 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12413
12414 @noindent
12415 @cindex Matrix mode
12416 @cindex Scalar mode
12417 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12418 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12419 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12420 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12421
12422 @kindex m v
12423 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12424 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12425 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12426 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12427 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12428 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12429 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12430 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12431 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12432 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12433 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12434 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12435 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12436 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12437 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12438 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12439 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12440 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12441 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12442
12443 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12444 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12445 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12446 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12447 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12448 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12449 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12450
12451 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12452
12453 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12454 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12455 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12456 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12457 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12458 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12459 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12460
12461 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12462 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12463 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12464 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12465 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12466 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12467
12468 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12469 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12470 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12471 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12472 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12473 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12474 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12475
12476 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12477 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12478 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12479 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12480 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12481 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12482
12483 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12484 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12485
12486 @noindent
12487 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12488 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12489 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12490 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12491
12492 @kindex m C
12493 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12494 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12495 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12496 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12497 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12498 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12499 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12500 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12501 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12502
12503 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12504 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12505 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12506
12507 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12508 @subsection Working Messages
12509
12510 @noindent
12511 @cindex Performance
12512 @cindex Working messages
12513 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12514 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12515 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12516 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12517 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12518 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12519 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12520
12521 @kindex m w
12522 @pindex calc-working
12523 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12524 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12525 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12526 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12527 the current mode.
12528
12529 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12530 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12531 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12532 to turn the messages off.
12533
12534 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12535 @section Simplification Modes
12536
12537 @noindent
12538 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12539 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12540 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12541 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12542 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12543 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12544
12545 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12546 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12547 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12548 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12549
12550 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12551 followed by a shifted letter.
12552
12553 @kindex m O
12554 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12555 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12556 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12557 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12558 in this mode.
12559
12560 @kindex m N
12561 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12562 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12563 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12564 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12565 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12566 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12567 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12568 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12569 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12570 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12571 elements are constant.
12572
12573 @kindex m D
12574 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12575 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12576 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12577 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12578 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12579 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12580
12581 @kindex m B
12582 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12583 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12584 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12585 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12586 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12587 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12588 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12589
12590 @kindex m A
12591 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12592 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12593 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12594 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12595 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12596
12597 @kindex m E
12598 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12599 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12600 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12601 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12602
12603 @kindex m U
12604 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12605 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12606 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12607 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12608 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12609 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12610 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12611
12612 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12613 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12614 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12615 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12616 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12617
12618 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12619 @section Declarations
12620
12621 @noindent
12622 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12623 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12624 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12625 take the fully general situation into account.
12626
12627 @menu
12628 * Declaration Basics::
12629 * Kinds of Declarations::
12630 * Functions for Declarations::
12631 @end menu
12632
12633 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12634 @subsection Declaration Basics
12635
12636 @noindent
12637 @kindex s d
12638 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12639 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12640 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12641 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12642 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12643 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12644 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12645 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12646
12647 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12648 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12649 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12650 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12651 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12652 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12653 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12654 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12655
12656 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12657 @vindex Decls
12658 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12659 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12660 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12661 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12662 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12663 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12664 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12665 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12666 permanently if you wish.
12667
12668 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12669 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12670 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12671 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12672 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12673
12674 For example, the declaration matrix
12675
12676 @smallexample
12677 @group
12678 [ [ foo, real ]
12679 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12680 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12681 @end group
12682 @end smallexample
12683
12684 @noindent
12685 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12686 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12687 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12688
12689 @vindex All
12690 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12691 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12692 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12693 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12694 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12695 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12696 response to the variable-name prompt.
12697
12698 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12699 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12700
12701 @noindent
12702 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12703 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12704 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12705 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12706 for the variable.
12707
12708 @smallexample
12709 @group
12710 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12711 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12712 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12713 @end group
12714 @end smallexample
12715
12716 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12717 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12718 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12719 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12720 nearly equivalent (see below).
12721
12722 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12723 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12724 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12725 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12726
12727 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12728 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12729 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12730 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12731 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12732 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12733
12734 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12735 stored in a variable:
12736
12737 @table @code
12738 @item int
12739 Integers.
12740 @item numint
12741 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12742 @item frac
12743 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12744 @item rat
12745 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12746 @item float
12747 Floating-point numbers.
12748 @item real
12749 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12750 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12751 reals here.)
12752 @item pos
12753 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12754 @item nonneg
12755 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12756 @item number
12757 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12758 @end table
12759
12760 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12761 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12762 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12763 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12764 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12765 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12766 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12767 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12768 of the formula.
12769
12770 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12771 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12772 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12773 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12774 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12775 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12776
12777 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12778 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12779 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12780 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12781 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12782
12783 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12784 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12785 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12786 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12787 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12788 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12789
12790 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12791 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12792 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12793 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12794 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12795 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12796 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12797 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12798 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12799 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12800
12801 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12802 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12803
12804 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12805 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12806 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12807 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12808 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12809 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12810 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12811
12812 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12813 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12814 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12815 type symbol.
12816
12817 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12818 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12819 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12820 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12821 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12822
12823 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12824 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12825 shown above).
12826
12827 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12828 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12829 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12830 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12831 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12832 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12833 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12834 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12835 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12836 not known to be nonzero.
12837
12838 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12839
12840 @table @code
12841 @item scalar
12842 The value is not a vector.
12843 @item vector
12844 The value is a vector.
12845 @item matrix
12846 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12847 @item sqmatrix
12848 The value is a square matrix.
12849 @end table
12850
12851 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12852 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12853 is a matrix of integers.
12854
12855 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12856 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12857 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12858 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12859 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12860 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12861 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12862 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12863 declarations.)
12864
12865 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12866 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12867 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12868
12869 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12870 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12871
12872 @table @code
12873 @item const
12874 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12875 @end table
12876
12877 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12878 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12879 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12880 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12881 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12882 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12883 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12884 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12885 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12886 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12887
12888 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12889 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12890
12891 @noindent
12892 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12893 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12894 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12895 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12896 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12897 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12898 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12899 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12900 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12901
12902 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12903 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12904 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12905 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12906 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12907
12908 @ignore
12909 @starindex
12910 @end ignore
12911 @tindex dint
12912 @ignore
12913 @starindex
12914 @end ignore
12915 @tindex dnumint
12916 @ignore
12917 @starindex
12918 @end ignore
12919 @tindex dnatnum
12920 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12921 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12922 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12923 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12924 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12925 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12926 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12927 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12928
12929 @ignore
12930 @starindex
12931 @end ignore
12932 @tindex drat
12933 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12934 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12935 and error forms do not.
12936
12937 @ignore
12938 @starindex
12939 @end ignore
12940 @tindex dreal
12941 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12942 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12943
12944 @ignore
12945 @starindex
12946 @end ignore
12947 @tindex dimag
12948 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12949 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12950
12951 @ignore
12952 @starindex
12953 @end ignore
12954 @tindex dpos
12955 @ignore
12956 @starindex
12957 @end ignore
12958 @tindex dneg
12959 @ignore
12960 @starindex
12961 @end ignore
12962 @tindex dnonneg
12963 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
12964 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
12965 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
12966 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
12967 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
12968 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
12969 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
12970 are rarely necessary.
12971
12972 @ignore
12973 @starindex
12974 @end ignore
12975 @tindex dnonzero
12976 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
12977 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
12978 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
12979 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
12980 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
12981 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
12982 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
12983
12984 @ignore
12985 @starindex
12986 @end ignore
12987 @tindex deven
12988 @ignore
12989 @starindex
12990 @end ignore
12991 @tindex dodd
12992 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
12993 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
12994 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
12995 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
12996 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
12997
12998 @ignore
12999 @starindex
13000 @end ignore
13001 @tindex drange
13002 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13003 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13004 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13005 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13006 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13007 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13008 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13009 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13010 remains unevaluated.
13011
13012 @ignore
13013 @starindex
13014 @end ignore
13015 @tindex dscalar
13016 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13017 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13018 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13019 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13020 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13021 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13022 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13023 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13024 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13025 information to tell.
13026
13027 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13028 @section Display Modes
13029
13030 @noindent
13031 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13032 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13033 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13034 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13035 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13036 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13037
13038 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13039 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13040 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13041 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13042 reflect the latest mode settings.
13043
13044 @kindex d @key{RET}
13045 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13046 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13047 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13048 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13049 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13050 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13051 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13052 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13053
13054 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13055 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13056 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13057 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13058
13059 @menu
13060 * Radix Modes::
13061 * Grouping Digits::
13062 * Float Formats::
13063 * Complex Formats::
13064 * Fraction Formats::
13065 * HMS Formats::
13066 * Date Formats::
13067 * Truncating the Stack::
13068 * Justification::
13069 * Labels::
13070 @end menu
13071
13072 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13073 @subsection Radix Modes
13074
13075 @noindent
13076 @cindex Radix display
13077 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13078 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13079 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13080 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13081 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13082 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13083 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13084
13085 @kindex d 2
13086 @kindex d 8
13087 @kindex d 6
13088 @kindex d 0
13089 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13090 @cindex Octal integers
13091 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13092 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13093 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13094 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13095 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13096 as decimal.
13097
13098 @kindex d r
13099 @pindex calc-radix
13100 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13101 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13102 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13103
13104 @kindex d z
13105 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13106 @cindex Leading zeros
13107 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13108 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13109 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13110 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13111 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13112 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13113 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13114 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13115 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13116 entirety.)
13117
13118 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13119 @subsection Grouping Digits
13120
13121 @noindent
13122 @kindex d g
13123 @pindex calc-group-digits
13124 @cindex Grouping digits
13125 @cindex Digit grouping
13126 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13127 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13128 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13129 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13130 separated by commas.
13131
13132 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13133 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13134 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13135 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13136 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13137 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13138 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13139
13140 @kindex d ,
13141 @pindex calc-group-char
13142 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13143 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13144 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13145 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13146 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13147 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13148 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13149
13150 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13151 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13152 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13153 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13154 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13155
13156 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13157 @subsection Float Formats
13158
13159 @noindent
13160 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13161 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13162 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13163 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13164 formats for floats.
13165
13166 @kindex d n
13167 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13168 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13169 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13170 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13171 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13172 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13173 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13174 current precision is 12.)
13175
13176 @kindex d f
13177 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13178 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13179 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13180 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13181 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13182 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13183 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13184 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13185
13186 @kindex d s
13187 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13188 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13189 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13190 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13191 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13192 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13193 The default is to display all significant digits.
13194
13195 @kindex d e
13196 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13197 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13198 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13199 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13200 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13201 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13202 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13203
13204 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13205 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13206 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13207 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13208 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13209 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13210 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13211 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13212 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13213
13214 @kindex d .
13215 @pindex calc-point-char
13216 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13217 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13218 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13219 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13220 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13221
13222 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13223 @subsection Complex Formats
13224
13225 @noindent
13226 @kindex d c
13227 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13228 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13229 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13230 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13231 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13232
13233 @kindex d i
13234 @pindex calc-i-notation
13235 @kindex d j
13236 @pindex calc-j-notation
13237 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13238 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13239 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13240 in some disciplines.
13241
13242 @cindex @code{i} variable
13243 @vindex i
13244 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13245 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13246 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13247 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13248 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13249 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13250 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13251 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13252
13253 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13254 @subsection Fraction Formats
13255
13256 @noindent
13257 @kindex d o
13258 @pindex calc-over-notation
13259 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13260 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13261 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13262 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13263 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13264 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13265 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13266 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13267
13268 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13269 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13270 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13271 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13272 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13273
13274 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13275 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13276 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13277 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13278 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13279 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13280 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13281 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13282 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13283 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13284 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13285
13286 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13287 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13288 never affects floats.
13289
13290 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13291 @subsection HMS Formats
13292
13293 @noindent
13294 @kindex d h
13295 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13296 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13297 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13298 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13299 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13300 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13301 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13302 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13303
13304 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13305 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13306 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13307 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13308 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13309 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13310 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13311 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13312 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13313 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13314 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13315 entry.
13316
13317 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13318 @subsection Date Formats
13319
13320 @noindent
13321 @kindex d d
13322 @pindex calc-date-notation
13323 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13324 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13325 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13326 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13327 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13328 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13329 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13330 pure dates.
13331
13332 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13333 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13334 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13335 reestablished.
13336
13337 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13338 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13339 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13340
13341 @menu
13342 * Date Formatting Codes::
13343 * Free-Form Dates::
13344 * Standard Date Formats::
13345 @end menu
13346
13347 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13348 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13349
13350 @noindent
13351 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13352 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13353 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13354 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13355 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13356 below.
13357
13358 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13359 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13360 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13361 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13362 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13363 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13364 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13365 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13366
13367 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13368
13369 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13370 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13371 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13372 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13373 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13374
13375 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13376
13377 @table @asis
13378 @item Y
13379 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13380 @item YY
13381 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13382 @item BY
13383 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13384 @item YYY
13385 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13386 @item YYYY
13387 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13388 @item aa
13389 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13390 @item AA
13391 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13392 @item aaa
13393 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13394 @item AAA
13395 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13396 @item aaaa
13397 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13398 @item AAAA
13399 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13400 @item bb
13401 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13402 @item BB
13403 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13404 @item bbb
13405 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13406 @item BBB
13407 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13408 @item bbbb
13409 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13410 @item BBBB
13411 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13412 @item M
13413 Month: ``8'' for August.
13414 @item MM
13415 Month: ``08'' for August.
13416 @item BM
13417 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13418 @item MMM
13419 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13420 @item Mmm
13421 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13422 @item mmm
13423 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13424 @item MMMM
13425 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13426 @item Mmmm
13427 Month: ``August'' for August.
13428 @item D
13429 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13430 @item DD
13431 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13432 @item BD
13433 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13434 @item W
13435 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13436 @item WWW
13437 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13438 @item Www
13439 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13440 @item www
13441 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13442 @item WWWW
13443 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13444 @item Wwww
13445 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13446 @item d
13447 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13448 @item ddd
13449 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13450 @item bdd
13451 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13452 @item h
13453 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13454 @item hh
13455 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13456 @item bh
13457 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13458 @item H
13459 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13460 @item HH
13461 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13462 @item BH
13463 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13464 @item p
13465 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13466 @item P
13467 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13468 @item pp
13469 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13470 @item PP
13471 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13472 @item pppp
13473 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13474 @item PPPP
13475 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13476 @item m
13477 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13478 @item mm
13479 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13480 @item bm
13481 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13482 @item s
13483 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13484 @item ss
13485 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13486 @item bs
13487 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13488 @item SS
13489 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13490 @item BS
13491 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13492 @item N
13493 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13494 @item n
13495 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13496 @item J
13497 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13498 @item j
13499 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13500 @item U
13501 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13502 @item X
13503 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13504 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13505 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13506 required for algebraic entry.
13507 @end table
13508
13509 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13510 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13511
13512 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13513 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13514 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13515 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13516 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13517
13518 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13519 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13520 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13521 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13522 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13523
13524 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13525 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13526 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13527
13528 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13529 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13530
13531 @noindent
13532 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13533 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13534 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13535 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13536 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13537
13538 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13539 while interpreting dates.
13540
13541 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13542 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13543 the date.
13544
13545 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13546 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13547 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13548 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13549 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13550 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13551 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13552 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13553 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13554 recognized with no number attached.
13555
13556 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13557 format.
13558
13559 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13560 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13561 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13562 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13563 abbreviations.
13564
13565 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13566 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13567 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13568 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13569 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13570 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13571 current year is taken from the system clock.
13572
13573 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13574 words, then the input is rejected.
13575
13576 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13577 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13578 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13579 date components when the date was formatted.
13580
13581 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13582 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13583 minus sign on the year value.
13584
13585 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13586 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13587
13588 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13589 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13590
13591 @noindent
13592 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13593 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13594 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13595 to select the other formats.
13596
13597 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13598 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13599 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13600 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13601 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13602 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13603
13604 @table @asis
13605 @item 0
13606 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13607 @item 1
13608 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13609 @item 2
13610 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13611 @item 3
13612 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13613 @item 4
13614 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13615 @item 5
13616 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13617 @item 6
13618 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13619 @item 7
13620 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13621 @item 8
13622 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13623 @item 9
13624 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13625 @end table
13626
13627 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13628 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13629
13630 @noindent
13631 @kindex d t
13632 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13633 @cindex Truncating the stack
13634 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13635 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13636 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13637 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13638 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13639 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13640 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13641 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13642 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13643 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13644 the stack.
13645
13646 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13647 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13648 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13649 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13650 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13651 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13652 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13653
13654 @kindex d [
13655 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13656 @kindex d ]
13657 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13658 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13659 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13660 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13661
13662 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13663 @subsection Justification
13664
13665 @noindent
13666 @kindex d <
13667 @pindex calc-left-justify
13668 @kindex d =
13669 @pindex calc-center-justify
13670 @kindex d >
13671 @pindex calc-right-justify
13672 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13673 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13674 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13675 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13676 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13677 window.
13678
13679 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13680 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13681 text.
13682
13683 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13684 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13685 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13686
13687 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13688 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13689 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13690 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13691 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13692 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13693 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13694 mode.
13695
13696 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13697 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13698 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13699 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13700 line is indented to the origin.
13701
13702 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13703 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13704 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13705 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13706 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13707 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13708
13709 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13710 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13711 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13712 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13713 line width or Calc window width is used.
13714
13715 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13716 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13717 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13718 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13719 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13720 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13721 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13722
13723 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13724 @subsection Labels
13725
13726 @noindent
13727 @kindex d @{
13728 @pindex calc-left-label
13729 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13730 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13731 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13732 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13733 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13734 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13735 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13736
13737 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13738
13739 @kindex d @}
13740 @pindex calc-right-label
13741 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13742 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13743 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13744 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13745 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13746 justified to the line width.
13747
13748 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13749 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13750 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13751 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13752 left or right as you prefer.
13753
13754 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13755 @section Language Modes
13756
13757 @noindent
13758 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13759 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13760 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13761 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13762 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13763 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13764
13765 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13766 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13767 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13768 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13769
13770 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13771 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13772 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13773 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13774 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13775 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13776 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13777 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13778
13779 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13780 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13781 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13782 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13783 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13784
13785 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13786 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13787 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13788 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13789
13790 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13791 shifted letter key.
13792
13793 @menu
13794 * Normal Language Modes::
13795 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13796 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13797 * Eqn Language Mode::
13798 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13799 * Maple Language Mode::
13800 * Compositions::
13801 * Syntax Tables::
13802 @end menu
13803
13804 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13805 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13806
13807 @noindent
13808 @kindex d N
13809 @pindex calc-normal-language
13810 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13811 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13812 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13813 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13814 keyboard.
13815
13816 @kindex d O
13817 @pindex calc-flat-language
13818 @cindex Matrix display
13819 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13820 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13821 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13822 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13823
13824 @kindex d b
13825 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13826 @cindex Line breaking
13827 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13828 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13829 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13830 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13831 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13832 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13833 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13834 long lines.
13835
13836 @kindex d B
13837 @pindex calc-big-language
13838 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13839 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13840 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13841
13842 @example
13843 ____________
13844 | a + 1 2
13845 | ----- + c
13846 \| b
13847 @end example
13848
13849 @noindent
13850 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13851
13852 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13853 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13854 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13855 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13856 notation.
13857
13858 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13859
13860 @example
13861 3
13862 - -
13863 4
13864 @end example
13865
13866 @noindent
13867 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13868 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13869 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13870 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13871 typical use.
13872
13873 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13874 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13875 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13876 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13877 in Big mode.
13878
13879 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13880 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13881 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13882 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13883 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13884
13885 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13886 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13887 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13888 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13889
13890 @kindex d U
13891 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13892 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13893 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13894 shown above would be displayed:
13895
13896 @example
13897 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13898 @end example
13899
13900 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13901 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13902 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13903 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13904 parentheses).
13905
13906 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13907 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13908
13909 @noindent
13910 @kindex d C
13911 @pindex calc-c-language
13912 @cindex C language
13913 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
13914 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
13915 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
13916 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
13917 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
13918 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
13919 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
13920
13921 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
13922 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
13923 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
13924 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
13925 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
13926 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
13927 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
13928
13929 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
13930 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
13931 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
13932 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
13933 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
13934 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
13935 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
13936 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
13937
13938 @kindex d P
13939 @pindex calc-pascal-language
13940 @cindex Pascal language
13941 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
13942 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
13943 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
13944 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
13945 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
13946 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
13947 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
13948 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
13949 of handling these in Pascal.
13950
13951 @kindex d F
13952 @pindex calc-fortran-language
13953 @cindex FORTRAN language
13954 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
13955 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
13956 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
13957 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
13958 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
13959 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
13960 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
13961 Also, if the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
13962 @code{vector} or @code{matrix} then @samp{a(i)} will be parsed as a
13963 subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't matter, though;
13964 if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and Calc interprets
13965 it as a function call, you'll never know the difference unless you
13966 switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an actual
13967 vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
13968 function!).
13969
13970 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
13971 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
13972 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
13973
13974 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
13975 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
13976 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
13977 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
13978 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
13979 convert to lower-case for display and input.
13980
13981 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
13982 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
13983
13984 @noindent
13985 @kindex d T
13986 @pindex calc-tex-language
13987 @cindex TeX language
13988 @kindex d L
13989 @pindex calc-latex-language
13990 @cindex LaTeX language
13991 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
13992 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
13993 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
13994 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
13995 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
13996 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
13997 mode may display it differently.
13998
13999 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14000 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14001 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14002 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( a \over b \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14003 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14004 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14005 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14006 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14007 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14008
14009 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14010 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14011 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14012 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14013 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14014 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14015 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14016 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14017 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14018 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14019 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14020 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14021 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14022
14023 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14024 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14025 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14026 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14027 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14028 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14029 printed result is
14030 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14031 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14032 but
14033 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14034 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14035
14036 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14037 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14038 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14039 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14040 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14041 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14042 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14043 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14044 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14045 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14046 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14047 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14048 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14049 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14050 any @TeX{} mode.)
14051
14052 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14053 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14054 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14055 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14056 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14057 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14058 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14059 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14060 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14061 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14062 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14063 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14064 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14065 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14066 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14067 form, such as
14068
14069 @example
14070 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14071 a & b \\
14072 c & d
14073 \end@{pmatrix@}
14074 @end example
14075
14076 @noindent
14077 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14078 expressions being displayed like
14079
14080 @example
14081 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14082 a & b \\
14083 c & d
14084 \end@{pmatrix@}
14085 @end example
14086
14087 @noindent
14088 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14089 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14090
14091 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14092 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14093 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14094 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14095 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14096 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14097
14098 @iftex
14099 @begingroup
14100 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14101 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14102 @end iftex
14103 @ignore
14104 @starindex
14105 @end ignore
14106 @tindex acute
14107 @ignore
14108 @starindex
14109 @end ignore
14110 @tindex Acute
14111 @ignore
14112 @starindex
14113 @end ignore
14114 @tindex bar
14115 @ignore
14116 @starindex
14117 @end ignore
14118 @tindex Bar
14119 @ignore
14120 @starindex
14121 @end ignore
14122 @tindex breve
14123 @ignore
14124 @starindex
14125 @end ignore
14126 @tindex Breve
14127 @ignore
14128 @starindex
14129 @end ignore
14130 @tindex check
14131 @ignore
14132 @starindex
14133 @end ignore
14134 @tindex Check
14135 @ignore
14136 @starindex
14137 @end ignore
14138 @tindex dddot
14139 @ignore
14140 @starindex
14141 @end ignore
14142 @tindex ddddot
14143 @ignore
14144 @starindex
14145 @end ignore
14146 @tindex dot
14147 @ignore
14148 @starindex
14149 @end ignore
14150 @tindex Dot
14151 @ignore
14152 @starindex
14153 @end ignore
14154 @tindex dotdot
14155 @ignore
14156 @starindex
14157 @end ignore
14158 @tindex DotDot
14159 @ignore
14160 @starindex
14161 @end ignore
14162 @tindex dyad
14163 @ignore
14164 @starindex
14165 @end ignore
14166 @tindex grave
14167 @ignore
14168 @starindex
14169 @end ignore
14170 @tindex Grave
14171 @ignore
14172 @starindex
14173 @end ignore
14174 @tindex hat
14175 @ignore
14176 @starindex
14177 @end ignore
14178 @tindex Hat
14179 @ignore
14180 @starindex
14181 @end ignore
14182 @tindex Prime
14183 @ignore
14184 @starindex
14185 @end ignore
14186 @tindex tilde
14187 @ignore
14188 @starindex
14189 @end ignore
14190 @tindex Tilde
14191 @ignore
14192 @starindex
14193 @end ignore
14194 @tindex under
14195 @ignore
14196 @starindex
14197 @end ignore
14198 @tindex Vec
14199 @ignore
14200 @starindex
14201 @end ignore
14202 @tindex VEC
14203 @iftex
14204 @endgroup
14205 @end iftex
14206 @example
14207 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14208 ---- --- ----- ---
14209 acute \acute \acute
14210 Acute \Acute
14211 bar \bar \bar bar
14212 Bar \Bar
14213 breve \breve \breve
14214 Breve \Breve
14215 check \check \check
14216 Check \Check
14217 dddot \dddot
14218 ddddot \ddddot
14219 dot \dot \dot dot
14220 Dot \Dot
14221 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14222 DotDot \Ddot
14223 dyad dyad
14224 grave \grave \grave
14225 Grave \Grave
14226 hat \hat \hat hat
14227 Hat \Hat
14228 Prime prime
14229 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14230 Tilde \Tilde
14231 under \underline \underline under
14232 Vec \vec \vec vec
14233 VEC \Vec
14234 @end example
14235
14236 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14237 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14238 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14239 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14240 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14241 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14242 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14243 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14244
14245 @example
14246 \def\evalto@{@}
14247 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14248 @end example
14249
14250 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14251 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14252 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14253 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14254 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14255 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14256
14257 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14258 reading is:
14259
14260 @example
14261 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14262 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14263 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14264 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14265 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14266 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14267 \evalto
14268 @end example
14269
14270 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14271 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14272 font information.
14273
14274 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14275 the same as @samp{*}.
14276
14277 @ifnottex
14278 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14279 end of this section.
14280 @end ifnottex
14281 @iftex
14282 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14283
14284 @example
14285 @group
14286 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14287 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14288 @end group
14289 @end example
14290 @tex
14291 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14292 @end tex
14293 @sp 1
14294
14295 @example
14296 @group
14297 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14298 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14299 @end group
14300 @end example
14301 @tex
14302 \turnoffactive
14303 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14304 @end tex
14305 @sp 1
14306
14307 @example
14308 @group
14309 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14310 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14311 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14312 @end group
14313 @end example
14314 @tex
14315 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14316 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14317 @end tex
14318 @sp 1
14319
14320 @example
14321 @group
14322 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14323 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14324 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14325 @end group
14326 @end example
14327 @tex
14328 \turnoffactive
14329 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14330 @end tex
14331 @sp 2
14332
14333 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14334 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14335 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14336
14337 @example
14338 @group
14339 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14340 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14341 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14342 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14343 @end group
14344 @end example
14345 @tex
14346 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14347 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14348 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14349 @end tex
14350 @sp 2
14351
14352 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14353
14354 @example
14355 @group
14356 2 + 3 => 5
14357 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14358 @end group
14359 @end example
14360 @tex
14361 \turnoffactive
14362 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14363 $$ 5 $$
14364 @end tex
14365 @sp 2
14366
14367 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14368
14369 @example
14370 @group
14371 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14372 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14373 @end group
14374 @end example
14375 @tex
14376 \turnoffactive
14377 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14378 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14379 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14380 @end tex
14381 @sp 2
14382
14383 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14384
14385 @example
14386 @group
14387 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14388 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14389 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14390 @end group
14391 @end example
14392 @tex
14393 \turnoffactive
14394 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14395 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14396 @end tex
14397 @sp 2
14398 @end iftex
14399
14400 @node Eqn Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14401 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14402
14403 @noindent
14404 @kindex d E
14405 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14406 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14407 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14408 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14409 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14410
14411 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14412 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14413 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14414 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14415 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14416 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14417
14418 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14419 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14420 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14421 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14422 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14423 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14424 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14425
14426 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14427 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14428 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14429 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14430 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14431 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14432 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14433 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14434 names, too.)
14435
14436 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14437 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14438 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14439 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14440 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14441
14442 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14443 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14444 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14445 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14446
14447 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14448 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14449 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14450 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14451 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14452 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14453 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14454
14455 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14456 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14457 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14458 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14459 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14460 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14461 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14462 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14463
14464 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14465 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14466 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14467 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14468 recognized for these operators during reading.
14469
14470 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14471 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14472 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14473 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14474 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14475
14476 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14477 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14478
14479 @noindent
14480 @kindex d M
14481 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14482 @cindex Mathematica language
14483 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14484 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14485 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14486 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14487 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14488 Mathematica mode.
14489
14490 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14491 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14492 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14493 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14494 Mathematica mode.
14495 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14496 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14497 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14498
14499 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14500 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14501
14502 @noindent
14503 @kindex d W
14504 @pindex calc-maple-language
14505 @cindex Maple language
14506 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14507 conventions of Maple.
14508
14509 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14510 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14511 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14512 denote powers.
14513
14514 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14515 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14516 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14517 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14518 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14519 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14520
14521 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14522 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]}, and
14523 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot
14524 see the difference between an open and a closed interval while in
14525 Maple display mode.
14526
14527 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14528 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14529 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14530 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14531
14532 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14533 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14534 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14535
14536 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14537 @subsection Compositions
14538
14539 @noindent
14540 @cindex Compositions
14541 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14542 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14543 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14544 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14545 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14546
14547 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14548 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14549 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14550 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14551 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14552 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14553 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14554 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14555
14556 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14557 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14558 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14559 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14560 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14561 the language modes.
14562
14563 @menu
14564 * Composition Basics::
14565 * Horizontal Compositions::
14566 * Vertical Compositions::
14567 * Other Compositions::
14568 * Information about Compositions::
14569 * User-Defined Compositions::
14570 @end menu
14571
14572 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14573 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14574
14575 @noindent
14576 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14577 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14578 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14579 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14580 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14581 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14582 For example, in the Big mode formula
14583
14584 @example
14585 @group
14586 2
14587 a + b
14588 17 + ------
14589 c
14590 @end group
14591 @end example
14592
14593 @noindent
14594 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14595 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14596 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14597
14598 @tex
14599 \bigskip
14600 @end tex
14601
14602 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14603 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14604 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14605 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14606 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14607
14608 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14609 following precedences:
14610
14611 @example
14612 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14613 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14614 - 1000 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14615 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14616 mod 400
14617 +/- 300
14618 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14619 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14620 ^ 200
14621 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14622 / % \ 190
14623 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14624 | 170
14625 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14626 && 110
14627 || 100
14628 ? : 90
14629 !!! 85
14630 &&& 80
14631 ||| 75
14632 := 50
14633 :: 45
14634 => 40
14635 @end example
14636
14637 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14638 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14639 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14640 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14641 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14642 normally never get additional parentheses).
14643
14644 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14645 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14646 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14647 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14648 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14649 with one-higher precedence.
14650
14651 @ignore
14652 @starindex
14653 @end ignore
14654 @tindex cprec
14655 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14656 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14657 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14658 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14659 precedence than multiplication).
14660
14661 @tex
14662 \bigskip
14663 @end tex
14664
14665 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14666 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14667 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14668 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14669 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14670 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14671 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14672 view them.
14673
14674 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14675 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14676 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14677 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14678 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14679 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14680 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14681 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14682 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14683
14684 @example
14685 @group
14686 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14687 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14688 @end group
14689 @end example
14690
14691 @noindent
14692 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14693 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14694 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14695 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14696 itself been too large to fit.
14697
14698 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14699 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14700 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14701 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14702 end of the string.
14703
14704 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14705 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14706 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14707 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14708 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14709 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14710 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14711 object.
14712
14713 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14714 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14715
14716 @noindent
14717 @ignore
14718 @starindex
14719 @end ignore
14720 @tindex choriz
14721 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14722 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14723 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14724
14725 @example
14726 @group
14727 a b
14728 17---d
14729 c
14730 @end group
14731 @end example
14732
14733 @noindent
14734 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14735 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14736 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14737 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14738 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14739 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14740
14741 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14742 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14743 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14744 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14745 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14746 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14747
14748 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14749 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14750 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14751 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14752 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14753
14754 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14755 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14756
14757 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14758 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14759
14760 @noindent
14761 @ignore
14762 @starindex
14763 @end ignore
14764 @tindex cvert
14765 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14766 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14767 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14768 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14769 formats in Big mode as
14770
14771 @example
14772 @group
14773 f( a , 2 )
14774 bb a + 1
14775 ccc 2
14776 b
14777 @end group
14778 @end example
14779
14780 @ignore
14781 @starindex
14782 @end ignore
14783 @tindex cbase
14784 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14785 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14786 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14787 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14788 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14789 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14790
14791 @example
14792 @group
14793 2
14794 a + 1
14795 a 2
14796 f(bb , b )
14797 ccc
14798 @end group
14799 @end example
14800
14801 @ignore
14802 @starindex
14803 @end ignore
14804 @tindex ctbase
14805 @ignore
14806 @starindex
14807 @end ignore
14808 @tindex cbbase
14809 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14810 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14811 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14812 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14813 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14814
14815 @example
14816 @group
14817 a
14818 a -
14819 - + a + b
14820 b -
14821 b
14822 @end group
14823 @end example
14824
14825 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14826 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14827 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14828 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14829 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14830 item.
14831
14832 @ignore
14833 @starindex
14834 @end ignore
14835 @tindex crule
14836 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14837 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14838 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14839 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14840 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14841 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14842 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14843
14844 @example
14845 @group
14846 a + 1
14847 =====
14848 2
14849 b
14850 @end group
14851 @end example
14852
14853 @ignore
14854 @starindex
14855 @end ignore
14856 @tindex clvert
14857 @ignore
14858 @starindex
14859 @end ignore
14860 @tindex crvert
14861 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14862 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14863 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14864 gives:
14865
14866 @example
14867 @group
14868 a + a
14869 bb bb
14870 ccc ccc
14871 @end group
14872 @end example
14873
14874 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14875 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14876 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14877
14878 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14879 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14880
14881 @noindent
14882 @ignore
14883 @starindex
14884 @end ignore
14885 @tindex csup
14886 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14887 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14888 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14889 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14890 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14891
14892 @ignore
14893 @starindex
14894 @end ignore
14895 @tindex csub
14896 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14897 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14898 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14899 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14900 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14901
14902 @ignore
14903 @starindex
14904 @end ignore
14905 @tindex cflat
14906 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
14907 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
14908 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
14909 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
14910 to improve its readability.
14911
14912 @ignore
14913 @starindex
14914 @end ignore
14915 @tindex cspace
14916 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
14917 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
14918 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
14919 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
14920 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
14921 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
14922 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
14923
14924 @example
14925 @group
14926 2 2 2 2
14927 a a a a
14928 @end group
14929 @end example
14930
14931 @noindent
14932 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
14933
14934 @ignore
14935 @starindex
14936 @end ignore
14937 @tindex cvspace
14938 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
14939 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
14940 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
14941 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
14942 height if used in a vertical composition.
14943
14944 @ignore
14945 @starindex
14946 @end ignore
14947 @tindex ctspace
14948 @ignore
14949 @starindex
14950 @end ignore
14951 @tindex cbspace
14952 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
14953 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
14954 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
14955 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
14956 displays as:
14957
14958 @example
14959 @group
14960 a
14961 -
14962 a b
14963 - a a
14964 b + - + -
14965 a b b
14966 - a
14967 b -
14968 b
14969 @end group
14970 @end example
14971
14972 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
14973 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
14974
14975 @noindent
14976 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
14977 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
14978 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
14979
14980 @ignore
14981 @starindex
14982 @end ignore
14983 @tindex cwidth
14984 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
14985 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
14986 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
14987 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
14988 the composition functions described in this section.
14989
14990 @ignore
14991 @starindex
14992 @end ignore
14993 @tindex cheight
14994 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
14995 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
14996
14997 @ignore
14998 @starindex
14999 @end ignore
15000 @tindex cascent
15001 @ignore
15002 @starindex
15003 @end ignore
15004 @tindex cdescent
15005 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15006 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15007 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15008 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15009 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15010 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15011 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15012 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15013
15014 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15015 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15016
15017 @noindent
15018 @kindex Z C
15019 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15020 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15021 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15022 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15023 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15024 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15025 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15026 replaced.
15027
15028 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15029 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15030 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15031 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15032 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15033 affect the display at all.
15034
15035 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15036 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15037 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15038 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15039 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15040 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15041 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15042 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15043 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15044 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15045
15046 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15047 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15048 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15049
15050 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15051 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15052
15053 @example
15054 @group
15055 n
15056 ( )
15057 m
15058 @end group
15059 @end example
15060
15061 @noindent
15062 You might prefer the notation,
15063
15064 @example
15065 @group
15066 C
15067 n m
15068 @end group
15069 @end example
15070
15071 @noindent
15072 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15073 then put the formula
15074
15075 @smallexample
15076 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15077 @end smallexample
15078
15079 @noindent
15080 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15081 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15082 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15083 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15084 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15085 as an algebraic entry.
15086
15087 @example
15088 @group
15089 C + C
15090 a b 7 3
15091 @end group
15092 @end example
15093
15094 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15095 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15096 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15097 instead of parentheses.
15098
15099 @smallexample
15100 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15101 @end smallexample
15102
15103 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15104 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15105
15106 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15107 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15108 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15109 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15110 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15111 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15112 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15113 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15114 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15115 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15116 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15117 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15118
15119 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15120 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15121 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15122 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15123 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15124 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15125 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15126 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15127 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15128 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15129 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15130 symbolic form.
15131
15132 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15133 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15134 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15135 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15136 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15137 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15138 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15139 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15140 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15141
15142 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15143 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15144
15145 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15146 @subsection Syntax Tables
15147
15148 @noindent
15149 @cindex Syntax tables
15150 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15151 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15152 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15153 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15154
15155 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15156 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15157
15158 @kindex Z S
15159 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15160 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15161 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15162 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15163 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15164 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15165 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15166 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15167
15168 @menu
15169 * Syntax Table Basics::
15170 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15171 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15172 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15173 @end menu
15174
15175 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15176 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15177
15178 @noindent
15179 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15180 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15181 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15182 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15183 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15184 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15185 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15186 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15187 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15188 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15189
15190 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15191 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15192 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15193 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15194 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15195 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15196 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15197 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15198 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15199 completely different.)
15200
15201 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15202 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15203 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15204
15205 @example
15206 foo ( ) := 2+3
15207 @end example
15208
15209 @noindent
15210 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15211 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15212 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15213 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15214 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15215 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15216 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15217 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15218 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15219 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15220 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15221 calls would no longer recognize it!
15222
15223 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15224 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15225 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15226
15227 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15228 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15229 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15230 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15231 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15232 and postfix operator, respectively:
15233
15234 @example
15235 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15236 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15237 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15238 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15239 @end example
15240
15241 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15242 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15243
15244 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15245 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15246 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15247 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15248 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15249 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15250 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15251 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15252 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15253 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15254 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15255 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15256
15257 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15258 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15259 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15260 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15261 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15262 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15263 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15264 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15265
15266 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15267 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15268 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15269 rule,
15270
15271 @example
15272 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15273 @end example
15274
15275 @noindent
15276 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15277 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15278 define these operators quite easily:
15279
15280 @example
15281 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15282 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15283 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15284 @end example
15285
15286 @noindent
15287 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15288 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15289 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15290 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15291
15292 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15293 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15294
15295 @example
15296 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15297 @end example
15298
15299 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15300 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15301 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15302 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15303 backslashes in tokens.)
15304
15305 @example
15306 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15307 @end example
15308
15309 @noindent
15310 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15311
15312 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15313 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15314 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15315 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15316 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15317 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15318 respectively).
15319
15320 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15321 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15322
15323 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15324 @subsubsection Precedence
15325
15326 @noindent
15327 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15328 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15329
15330 @example
15331 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15332 @end example
15333
15334 @noindent
15335 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15336 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15337 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15338 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15339 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15340 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15341
15342 @example
15343 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15344 @end example
15345
15346 @noindent
15347 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15348 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15349 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15350 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15351 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15352 can create a right-associative operator.
15353
15354 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15355 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15356 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15357
15358 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15359 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15360
15361 @noindent
15362 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15363 write
15364
15365 @example
15366 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15367 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15368 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15369 @end example
15370
15371 @noindent
15372 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15373 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15374 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15375
15376 @example
15377 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15378 @end example
15379
15380 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15381 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15382 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15383 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15384 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15385 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15386 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15387 several expressions separated by commas.
15388
15389 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15390 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15391 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15392 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15393 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15394 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15395
15396 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15397 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15398 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15399 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15400 always be an empty vector.
15401
15402 @example
15403 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15404 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15405 @end example
15406
15407 @noindent
15408 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15409 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15410 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15411 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15412 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15413
15414 @example
15415 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15416 @end example
15417
15418 @noindent
15419 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15420 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15421
15422 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15423 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15424 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15425
15426 @example
15427 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15428 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15429 @end example
15430
15431 @noindent
15432 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15433 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15434 empty vector is produced.
15435
15436 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15437 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15438 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15439 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15440 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15441 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15442 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15443 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15444 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15445 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15446 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15447 as optional.
15448
15449 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15450 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15451
15452 @example
15453 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15454 @end example
15455
15456 @noindent
15457 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15458 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15459 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15460 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15461 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15462 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15463 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15464
15465 @example
15466 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15467 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15468 @end example
15469
15470 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15471 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15472 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15473 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15474 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15475 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15476 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15477
15478 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15479 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15480
15481 @noindent
15482 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15483 example, the rules
15484
15485 @example
15486 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15487 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15488 @end example
15489
15490 @noindent
15491 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15492 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15493 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15494 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15495 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15496 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15497
15498 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15499 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15500 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15501 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15502 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15503 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15504 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15505 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15506 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15507 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15508 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15509
15510 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15511 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15512 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15513 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15514 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15515 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15516
15517 @example
15518 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15519 @end example
15520
15521 @noindent
15522 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15523 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15524 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15525 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15526
15527 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15528 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15529 rules.
15530
15531 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15532 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15533 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15534 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15535 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15536 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15537
15538 @example
15539 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15540 @end example
15541
15542 @noindent
15543 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15544 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15545 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15546 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15547 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15548 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15549 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15550 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15551
15552 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15553 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15554
15555 @noindent
15556 @kindex m g
15557 @pindex calc-get-modes
15558 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15559 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15560 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15561 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15562 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15563 on the current mode settings.
15564
15565 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15566 @vindex Modes
15567 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15568 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15569 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15570 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15571 command will continue to work, however.)
15572
15573 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15574 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15575 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15576 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15577
15578 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15579
15580 @enumerate
15581 @item
15582 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15583
15584 @item
15585 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15586
15587 @item
15588 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15589 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15590
15591 @item
15592 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15593
15594 @item
15595 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15596 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15597 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15598 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15599 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15600 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15601 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15602 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15603 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15604 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15605
15606 @item
15607 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15608 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15609
15610 @item
15611 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15612
15613 @item
15614 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15615
15616 @item
15617 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15618 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15619
15620 @item
15621 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15622 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15623 or @var{N} for
15624 @texline @math{N\times N}
15625 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15626 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15627
15628 @item
15629 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15630 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15631 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15632
15633 @item
15634 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15635 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15636 @end enumerate
15637
15638 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15639 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15640 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15641 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15642 keyboard macro.)
15643
15644 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15645 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15646
15647 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15648 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15649 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15650 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15651 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15652 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15653
15654 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15655 @section The Calc Mode Line
15656
15657 @noindent
15658 @cindex Mode line indicators
15659 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15660 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15661 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15662
15663 The basic mode line format is:
15664
15665 @example
15666 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15667 @end example
15668
15669 The @samp{%%} is the Emacs symbol for ``read-only''; it shows that
15670 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15671 as if it were text.
15672
15673 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15674 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15675 that are in effect.
15676
15677 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15678 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15679 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15680
15681 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15682 on the mode line:
15683
15684 @table @code
15685 @item Alg
15686 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15687
15688 @item Alg[(
15689 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15690
15691 @item Alg*
15692 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15693
15694 @item Symb
15695 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15696
15697 @item Matrix
15698 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15699
15700 @item Matrix@var{n}
15701 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15702
15703 @item SqMatrix
15704 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15705
15706 @item Scalar
15707 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15708
15709 @item Polar
15710 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15711
15712 @item Frac
15713 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15714
15715 @item Inf
15716 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15717
15718 @item +Inf
15719 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15720
15721 @item NoSimp
15722 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15723
15724 @item NumSimp
15725 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15726
15727 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15728 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15729
15730 @item AlgSimp
15731 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15732
15733 @item ExtSimp
15734 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15735
15736 @item UnitSimp
15737 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15738
15739 @item Bin
15740 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15741
15742 @item Oct
15743 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15744
15745 @item Hex
15746 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15747
15748 @item Radix@var{n}
15749 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15750
15751 @item Zero
15752 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15753
15754 @item Big
15755 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15756
15757 @item Flat
15758 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15759
15760 @item Unform
15761 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15762
15763 @item C
15764 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15765
15766 @item Pascal
15767 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15768
15769 @item Fortran
15770 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15771
15772 @item TeX
15773 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15774
15775 @item LaTeX
15776 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15777
15778 @item Eqn
15779 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15780
15781 @item Math
15782 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15783
15784 @item Maple
15785 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15786
15787 @item Norm@var{n}
15788 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15789
15790 @item Fix@var{n}
15791 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15792
15793 @item Sci
15794 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15795
15796 @item Sci@var{n}
15797 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15798
15799 @item Eng
15800 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15801
15802 @item Eng@var{n}
15803 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15804
15805 @item Left@var{n}
15806 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15807
15808 @item Right
15809 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15810
15811 @item Right@var{n}
15812 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15813
15814 @item Center
15815 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15816
15817 @item Center@var{n}
15818 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15819
15820 @item Wid@var{n}
15821 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15822
15823 @item Wide
15824 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15825
15826 @item Break
15827 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15828
15829 @item Save
15830 Record modes in @file{~/.calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15831
15832 @item Local
15833 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15834
15835 @item LocEdit
15836 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15837
15838 @item LocPerm
15839 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15840
15841 @item Global
15842 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15843
15844 @item Manual
15845 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15846 Recomputation}).
15847
15848 @item Graph
15849 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15850
15851 @item Sel
15852 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15853
15854 @item Dirty
15855 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15856
15857 @item Inv
15858 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15859
15860 @item Hyp
15861 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15862
15863 @item Keep
15864 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15865
15866 @item Narrow
15867 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15868 @end table
15869
15870 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15871 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15872
15873 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15874 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15875
15876 @noindent
15877 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15878 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15879 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15880 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15881 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15882 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15883 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15884
15885 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15886 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15887 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15888
15889 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15890 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15891 interpret a prefix argument.
15892
15893 @menu
15894 * Basic Arithmetic::
15895 * Integer Truncation::
15896 * Complex Number Functions::
15897 * Conversions::
15898 * Date Arithmetic::
15899 * Financial Functions::
15900 * Binary Functions::
15901 @end menu
15902
15903 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15904 @section Basic Arithmetic
15905
15906 @noindent
15907 @kindex +
15908 @pindex calc-plus
15909 @ignore
15910 @mindex @null
15911 @end ignore
15912 @tindex +
15913 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
15914 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
15915 onto the stack.
15916
15917 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
15918 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
15919 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
15920 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
15921 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
15922 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
15923 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
15924 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
15925 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
15926 to every element of a vector.
15927
15928 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
15929 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
15930 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
15931 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
15932 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
15933
15934 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
15935 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
15936 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
15937 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
15938 and then the two HMS forms are added.
15939
15940 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
15941 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
15942 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
15943 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
15944 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
15945 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
15946 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
15947 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
15948
15949 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
15950 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
15951 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
15952 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
15953 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
15954 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
15955 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
15956 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
15957
15958 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
15959 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
15960 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
15961 the two values.
15962
15963 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
15964 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
15965 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
15966 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
15967
15968 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
15969 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
15970 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
15971 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
15972
15973 @kindex -
15974 @pindex calc-minus
15975 @ignore
15976 @mindex @null
15977 @end ignore
15978 @tindex -
15979 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
15980 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
15981 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
15982 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
15983
15984 @kindex *
15985 @pindex calc-times
15986 @ignore
15987 @mindex @null
15988 @end ignore
15989 @tindex *
15990 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
15991 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
15992 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
15993 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
15994 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
15995 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
15996 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
15997 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
15998 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
15999
16000 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16001 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16002 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16003 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16004 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16005 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16006 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16007 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16008
16009 @kindex /
16010 @pindex calc-divide
16011 @ignore
16012 @mindex @null
16013 @end ignore
16014 @tindex /
16015 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16016
16017 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16018 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16019 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16020 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16021 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16022 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16023 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16024 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16025 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16026 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16027 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16028 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16029 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16030 @smallexample
16031 @group
16032 a b
16033 ---.
16034 c d
16035 @end group
16036 @end smallexample
16037
16038 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16039 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16040 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16041 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16042 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16043 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16044 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16045 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16046 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16047 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16048 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16049 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16050 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16051 transpose the result.
16052
16053 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16054 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16055 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16056 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16057 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16058 interval.
16059
16060 @kindex ^
16061 @pindex calc-power
16062 @ignore
16063 @mindex @null
16064 @end ignore
16065 @tindex ^
16066 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16067 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16068 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16069 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16070 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16071 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16072
16073 @kindex I ^
16074 @tindex nroot
16075 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16076 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16077 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16078
16079 @kindex \
16080 @pindex calc-idiv
16081 @tindex idiv
16082 @ignore
16083 @mindex @null
16084 @end ignore
16085 @tindex \
16086 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16087 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16088 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16089 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16090 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16091 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16092
16093 @kindex %
16094 @pindex calc-mod
16095 @ignore
16096 @mindex @null
16097 @end ignore
16098 @tindex %
16099 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16100 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16101 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16102 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16103 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16104 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16105 must be positive real number.
16106
16107 @kindex :
16108 @pindex calc-fdiv
16109 @tindex fdiv
16110 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16111 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16112 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16113 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16114 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16115 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16116 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16117 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16118
16119 @kindex n
16120 @pindex calc-change-sign
16121 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16122 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16123 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16124
16125 @kindex A
16126 @pindex calc-abs
16127 @tindex abs
16128 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16129 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16130 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16131 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16132 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16133 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16134 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16135 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16136 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16137
16138 @kindex f A
16139 @pindex calc-abssqr
16140 @tindex abssqr
16141 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16142 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16143
16144 @kindex f s
16145 @pindex calc-sign
16146 @tindex sign
16147 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16148 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16149 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16150 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16151 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16152
16153 @kindex &
16154 @pindex calc-inv
16155 @tindex inv
16156 @cindex Reciprocal
16157 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16158 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16159 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16160
16161 @kindex Q
16162 @pindex calc-sqrt
16163 @tindex sqrt
16164 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16165 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16166 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16167
16168 @kindex f h
16169 @pindex calc-hypot
16170 @tindex hypot
16171 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16172 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16173 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16174 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16175 magnitudes are used.
16176
16177 @kindex f Q
16178 @pindex calc-isqrt
16179 @tindex isqrt
16180 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16181 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16182 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16183 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16184 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16185 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16186 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16187
16188 @kindex f n
16189 @kindex f x
16190 @pindex calc-min
16191 @tindex min
16192 @pindex calc-max
16193 @tindex max
16194 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16195 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16196 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16197 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16198 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16199 all the arguments.)
16200
16201 @kindex f M
16202 @kindex f X
16203 @pindex calc-mant-part
16204 @tindex mant
16205 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16206 @tindex xpon
16207 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16208 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16209 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16210 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16211 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16212 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16213 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16214 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16215 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16216 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16217 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16218 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16219 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16220
16221 @kindex f S
16222 @pindex calc-scale-float
16223 @tindex scf
16224 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16225 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16226 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16227 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16228 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16229
16230 @kindex f [
16231 @kindex f ]
16232 @pindex calc-decrement
16233 @pindex calc-increment
16234 @tindex decr
16235 @tindex incr
16236 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16237 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16238 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16239 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16240 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16241 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16242 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16243 @samp{0.0} produces
16244 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16245 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16246 where @expr{p} is the current
16247 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16248 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16249
16250 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16251 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16252 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16253 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16254 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16255 way floating-point numbers work.
16256
16257 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16258 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16259
16260 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16261 @section Integer Truncation
16262
16263 @noindent
16264 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16265 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16266 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16267 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16268 to integer form.
16269
16270 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16271 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16272
16273 @cindex Integer part of a number
16274 @kindex F
16275 @pindex calc-floor
16276 @tindex floor
16277 @tindex ffloor
16278 @ignore
16279 @mindex @null
16280 @end ignore
16281 @kindex H F
16282 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16283 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16284 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16285 @mathit{-4}.
16286
16287 @kindex I F
16288 @pindex calc-ceiling
16289 @tindex ceil
16290 @tindex fceil
16291 @ignore
16292 @mindex @null
16293 @end ignore
16294 @kindex H I F
16295 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16296 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16297 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16298
16299 @kindex R
16300 @pindex calc-round
16301 @tindex round
16302 @tindex fround
16303 @ignore
16304 @mindex @null
16305 @end ignore
16306 @kindex H R
16307 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16308 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16309 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16310 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16311 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16312
16313 @kindex I R
16314 @pindex calc-trunc
16315 @tindex trunc
16316 @tindex ftrunc
16317 @ignore
16318 @mindex @null
16319 @end ignore
16320 @kindex H I R
16321 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16322 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16323 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16324 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16325
16326 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16327 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16328 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16329 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16330 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16331 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16332
16333 @ignore
16334 @starindex
16335 @end ignore
16336 @tindex rounde
16337 @ignore
16338 @starindex
16339 @end ignore
16340 @tindex roundu
16341 @ignore
16342 @starindex
16343 @end ignore
16344 @tindex frounde
16345 @ignore
16346 @starindex
16347 @end ignore
16348 @tindex froundu
16349 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16350 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16351 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16352 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16353 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16354 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16355 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16356 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16357 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16358 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16359 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16360 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16361 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16362 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16363 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16364
16365 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16366 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16367 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16368 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16369 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16370 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16371 no second argument at all.
16372
16373 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16374 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16375 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16376 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16377
16378 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16379 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16380 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16381 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16382
16383 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16384 @section Complex Number Functions
16385
16386 @noindent
16387 @kindex J
16388 @pindex calc-conj
16389 @tindex conj
16390 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16391 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16392 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16393 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16394 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16395
16396 @kindex G
16397 @pindex calc-argument
16398 @tindex arg
16399 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16400 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16401 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16402 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16403 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16404 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16405 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16406 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16407
16408 @pindex calc-imaginary
16409 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16410 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16411 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16412 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16413
16414 @kindex f r
16415 @pindex calc-re
16416 @tindex re
16417 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16418 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16419 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16420 the value part.)
16421
16422 @kindex f i
16423 @pindex calc-im
16424 @tindex im
16425 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16426 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16427 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16428
16429 @ignore
16430 @mindex v p
16431 @end ignore
16432 @kindex v p (complex)
16433 @pindex calc-pack
16434 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16435 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16436 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16437 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16438 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16439
16440 @ignore
16441 @mindex v u
16442 @end ignore
16443 @kindex v u (complex)
16444 @pindex calc-unpack
16445 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16446 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16447 into its separate components.
16448
16449 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16450 @section Conversions
16451
16452 @noindent
16453 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16454 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16455
16456 @kindex c f
16457 @pindex calc-float
16458 @tindex pfloat
16459 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16460 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16461 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16462 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16463 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16464 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16465 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16466 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16467 format may lose information.
16468
16469 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16470 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16471 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16472 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16473 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16474 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16475
16476 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16477 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16478 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16479 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16480
16481 @kindex H c f
16482 @tindex float
16483 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16484 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16485 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16486 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16487
16488 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16489 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16490 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16491 that appear right now.
16492
16493 @kindex c F
16494 @pindex calc-fraction
16495 @tindex pfrac
16496 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16497 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16498 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16499 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16500 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16501 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16502 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16503 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16504 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16505 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16506 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16507
16508 @kindex H c F
16509 @tindex frac
16510 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16511 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16512 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16513
16514 @kindex c d
16515 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16516 @tindex deg
16517 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16518 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16519 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16520 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16521
16522 @kindex c r
16523 @pindex calc-to-radians
16524 @tindex rad
16525 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16526 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16527
16528 @kindex c h
16529 @pindex calc-to-hms
16530 @tindex hms
16531 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16532 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16533 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16534 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16535 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16536
16537 @pindex calc-from-hms
16538 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16539 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16540
16541 @kindex c p
16542 @kindex I c p
16543 @pindex calc-polar
16544 @tindex polar
16545 @tindex rect
16546 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16547 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16548 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16549 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16550 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16551 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16552 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16553 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16554
16555 @kindex c c
16556 @pindex calc-clean
16557 @tindex pclean
16558 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16559 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16560 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16561 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16562 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16563 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16564 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16565 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16566 number (i.e., pervasively).
16567
16568 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16569 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16570 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16571 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16572
16573 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16574 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16575 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16576 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16577 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16578
16579 @kindex c 0-9
16580 @pindex calc-clean-num
16581 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16582 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16583 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16584 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16585
16586 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16587 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16588 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16589 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16590 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16591 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16592 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16593
16594 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16595 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16596 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16597 does not clip small numbers.)
16598
16599 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16600 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16601 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16602 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16603 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16604 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16605
16606 @kindex H c 0-9
16607 @kindex H c c
16608 @tindex clean
16609 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16610 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16611
16612 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16613 @section Date Arithmetic
16614
16615 @noindent
16616 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16617 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16618 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16619 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16620 letters.
16621
16622 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16623 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16624 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16625 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16626 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16627 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16628
16629 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16630 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16631 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16632
16633 @menu
16634 * Date Conversions::
16635 * Date Functions::
16636 * Time Zones::
16637 * Business Days::
16638 @end menu
16639
16640 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16641 @subsection Date Conversions
16642
16643 @noindent
16644 @kindex t D
16645 @pindex calc-date
16646 @tindex date
16647 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16648 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16649 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16650 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16651 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16652
16653 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16654 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16655 of the following ways:
16656
16657 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16658 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16659 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16660 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16661 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16662 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16663 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16664 month will be used.
16665
16666 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16667 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16668 real-time clock.
16669
16670 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16671 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16672
16673 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16674 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16675 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16676 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16677 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16678 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16679
16680 @kindex t J
16681 @pindex calc-julian
16682 @tindex julian
16683 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16684 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16685 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16686 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16687 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16688 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16689 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16690 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16691 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16692 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16693 are never time-zone adjusted.
16694
16695 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16696 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16697 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16698 current or specified time zone.
16699
16700 @kindex t U
16701 @pindex calc-unix-time
16702 @tindex unixtime
16703 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16704 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16705 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16706 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16707 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16708 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16709 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16710 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16711 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16712 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16713 suppress the adjustment if so.
16714
16715 @kindex t C
16716 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16717 @tindex tzconv
16718 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16719 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16720 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16721 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16722 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16723 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16724 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16725 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16726 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16727
16728 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16729 @subsection Date Functions
16730
16731 @noindent
16732 @kindex t N
16733 @pindex calc-now
16734 @tindex now
16735 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16736 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16737 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16738 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16739
16740 @kindex t P
16741 @pindex calc-date-part
16742 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16743 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16744 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16745 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16746
16747 @tindex year
16748 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16749 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16750 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16751 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16752 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16753 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16754
16755 @tindex month
16756 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16757 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16758
16759 @tindex day
16760 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16761 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16762
16763 @tindex hour
16764 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16765 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16766 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16767 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16768 HMS forms as input.
16769
16770 @tindex minute
16771 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16772 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16773
16774 @tindex second
16775 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16776 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16777 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16778 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16779
16780 @tindex weekday
16781 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16782 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16783 to 6 (Saturday).
16784
16785 @tindex yearday
16786 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16787 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16788 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16789
16790 @tindex time
16791 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16792 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16793 for a pure date form.
16794
16795 @kindex t M
16796 @pindex calc-new-month
16797 @tindex newmonth
16798 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16799 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16800 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16801 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16802 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16803 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16804 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16805 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16806
16807 @kindex t Y
16808 @pindex calc-new-year
16809 @tindex newyear
16810 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16811 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16812 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16813 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16814 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16815 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16816 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16817 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16818 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16819
16820 @kindex t W
16821 @pindex calc-new-week
16822 @tindex newweek
16823 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16824 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16825 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16826 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16827 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16828 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16829
16830 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16831 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16832 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16833 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16834 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16835 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16836 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16837 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16838 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16839 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16840 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16841
16842 @ignore
16843 @starindex
16844 @end ignore
16845 @tindex pwday
16846 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16847 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16848 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16849 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16850 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16851 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16852 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16853 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16854 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16855 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16856 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16857
16858 @kindex t I
16859 @pindex calc-inc-month
16860 @tindex incmonth
16861 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16862 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16863 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16864 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16865 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16866 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16867 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16868 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16869 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16870 in this case).
16871
16872 @ignore
16873 @starindex
16874 @end ignore
16875 @tindex incyear
16876 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16877 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16878 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16879 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16880 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16881 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16882 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16883 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16884
16885 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16886 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16887 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
16888
16889 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16890 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16891
16892 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16893 @subsection Business Days
16894
16895 @noindent
16896 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16897 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16898 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16899 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16900 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16901 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16902
16903 @kindex t +
16904 @kindex t -
16905 @tindex badd
16906 @tindex bsub
16907 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
16908 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
16909 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
16910 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
16911 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
16912 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
16913 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
16914 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
16915 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
16916 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
16917 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
16918 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
16919 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
16920 case the result is the number of business days between the two
16921 dates.
16922
16923 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
16924 @vindex Holidays
16925 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
16926 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
16927 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
16928 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
16929 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
16930 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
16931 be any of the following kinds of objects:
16932
16933 @itemize @bullet
16934 @item
16935 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
16936 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
16937
16938 @item
16939 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
16940 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
16941
16942 @item
16943 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
16944 considered to be a holiday.
16945
16946 @item
16947 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
16948 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
16949 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
16950 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
16951 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
16952 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
16953 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
16954 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
16955 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
16956
16957 @item
16958 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
16959 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
16960
16961 @item
16962 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
16963 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
16964 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
16965 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
16966 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
16967 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
16968 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
16969 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
16970 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
16971 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
16972
16973 @item
16974 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
16975 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
16976 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
16977 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
16978 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
16979 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
16980 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
16981 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
16982 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
16983 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
16984 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
16985 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
16986 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
16987 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
16988 @end itemize
16989
16990 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
16991 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
16992 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
16993
16994 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
16995 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
16996 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
16997 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
16998 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
16999 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17000
17001 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17002 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17003 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17004 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17005 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17006 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17007 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17008 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17009
17010 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17011 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17012 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17013 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17014 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17015 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17016 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17017 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17018 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17019 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17020 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17021 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17022 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17023 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17024 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17025
17026 @ignore
17027 @starindex
17028 @end ignore
17029 @tindex holiday
17030 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17031 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17032 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17033 business day.
17034
17035 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17036 @subsection Time Zones
17037
17038 @noindent
17039 @cindex Time zones
17040 @cindex Daylight saving time
17041 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17042 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17043 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17044 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17045 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17046 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17047 can't determine the right correction to use.
17048
17049 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17050 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17051 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17052 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17053 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17054 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17055 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17056 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17057 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17058 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17059 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17060 April 7, 1991.
17061
17062 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17063 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17064 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17065 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17066
17067 @pindex calc-time-zone
17068 @ignore
17069 @starindex
17070 @end ignore
17071 @tindex tzone
17072 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17073 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17074 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17075 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17076 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17077 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17078 the normal difference.
17079
17080 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17081 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17082 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17083 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17084 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17085 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17086 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17087 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17088 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17089
17090 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17091 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17092 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17093 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17094
17095 @smallexample
17096 @group
17097 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17098 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17099
17100 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17101 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17102
17103 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17104 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17105 @end group
17106 @end smallexample
17107
17108 @vindex math-tzone-names
17109 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17110 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17111 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17112 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17113 Pacific Time look like this:
17114
17115 @smallexample
17116 @group
17117 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17118 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17119 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17120 @end group
17121 @end smallexample
17122
17123 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17124 @vindex TimeZone
17125 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17126 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17127 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17128 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17129 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17130 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17131 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17132 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17133 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17134 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17135 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17136 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17137 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17138 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17139 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17140 The special time zone name @code{local}
17141 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17142 from the calendar.
17143
17144 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17145 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17146 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17147 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17148
17149 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17150 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17151 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17152 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17153 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17154 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17155 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17156 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17157 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17158 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17159 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17160 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17161 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17162 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17163 the conversion functions.
17164
17165 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17166 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17167 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17168 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17169 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17170
17171 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17172 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17173 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17174 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17175 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17176 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17177 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17178
17179 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17180 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17181 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17182 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17183 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17184 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17185 and the weekday number (0-6).
17186
17187 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17188 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17189 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17190 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17191 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17192 daylight saving hook:
17193
17194 @smallexample
17195 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17196 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17197 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17198 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17199 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17200 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17201 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17202 (t -1))))
17203 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17204 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17205 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17206 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17207 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17208 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17209 (t 0))))
17210 (t 0))
17211 )
17212 @end smallexample
17213
17214 @noindent
17215 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17216 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17217 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17218 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17219 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17220
17221 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17222 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17223 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17224 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17225 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17226 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17227 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17228 later).
17229
17230 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17231 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17232
17233 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17234 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17235 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17236 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17237 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17238 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17239 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17240 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17241 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17242 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17243 is typically represented in.
17244
17245 @ignore
17246 @starindex
17247 @end ignore
17248 @tindex dsadj
17249 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17250 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17251 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17252 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17253 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17254 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17255 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17256
17257 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, for the address of Calc's author, if you
17258 should wish to contribute your improved versions of
17259 @code{math-tzone-names} and @code{math-daylight-savings-hook}
17260 to the Calc distribution.
17261
17262 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17263 @section Financial Functions
17264
17265 @noindent
17266 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17267 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17268 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17269
17270 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17271 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17272 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17273 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17274
17275 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17276 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17277 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17278 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17279
17280 @menu
17281 * Percentages::
17282 * Future Value::
17283 * Present Value::
17284 * Related Financial Functions::
17285 * Depreciation Functions::
17286 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17287 @end menu
17288
17289 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17290 @subsection Percentages
17291
17292 @kindex M-%
17293 @pindex calc-percent
17294 @tindex %
17295 @tindex percent
17296 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17297 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17298 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17299 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17300
17301 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17302 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17303 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17304 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17305 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17306 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17307 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17308 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17309
17310 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17311 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17312 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17313 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17314 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17315 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17316
17317 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17318 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17319 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17320 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17321
17322 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17323 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17324 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17325
17326 @kindex c %
17327 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17328 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17329 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17330 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17331 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17332 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17333 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17334 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17335
17336 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17337 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17338 @samp{25%}.
17339
17340 @kindex b %
17341 @pindex calc-percent-change
17342 @tindex relch
17343 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17344 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17345 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17346 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17347 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17348 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17349 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17350 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17351 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17352 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17353
17354 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17355 @subsection Future Value
17356
17357 @noindent
17358 @kindex b F
17359 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17360 @tindex fv
17361 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17362 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17363 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17364 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17365 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17366 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17367 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17368 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17369 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17370 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17371
17372 @kindex I b F
17373 @tindex fvb
17374 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17375 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17376 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17377 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17378 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17379 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17380 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17381 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17382 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17383
17384 @kindex H b F
17385 @tindex fvl
17386 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17387 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17388 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17389 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17390
17391 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17392 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17393 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17394 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17395 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17396
17397 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17398 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17399 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17400 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17401 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17402 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17403 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17404 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17405 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17406 by @code{fvb} directly.
17407
17408 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17409 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17410 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17411 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17412 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17413 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17414 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17415
17416 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17417 @subsection Present Value
17418
17419 @noindent
17420 @kindex b P
17421 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17422 @tindex pv
17423 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17424 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17425 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17426 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17427 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17428 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17429 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17430 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17431 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17432 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17433 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17434 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17435 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17436
17437 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17438 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17439 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17440 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17441 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17442 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17443 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17444 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17445 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17446
17447 @kindex I b P
17448 @tindex pvb
17449 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17450 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17451 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17452 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17453 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17454 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17455
17456 @kindex H b P
17457 @tindex pvl
17458 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17459 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17460 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17461 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17462 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17463 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17464 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17465
17466 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17467 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17468 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17469
17470 @kindex b N
17471 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17472 @tindex npv
17473 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17474 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17475 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17476 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17477 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17478 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17479 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17480
17481 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17482 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17483 not all the same!
17484
17485 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17486 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17487 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17488 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17489 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17490 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17491 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17492 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17493
17494 @kindex I b N
17495 @tindex npvb
17496 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17497 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17498 rather than at the end.
17499
17500 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17501 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17502
17503 @noindent
17504 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17505 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17506
17507 @kindex b M
17508 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17509 @tindex pmt
17510 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17511 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17512 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17513 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17514 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17515
17516 @kindex I b M
17517 @tindex pmtb
17518 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17519 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17520 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17521 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17522
17523 @kindex H b M
17524 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17525 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17526
17527 @kindex b #
17528 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17529 @tindex nper
17530 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17531 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17532 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17533 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17534 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17535 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17536 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17537
17538 @kindex I b #
17539 @tindex nperb
17540 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17541 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17542 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17543 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17544
17545 @kindex H b #
17546 @tindex nperl
17547 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17548 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17549 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17550 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17551 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17552
17553 @kindex b T
17554 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17555 @tindex rate
17556 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17557 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17558 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17559 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17560 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17561
17562 @kindex I b T
17563 @kindex H b T
17564 @tindex rateb
17565 @tindex ratel
17566 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17567 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17568 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17569 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17570 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17571 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17572 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17573
17574 @kindex b I
17575 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17576 @tindex irr
17577 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17578 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17579 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17580 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17581 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17582
17583 @kindex I b I
17584 @tindex irrb
17585 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17586 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17587
17588 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17589 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17590
17591 @noindent
17592 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17593 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17594 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17595 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17596 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17597 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17598
17599 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17600 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17601
17602 @kindex b S
17603 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17604 @tindex sln
17605 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17606 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17607 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17608 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17609 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17610 per year.
17611
17612 @kindex b Y
17613 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17614 @tindex syd
17615 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17616 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17617 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17618 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17619 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17620 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17621 return zero.
17622
17623 @kindex b D
17624 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17625 @tindex ddb
17626 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17627 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17628 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17629
17630 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17631 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17632 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17633
17634 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17635 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17636 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17637 the three depreciation methods:
17638
17639 @example
17640 @group
17641 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17642 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17643 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17644 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17645 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17646 @end group
17647 @end example
17648
17649 @noindent
17650 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17651 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17652 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17653 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17654
17655 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17656 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17657 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17658
17659 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17660 @subsection Definitions
17661
17662 @noindent
17663 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17664 Calc's financial functions.
17665
17666 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17667 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17668 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17669 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17670 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17671 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17672
17673 @ifnottex
17674 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17675 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17676 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17677
17678 @example
17679 n
17680 (1 + rate) - 1
17681 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17682 rate
17683
17684 n
17685 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17686 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17687 rate
17688
17689 n
17690 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17691
17692 -n
17693 1 - (1 + rate)
17694 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17695 rate
17696
17697 -n
17698 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17699 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17700 rate
17701
17702 -n
17703 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17704
17705 -1 -2 -3
17706 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17707
17708 -1 -2
17709 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17710
17711 -n
17712 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17713 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17714 -n
17715 1 - (1 + rate)
17716
17717 -n
17718 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17719 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17720 -n
17721 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17722
17723 amt * rate
17724 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17725 pmt
17726
17727 amt * rate
17728 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17729 pmt * (1 + rate)
17730
17731 amt
17732 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17733 pmt
17734
17735 1/n
17736 pmt
17737 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17738 1/n
17739 amt
17740
17741 cost - salv
17742 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17743 life
17744
17745 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17746 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17747 life * (life + 1) / 2
17748
17749 book * 2
17750 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17751 life
17752 @end example
17753 @end ifnottex
17754 @tex
17755 \turnoffactive
17756 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17757 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17758 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17759 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17760 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17761 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17762 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17763 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17764 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17765 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17766 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17767 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17768 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17769 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17770 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17771 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17772 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17773 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17774 @end tex
17775
17776 @noindent
17777 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17778
17779 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17780 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17781 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17782 all sorts of inputs.
17783
17784 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17785 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17786 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17787
17788 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17789 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17790 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17791 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17792 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17793 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17794
17795 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17796 for @samp{rate}.
17797
17798 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17799 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17800 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17801
17802 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17803 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17804 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17805
17806 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17807 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17808 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17809 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17810 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17811 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17812 period.
17813
17814 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17815 @section Binary Number Functions
17816
17817 @noindent
17818 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17819 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17820
17821 @cindex Binary numbers
17822 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17823 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17824 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17825 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17826 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17827
17828 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17829 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17830 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17831 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17832 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17833 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17834
17835 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17836 integers from
17837 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17838 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17839 to
17840 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
17841 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
17842 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
17843 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
17844
17845 @kindex b c
17846 @pindex calc-clip
17847 @tindex clip
17848 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17849 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17850 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17851 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17852 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17853 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17854 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17855 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17856 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
17857
17858 @kindex b w
17859 @pindex calc-word-size
17860 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17861 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17862 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17863 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17864 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17865 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17866 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17867
17868 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17869 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17870 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17871 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17872 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17873 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17874 integer-valued floats.
17875
17876 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
17877 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17878 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17879 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17880
17881 @kindex b a
17882 @pindex calc-and
17883 @tindex and
17884 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17885 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17886 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17887 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17888 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17889
17890 @kindex b o
17891 @pindex calc-or
17892 @tindex or
17893 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17894 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17895 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17896
17897 @kindex b x
17898 @pindex calc-xor
17899 @tindex xor
17900 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17901 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17902 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17903
17904 @kindex b d
17905 @pindex calc-diff
17906 @tindex diff
17907 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17908 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17909 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
17910
17911 @kindex b n
17912 @pindex calc-not
17913 @tindex not
17914 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
17915 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
17916
17917 @kindex b l
17918 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
17919 @tindex lsh
17920 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
17921 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17922 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
17923 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
17924 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
17925 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
17926
17927 @kindex H b l
17928 @kindex H b r
17929 @ignore
17930 @mindex @idots
17931 @end ignore
17932 @kindex H b L
17933 @ignore
17934 @mindex @null
17935 @end ignore
17936 @kindex H b R
17937 @ignore
17938 @mindex @null
17939 @end ignore
17940 @kindex H b t
17941 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
17942 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
17943 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
17944 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
17945 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
17946
17947 @kindex b r
17948 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
17949 @tindex rsh
17950 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
17951 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17952 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
17953
17954 @kindex b L
17955 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
17956 @tindex ash
17957 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
17958 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
17959 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
17960 is performed as described below.
17961
17962 @kindex b R
17963 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
17964 @tindex rash
17965 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
17966 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
17967 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
17968 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
17969 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
17970 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
17971 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
17972 performs a standard left shift.
17973
17974 @kindex b t
17975 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
17976 @tindex rot
17977 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
17978 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
17979 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
17980 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
17981 or right.
17982
17983 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
17984 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
17985 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
17986 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
17987 bits in a binary integer.
17988
17989 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
17990 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
17991 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
17992 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
17993 into a binary integer.
17994
17995 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
17996 @chapter Scientific Functions
17997
17998 @noindent
17999 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18000 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18001 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18002 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18003
18004 @kindex P
18005 @pindex calc-pi
18006 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18007 @vindex pi
18008 @kindex H P
18009 @cindex @code{e} variable
18010 @vindex e
18011 @kindex I P
18012 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18013 @vindex gamma
18014 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18015 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18016 @kindex H I P
18017 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18018 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18019 @cindex Golden ratio
18020 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18021 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18022 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18023 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18024 @texline @math{\gamma}
18025 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18026 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18027 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18028 @texline @math{\phi}
18029 @infoline @expr{phi}
18030 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18031 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18032 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18033 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18034 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18035
18036 @ignore
18037 @mindex Q
18038 @end ignore
18039 @ignore
18040 @mindex I Q
18041 @end ignore
18042 @kindex I Q
18043 @tindex sqr
18044 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18045 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18046 computes the square of the argument.
18047
18048 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18049 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18050 interpret a prefix argument.
18051
18052 @menu
18053 * Logarithmic Functions::
18054 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18055 * Advanced Math Functions::
18056 * Branch Cuts::
18057 * Random Numbers::
18058 * Combinatorial Functions::
18059 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18060 @end menu
18061
18062 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18063 @section Logarithmic Functions
18064
18065 @noindent
18066 @kindex L
18067 @pindex calc-ln
18068 @tindex ln
18069 @ignore
18070 @mindex @null
18071 @end ignore
18072 @kindex I E
18073 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18074 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18075 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18076 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18077
18078 @kindex E
18079 @pindex calc-exp
18080 @tindex exp
18081 @ignore
18082 @mindex @null
18083 @end ignore
18084 @kindex I L
18085 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18086 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18087 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18088 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18089
18090 @kindex H L
18091 @kindex H E
18092 @pindex calc-log10
18093 @tindex log10
18094 @tindex exp10
18095 @ignore
18096 @mindex @null
18097 @end ignore
18098 @kindex H I L
18099 @ignore
18100 @mindex @null
18101 @end ignore
18102 @kindex H I E
18103 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18104 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18105 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18106 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18107 by
18108 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18109 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18110
18111 @kindex B
18112 @kindex I B
18113 @pindex calc-log
18114 @tindex log
18115 @tindex alog
18116 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18117 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18118 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18119 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18120 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18121 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18122 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18123 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18124
18125 @kindex f I
18126 @pindex calc-ilog
18127 @tindex ilog
18128 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18129 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18130 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18131 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18132 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18133 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18134 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18135
18136 @kindex f E
18137 @pindex calc-expm1
18138 @tindex expm1
18139 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18140 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18141 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18142 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18143 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18144 @texline @math{e^x}
18145 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18146 is close to one.
18147
18148 @kindex f L
18149 @pindex calc-lnp1
18150 @tindex lnp1
18151 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18152 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18153 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18154 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18155
18156 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18157 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18158
18159 @noindent
18160 @kindex S
18161 @pindex calc-sin
18162 @tindex sin
18163 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18164 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18165 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18166 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18167 on complex numbers.
18168
18169 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18170 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18171 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18172 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18173 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18174
18175 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18176 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18177 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18178 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18179 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18180 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18181 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18182 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18183 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18184 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18185
18186 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18187 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18188 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18189 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18190
18191 @kindex I S
18192 @pindex calc-arcsin
18193 @tindex arcsin
18194 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18195 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18196 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18197 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18198
18199 @kindex H S
18200 @pindex calc-sinh
18201 @tindex sinh
18202 @kindex H I S
18203 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18204 @tindex arcsinh
18205 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18206 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18207 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18208 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18209
18210 @kindex C
18211 @pindex calc-cos
18212 @tindex cos
18213 @ignore
18214 @mindex @idots
18215 @end ignore
18216 @kindex I C
18217 @pindex calc-arccos
18218 @ignore
18219 @mindex @null
18220 @end ignore
18221 @tindex arccos
18222 @ignore
18223 @mindex @null
18224 @end ignore
18225 @kindex H C
18226 @pindex calc-cosh
18227 @ignore
18228 @mindex @null
18229 @end ignore
18230 @tindex cosh
18231 @ignore
18232 @mindex @null
18233 @end ignore
18234 @kindex H I C
18235 @pindex calc-arccosh
18236 @ignore
18237 @mindex @null
18238 @end ignore
18239 @tindex arccosh
18240 @ignore
18241 @mindex @null
18242 @end ignore
18243 @kindex T
18244 @pindex calc-tan
18245 @ignore
18246 @mindex @null
18247 @end ignore
18248 @tindex tan
18249 @ignore
18250 @mindex @null
18251 @end ignore
18252 @kindex I T
18253 @pindex calc-arctan
18254 @ignore
18255 @mindex @null
18256 @end ignore
18257 @tindex arctan
18258 @ignore
18259 @mindex @null
18260 @end ignore
18261 @kindex H T
18262 @pindex calc-tanh
18263 @ignore
18264 @mindex @null
18265 @end ignore
18266 @tindex tanh
18267 @ignore
18268 @mindex @null
18269 @end ignore
18270 @kindex H I T
18271 @pindex calc-arctanh
18272 @ignore
18273 @mindex @null
18274 @end ignore
18275 @tindex arctanh
18276 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18277 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18278 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18279 variants of these functions.
18280
18281 @kindex f T
18282 @pindex calc-arctan2
18283 @tindex arctan2
18284 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18285 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18286 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18287 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18288 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18289 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18290 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18291 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18292 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18293 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18294
18295 @pindex calc-sincos
18296 @ignore
18297 @starindex
18298 @end ignore
18299 @tindex sincos
18300 @ignore
18301 @starindex
18302 @end ignore
18303 @ignore
18304 @mindex arc@idots
18305 @end ignore
18306 @tindex arcsincos
18307 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18308 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18309 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18310 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18311 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18312 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18313
18314 @pindex calc-sec
18315 @tindex sec
18316 @pindex calc-csc
18317 @tindex csc
18318 @pindex calc-cot
18319 @tindex cot
18320 @pindex calc-sech
18321 @tindex sech
18322 @pindex calc-csch
18323 @tindex csch
18324 @pindex calc-coth
18325 @tindex coth
18326 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18327 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}], are also
18328 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18329 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18330 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-sech}
18331 [@code{sech}]. (These commmands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18332
18333 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18334 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18335
18336 @noindent
18337 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18338 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18339 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18340 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18341 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18342
18343 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18344 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18345 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18346 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18347 slow for some values of the arguments.
18348
18349 @kindex f g
18350 @pindex calc-gamma
18351 @tindex gamma
18352 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18353 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18354 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18355 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18356 integral:
18357 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18358 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18359 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18360
18361 @kindex f G
18362 @tindex gammaP
18363 @ignore
18364 @mindex @idots
18365 @end ignore
18366 @kindex I f G
18367 @ignore
18368 @mindex @null
18369 @end ignore
18370 @kindex H f G
18371 @ignore
18372 @mindex @null
18373 @end ignore
18374 @kindex H I f G
18375 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18376 @ignore
18377 @mindex @null
18378 @end ignore
18379 @tindex gammaQ
18380 @ignore
18381 @mindex @null
18382 @end ignore
18383 @tindex gammag
18384 @ignore
18385 @mindex @null
18386 @end ignore
18387 @tindex gammaG
18388 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18389 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18390 the integral,
18391 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18392 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18393 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18394 definition of the normal gamma function).
18395
18396 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18397 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18398 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18399 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18400 @expr{x} to infinity.
18401
18402 @ifnottex
18403 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18404 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18405 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18406 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18407 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18408 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18409 @end ifnottex
18410 @tex
18411 \turnoffactive
18412 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18413 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18414 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18415 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18416 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18417 @end tex
18418
18419 @kindex f b
18420 @pindex calc-beta
18421 @tindex beta
18422 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18423 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18424 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18425 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18426 or by
18427 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18428 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18429
18430 @kindex f B
18431 @kindex H f B
18432 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18433 @tindex betaI
18434 @tindex betaB
18435 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18436 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18437 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18438 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18439 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18440 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18441
18442 @kindex f e
18443 @kindex I f e
18444 @pindex calc-erf
18445 @tindex erf
18446 @tindex erfc
18447 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18448 error function
18449 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18450 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18451 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18452 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18453 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18454 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18455
18456 @kindex f j
18457 @kindex f y
18458 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18459 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18460 @tindex besJ
18461 @tindex besY
18462 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18463 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18464 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18465 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18466 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18467 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18468 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18469 Use with care!
18470
18471 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18472 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18473
18474 @noindent
18475 @cindex Branch cuts
18476 @cindex Principal values
18477 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18478 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18479 This section describes the values
18480 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18481 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18482 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18483 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18484 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18485
18486 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18487 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Versions of
18488 Calc starting with 2.00 follow the second edition.
18489
18490 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18491 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18492 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18493 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18494 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18495 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18496
18497 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18498 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18499 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18500 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18501
18502 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18503 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18504 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18505 in the right half of the complex plane.
18506
18507 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18508 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18509 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18510 negative real axis.
18511
18512 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18513 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18514 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18515 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18516 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18517
18518 @smallexample
18519 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18520 ----------------------------------------
18521 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18522 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18523 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18524 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18525 @end smallexample
18526
18527 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18528 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18529 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18530 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18531 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18532 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18533
18534 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18535 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18536
18537 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18538 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18539 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18540
18541 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18542 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18543 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18544
18545 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18546 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18547 above @expr{i}.
18548
18549 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18550 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18551 real axis less than 1.
18552
18553 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18554 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18555
18556 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18557 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18558 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18559
18560 @smallexample
18561 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18562 -------------------------------------------------------
18563 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18564 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18565 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18566 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18567 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18568 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18569 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18570 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18571 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18572 @end smallexample
18573
18574 @smallexample
18575 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18576 -----------------------------------------------------
18577 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18578 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18579 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18580 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18581 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18582 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18583 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18584 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18585 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18586 @end smallexample
18587
18588 @smallexample
18589 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18590 -----------------------------------------------------
18591 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18592 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18593 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18594 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18595 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18596 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18597 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18598 @end smallexample
18599
18600 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18601 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18602 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18603
18604 @smallexample
18605 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18606 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18607 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18608 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18609 @end smallexample
18610
18611 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18612 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18613 are not rigorously specified at present.
18614
18615 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18616 @section Random Numbers
18617
18618 @noindent
18619 @kindex k r
18620 @pindex calc-random
18621 @tindex random
18622 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18623 random numbers of various sorts.
18624
18625 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18626 integer @expr{N} in the range
18627 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18628 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18629 Each of the @expr{M} values appears with equal probability.
18630
18631 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18632 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18633 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18634 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18635 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18636 the result is a random integer in the range
18637 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18638 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18639
18640 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18641 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18642 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18643 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18644 or
18645 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18646 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18647 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18648
18649 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18650 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18651 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18652 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18653
18654 If @expr{M} is an error form
18655 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18656 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18657 where @var{m} and
18658 @texline @math{\sigma}
18659 @infoline @var{s}
18660 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18661 @var{m} and standard deviation
18662 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18663 @infoline @var{s}.
18664
18665 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18666 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18667 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18668 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18669 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18670 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18671 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18672 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18673 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18674 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18675 extremely small.)
18676
18677 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18678 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18679
18680 @vindex RandSeed
18681 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18682 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18683 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18684 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18685 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18686 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18687 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18688 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18689 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18690 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18691 of random numbers as before.
18692
18693 @pindex calc-rrandom
18694 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18695 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18696
18697 @kindex k a
18698 @pindex calc-random-again
18699 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18700 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18701 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18702 that value of @expr{M}.
18703
18704 @kindex k h
18705 @pindex calc-shuffle
18706 @tindex shuffle
18707 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18708 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18709 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18710 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18711 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18712 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18713 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18714
18715 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18716 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18717 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18718 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18719 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18720 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18721 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18722 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18723 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18724 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18725 each make it into the result vector.)
18726
18727 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18728 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18729 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18730 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18731 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18732 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18733 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18734
18735 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18736 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18737 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18738 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18739 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18740
18741 @menu
18742 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18743 @end menu
18744
18745 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18746 @subsection Random Number Generator
18747
18748 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18749 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18750 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18751 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18752 characterization.
18753
18754 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18755 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18756 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18757 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18758
18759 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18760 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18761 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18762
18763 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18764 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18765 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18766 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18767 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18768 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18769 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18770 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18771
18772 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18773 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18774 computing
18775 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18776 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18777 This method expands the seed
18778 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18779 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18780 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18781 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18782 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18783 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18784 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18785 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18786 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18787 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18788 to reseed the generator with that number.
18789
18790 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18791 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18792 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18793 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18794 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18795 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18796 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18797 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18798 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18799 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18800 damage its randomness.
18801
18802 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18803 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18804 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18805 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18806 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18807 value.
18808
18809 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18810 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18811 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18812 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18813 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18814 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18815 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18816 numbers on the order of
18817 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18818 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18819 or
18820 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18821 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18822 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18823 correspond to small integers times
18824 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18825 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18826
18827 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18828 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18829 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18830 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18831 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18832 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18833 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18834 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18835 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18836 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18837
18838 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18839 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18840 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18841 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18842
18843 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18844 @section Combinatorial Functions
18845
18846 @noindent
18847 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18848 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18849
18850 @kindex k g
18851 @pindex calc-gcd
18852 @tindex gcd
18853 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18854 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18855 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18856 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18857 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18858 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18859 the operation is left in symbolic form.
18860
18861 @kindex k l
18862 @pindex calc-lcm
18863 @tindex lcm
18864 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18865 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18866 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18867 numbers.
18868
18869 @kindex k E
18870 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18871 @tindex egcd
18872 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18873 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
18874 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
18875 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18876 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18877
18878 @kindex !
18879 @pindex calc-factorial
18880 @tindex fact
18881 @ignore
18882 @mindex @null
18883 @end ignore
18884 @tindex !
18885 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18886 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18887 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18888 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18889 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18890 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18891 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18892 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18893 the commands in this section.
18894
18895 @kindex k d
18896 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18897 @tindex dfact
18898 @ignore
18899 @mindex @null
18900 @end ignore
18901 @tindex !!
18902 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18903 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18904 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
18905 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
18906 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18907 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18908 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
18909
18910 @kindex k c
18911 @pindex calc-choose
18912 @tindex choose
18913 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
18914 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
18915 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
18916 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
18917 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
18918 real numbers by
18919 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
18920 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
18921
18922 @kindex H k c
18923 @pindex calc-perm
18924 @tindex perm
18925 @ifnottex
18926 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
18927 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
18928 @end ifnottex
18929 @tex
18930 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
18931 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
18932 @end tex
18933
18934 @kindex k b
18935 @kindex H k b
18936 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
18937 @tindex bern
18938 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
18939 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
18940 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
18941 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
18942 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
18943 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
18944 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
18945
18946 @kindex k e
18947 @kindex H k e
18948 @pindex calc-euler-number
18949 @tindex euler
18950 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
18951 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
18952 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
18953 functions.
18954
18955 @kindex k s
18956 @kindex H k s
18957 @pindex calc-stirling-number
18958 @tindex stir1
18959 @tindex stir2
18960 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
18961 computes a Stirling number of the first
18962 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
18963 @infoline kind,
18964 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
18965 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
18966 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
18967 @infoline kind.
18968 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
18969 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
18970 non-empty sets, respectively.
18971
18972 @kindex k p
18973 @pindex calc-prime-test
18974 @cindex Primes
18975 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
18976 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
18977 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
18978 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
18979 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
18980 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
18981 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
18982 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
18983 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
18984 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
18985 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
18986 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
18987 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
18988
18989 @ignore
18990 @starindex
18991 @end ignore
18992 @tindex prime
18993 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
18994 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
18995 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
18996 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
18997 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
18998 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
18999
19000 @kindex k f
19001 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19002 @tindex prfac
19003 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19004 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19005 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19006 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19007 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19008 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19009 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19010 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19011 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19012
19013 @kindex k n
19014 @pindex calc-next-prime
19015 @ignore
19016 @mindex nextpr@idots
19017 @end ignore
19018 @tindex nextprime
19019 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19020 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19021 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19022 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19023 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19024 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19025 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19026 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19027 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19028 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19029 prime.
19030
19031 @kindex I k n
19032 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19033 @ignore
19034 @mindex prevpr@idots
19035 @end ignore
19036 @tindex prevprime
19037 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19038 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19039
19040 @kindex k t
19041 @pindex calc-totient
19042 @tindex totient
19043 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19044 Euler ``totient''
19045 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19046 @infoline function,
19047 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19048 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19049
19050 @kindex k m
19051 @pindex calc-moebius
19052 @tindex moebius
19053 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19054 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19055 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19056 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19057 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19058 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19059 the result is zero.
19060
19061 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19062 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19063
19064 @noindent
19065 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19066 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19067 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19068 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19069 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19070 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19071 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19072 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19073
19074 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19075 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19076 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19077 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19078 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19079 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19080
19081 @kindex k B
19082 @kindex I k B
19083 @pindex calc-utpb
19084 @tindex utpb
19085 @tindex ltpb
19086 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19087 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19088 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19089 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19090 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19091 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19092 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19093
19094 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19095 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19096 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19097 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19098 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19099 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19100 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19101 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19102 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19103 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19104 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19105
19106 @kindex k C
19107 @pindex calc-utpc
19108 @tindex utpc
19109 @ignore
19110 @mindex @idots
19111 @end ignore
19112 @kindex I k C
19113 @ignore
19114 @mindex @null
19115 @end ignore
19116 @tindex ltpc
19117 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19118 @texline @math{\nu}
19119 @infoline @expr{v}
19120 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19121 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19122
19123 @kindex k F
19124 @pindex calc-utpf
19125 @tindex utpf
19126 @ignore
19127 @mindex @idots
19128 @end ignore
19129 @kindex I k F
19130 @ignore
19131 @mindex @null
19132 @end ignore
19133 @tindex ltpf
19134 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19135 various statistical tests. The parameters
19136 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19137 @infoline @expr{v1}
19138 and
19139 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19140 @infoline @expr{v2}
19141 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19142 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19143
19144 @kindex k N
19145 @pindex calc-utpn
19146 @tindex utpn
19147 @ignore
19148 @mindex @idots
19149 @end ignore
19150 @kindex I k N
19151 @ignore
19152 @mindex @null
19153 @end ignore
19154 @tindex ltpn
19155 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19156 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19157 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19158 @infoline @expr{s}.
19159 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19160 would exceed @expr{x}.
19161
19162 @kindex k P
19163 @pindex calc-utpp
19164 @tindex utpp
19165 @ignore
19166 @mindex @idots
19167 @end ignore
19168 @kindex I k P
19169 @ignore
19170 @mindex @null
19171 @end ignore
19172 @tindex ltpp
19173 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19174 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19175 Poisson random events will occur.
19176
19177 @kindex k T
19178 @pindex calc-ltpt
19179 @tindex utpt
19180 @ignore
19181 @mindex @idots
19182 @end ignore
19183 @kindex I k T
19184 @ignore
19185 @mindex @null
19186 @end ignore
19187 @tindex ltpt
19188 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19189 with
19190 @texline @math{\nu}
19191 @infoline @expr{v}
19192 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19193 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19194 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19195 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19196 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19197 where
19198 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19199 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19200 and
19201 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19202 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19203 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19204 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19205
19206 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19207 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19208 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19209 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19210 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19211
19212 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19213 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19214
19215 @noindent
19216 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19217 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19218 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19219 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19220 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19221
19222 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19223 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19224 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19225 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19226 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19227
19228 @menu
19229 * Packing and Unpacking::
19230 * Building Vectors::
19231 * Extracting Elements::
19232 * Manipulating Vectors::
19233 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19234 * Set Operations::
19235 * Statistical Operations::
19236 * Reducing and Mapping::
19237 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19238 @end menu
19239
19240 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19241 @section Packing and Unpacking
19242
19243 @noindent
19244 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19245 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19246 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19247 vectors.
19248
19249 @kindex v p
19250 @pindex calc-pack
19251 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19252 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19253 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19254 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19255 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19256 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19257 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19258 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19259
19260 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19261 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19262 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19263 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19264
19265 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19266
19267 @table @cite
19268 @item -1
19269 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19270 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19271 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19272 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19273 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19274 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19275 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19276 components are not suitable.)
19277
19278 @item -2
19279 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19280 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19281 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19282 mode.
19283
19284 @item -3
19285 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19286 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19287 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19288 number.
19289
19290 @item -4
19291 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19292 may be real numbers or formulas.
19293
19294 @item -5
19295 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19296 must be real numbers.
19297
19298 @item -6
19299 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19300 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19301
19302 @item -7
19303 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19304
19305 @item -8
19306 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19307
19308 @item -9
19309 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19310
19311 @item -10
19312 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19313
19314 @item -11
19315 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19316 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19317 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19318 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19319
19320 @item -12
19321 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19322 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19323 is desired.
19324
19325 @item -13
19326 A real number is converted into a date form.
19327
19328 @item -14
19329 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19330
19331 @item -15
19332 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19333 @end table
19334
19335 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19336 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19337 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19338 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19339 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19340 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19341 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19342 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19343 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19344 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19345
19346 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19347 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19348 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19349 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19350 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19351
19352 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19353 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19354 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19355 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19356 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19357
19358 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19359 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19360 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19361 @texline @math{2\times3}
19362 @infoline 2x3
19363 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19364 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19365 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19366
19367 @ignore
19368 @starindex
19369 @end ignore
19370 @tindex pack
19371 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19372 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19373 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19374 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19375 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19376 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19377 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19378 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19379 by the mode.
19380
19381 @kindex v u
19382 @pindex calc-unpack
19383 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19384 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19385 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19386 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19387 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19388 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19389
19390 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19391 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19392 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19393 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19394 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19395 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19396 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19397
19398 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19399 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19400 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19401 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19402 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19403 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19404 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19405 is not a composite object.
19406
19407 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19408 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19409 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19410 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19411 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19412 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19413 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19414 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19415
19416 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19417 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19418 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19419 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19420 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19421 original object.
19422
19423 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19424 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19425 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19426 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19427
19428 @ignore
19429 @starindex
19430 @end ignore
19431 @tindex unpack
19432 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19433 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19434 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19435 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19436 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19437 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19438
19439 @ignore
19440 @starindex
19441 @end ignore
19442 @tindex unpackt
19443 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19444 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19445 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19446 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19447 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19448 The identity for re-building the original object is
19449 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19450 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19451 name and a vector of arguments.)
19452
19453 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19454 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19455 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19456 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19457
19458 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19459 @section Building Vectors
19460
19461 @noindent
19462 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19463 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19464
19465 @kindex |
19466 @pindex calc-concat
19467 @ignore
19468 @mindex @null
19469 @end ignore
19470 @tindex |
19471 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19472 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19473 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19474 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19475 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19476 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19477
19478 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19479 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19480 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19481 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19482 one-row matrix.
19483
19484 @kindex H |
19485 @tindex append
19486 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19487 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19488 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19489 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19490 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19491
19492 @kindex I |
19493 @kindex H I |
19494 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19495 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19496 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19497
19498 @kindex v d
19499 @pindex calc-diag
19500 @tindex diag
19501 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19502 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19503 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19504 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19505 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19506 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19507 the prefix argument is required.
19508
19509 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19510 @texline @math{3\times3}
19511 @infoline 3x3
19512 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19513 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19514 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19515
19516 @kindex v i
19517 @pindex calc-ident
19518 @tindex idn
19519 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19520 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19521 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19522 this command prompts for one.
19523
19524 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19525 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19526 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19527 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19528 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19529 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19530 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19531 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19532 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19533 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19534 dimensions.
19535
19536 @kindex v x
19537 @pindex calc-index
19538 @tindex index
19539 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19540 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19541 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19542 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19543 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19544
19545 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19546 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19547 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19548 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19549 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19550 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19551 of numbers or formulas.
19552
19553 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19554 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19555 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19556 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19557 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19558 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19559
19560 @kindex v b
19561 @pindex calc-build-vector
19562 @tindex cvec
19563 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19564 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19565 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19566 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19567 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19568 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19569
19570 @kindex v h
19571 @kindex I v h
19572 @pindex calc-head
19573 @pindex calc-tail
19574 @tindex head
19575 @tindex tail
19576 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19577 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19578 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19579 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19580
19581 @kindex v k
19582 @pindex calc-cons
19583 @tindex cons
19584 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19585 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19586 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19587 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19588 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19589
19590 @kindex H v h
19591 @tindex rhead
19592 @ignore
19593 @mindex @idots
19594 @end ignore
19595 @kindex H I v h
19596 @ignore
19597 @mindex @null
19598 @end ignore
19599 @kindex H v k
19600 @ignore
19601 @mindex @null
19602 @end ignore
19603 @tindex rtail
19604 @ignore
19605 @mindex @null
19606 @end ignore
19607 @tindex rcons
19608 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19609 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19610 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19611 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19612 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19613 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19614 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19615
19616 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19617 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19618
19619 @noindent
19620 @kindex v r
19621 @pindex calc-mrow
19622 @tindex mrow
19623 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19624 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19625 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19626 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19627 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19628 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19629
19630 @cindex Permutations, applying
19631 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19632 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19633 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19634 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19635 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19636 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19637
19638 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19639 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19640 submatrix is returned.
19641
19642 @cindex Subscript notation
19643 @kindex a _
19644 @pindex calc-subscript
19645 @tindex subscr
19646 @tindex _
19647 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19648 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19649 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19650 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19651 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19652 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19653 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19654 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19655 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19656 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19657
19658 @tindex mrrow
19659 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19660 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19661 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19662 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19663 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19664
19665 @tindex getdiag
19666 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19667 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19668 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19669
19670 @kindex v c
19671 @pindex calc-mcol
19672 @tindex mcol
19673 @tindex mrcol
19674 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19675 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19676 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19677 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19678 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19679 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19680
19681 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19682 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19683 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19684 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19685 of matrix @expr{m}.
19686
19687 @kindex v s
19688 @pindex calc-subvector
19689 @tindex subvec
19690 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19691 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19692 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19693 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19694 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19695 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19696 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19697 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19698
19699 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19700 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19701 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19702 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19703 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19704 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19705 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19706
19707 @kindex I v s
19708 @tindex rsubvec
19709 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19710 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19711 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19712 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19713 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19714
19715 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19716 vectors one element at a time.
19717
19718 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19719 @section Manipulating Vectors
19720
19721 @noindent
19722 @kindex v l
19723 @pindex calc-vlength
19724 @tindex vlen
19725 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19726 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19727 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19728 command.
19729
19730 @kindex H v l
19731 @tindex mdims
19732 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19733 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19734 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19735 its argument is a
19736 @texline @math{2\times3}
19737 @infoline 2x3
19738 matrix.
19739
19740 @kindex v f
19741 @pindex calc-vector-find
19742 @tindex find
19743 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19744 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19745 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19746 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19747 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19748 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19749
19750 @kindex v a
19751 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19752 @tindex arrange
19753 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19754 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19755 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19756 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19757 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19758 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19759 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19760 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19761 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19762 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19763 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19764 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19765 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19766 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19767 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19768 @texline @math{1\times4}
19769 @infoline 1x4
19770 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19771 @texline @math{4\times1}
19772 @infoline 4x1
19773 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19774 @texline @math{2\times2}
19775 @infoline 2x2
19776 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19777 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19778 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19779
19780 @cindex Sorting data
19781 @kindex V S
19782 @kindex I V S
19783 @pindex calc-sort
19784 @tindex sort
19785 @tindex rsort
19786 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19787 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19788 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19789 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19790 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19791 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19792 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19793 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19794 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19795 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19796 alphabetical order by this command.
19797
19798 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19799
19800 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19801 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19802 @cindex Index tables
19803 @cindex Rank tables
19804 @kindex V G
19805 @kindex I V G
19806 @pindex calc-grade
19807 @tindex grade
19808 @tindex rgrade
19809 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19810 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19811 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19812 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19813 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19814 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19815 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19816 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19817 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19818 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19819 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19820 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19821 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19822
19823 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19824 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19825 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19826 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19827 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19828 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19829 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19830 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19831 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19832 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19833 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19834
19835 @cindex Histograms
19836 @kindex V H
19837 @pindex calc-histogram
19838 @ignore
19839 @mindex histo@idots
19840 @end ignore
19841 @tindex histogram
19842 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19843 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19844 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19845 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19846 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19847 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19848 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19849 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19850 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19851 input vector.)
19852
19853 @kindex H V H
19854 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19855 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19856 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19857 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19858 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19859 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19860
19861 @kindex v t
19862 @pindex calc-transpose
19863 @tindex trn
19864 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19865 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19866 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19867 a one-column matrix.
19868
19869 @kindex v v
19870 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19871 @tindex rev
19872 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
19873 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19874 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19875 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19876 a matrix.)
19877
19878 @kindex v m
19879 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19880 @tindex vmask
19881 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19882 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19883 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19884 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19885 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19886 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19887 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19888 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19889
19890 @kindex v e
19891 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19892 @tindex vexp
19893 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19894 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19895 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19896 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19897 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19898 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19899 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19900 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19901 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19902
19903 @kindex H v e
19904 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19905 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19906 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19907 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19908 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19909 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
19910 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
19911 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
19912 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
19913
19914 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
19915 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
19916 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
19917 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
19918 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
19919 masking using vectors.
19920
19921 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
19922 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
19923
19924 @noindent
19925 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
19926 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
19927 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
19928 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
19929 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19930
19931 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
19932 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
19933 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
19934 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
19935
19936 @kindex V J
19937 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
19938 @tindex ctrn
19939 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
19940 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
19941
19942 @ignore
19943 @mindex A
19944 @end ignore
19945 @kindex A (vectors)
19946 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
19947 @ignore
19948 @mindex abs
19949 @end ignore
19950 @tindex abs (vectors)
19951 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
19952 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
19953 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
19954 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
19955 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
19956 from that point to the origin.
19957
19958 @kindex v n
19959 @pindex calc-rnorm
19960 @tindex rnorm
19961 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes
19962 the row norm, or infinity-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19963 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements.
19964 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums,
19965 i.e., of the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the
19966 various rows.
19967
19968 @kindex V N
19969 @pindex calc-cnorm
19970 @tindex cnorm
19971 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
19972 the column norm, or one-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19973 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
19974 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
19975 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
19976 not provided.
19977
19978 @kindex V C
19979 @pindex calc-cross
19980 @tindex cross
19981 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
19982 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
19983 exactly three elements.
19984
19985 @ignore
19986 @mindex &
19987 @end ignore
19988 @kindex & (matrices)
19989 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
19990 @ignore
19991 @mindex inv
19992 @end ignore
19993 @tindex inv (matrices)
19994 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
19995 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
19996 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
19997 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
19998 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
19999 quickly in the future.
20000
20001 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20002 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20003 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20004 by a matrix.
20005
20006 @kindex V D
20007 @pindex calc-mdet
20008 @tindex det
20009 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20010 determinant of a square matrix.
20011
20012 @kindex V L
20013 @pindex calc-mlud
20014 @tindex lud
20015 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20016 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20017 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20018 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20019 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20020 and the third is upper-triangular.
20021
20022 @kindex V T
20023 @pindex calc-mtrace
20024 @tindex tr
20025 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20026 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20027 elements of the matrix.
20028
20029 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20030 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20031
20032 @noindent
20033 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20034 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20035 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20036 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20037 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20038 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20039 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20040 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20041 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20042 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20043 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20044 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20045 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20046
20047 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20048 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20049 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20050 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20051 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20052 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20053
20054 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20055 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20056 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20057 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20058
20059 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20060 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20061 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20062
20063 @kindex V +
20064 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20065 @tindex rdup
20066 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20067 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20068 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20069 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20070 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20071 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20072 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20073 them.
20074
20075 @kindex V V
20076 @pindex calc-set-union
20077 @tindex vunion
20078 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20079 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20080 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20081 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20082 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20083
20084 @kindex V ^
20085 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20086 @tindex vint
20087 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20088 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20089 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20090 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20091 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20092 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20093 notation for set
20094 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20095 @infoline union
20096 and
20097 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20098 @infoline intersection.
20099
20100 @kindex V -
20101 @pindex calc-set-difference
20102 @tindex vdiff
20103 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20104 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20105 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20106 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20107 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20108 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20109 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20110 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20111 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20112 enough to express in a few intervals).
20113
20114 @kindex V X
20115 @pindex calc-set-xor
20116 @tindex vxor
20117 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20118 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20119 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20120 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20121 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20122
20123 @kindex V ~
20124 @pindex calc-set-complement
20125 @tindex vcompl
20126 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20127 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20128 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20129 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20130 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20131
20132 @kindex V F
20133 @pindex calc-set-floor
20134 @tindex vfloor
20135 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20136 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20137 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20138 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20139 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20140 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20141 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20142 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20143
20144 @kindex V E
20145 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20146 @tindex venum
20147 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20148 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20149 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20150 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20151 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20152
20153 @kindex V :
20154 @pindex calc-set-span
20155 @tindex vspan
20156 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20157 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20158 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20159 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20160 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20161
20162 @kindex V #
20163 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20164 @tindex vcard
20165 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20166 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20167 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20168 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20169
20170 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20171 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20172 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20173 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20174 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20175 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20176 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20177 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20178 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20179 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20180 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20181 convenient to you.
20182
20183 @kindex b p
20184 @kindex b u
20185 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20186 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20187 @tindex vpack
20188 @tindex vunpack
20189 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20190 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20191 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20192 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20193 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20194 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20195 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20196 (binary) prefix key.
20197
20198 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20199 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20200 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20201 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20202 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20203 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20204 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20205 representation
20206 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20207 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20208
20209 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20210 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20211
20212 @noindent
20213 @cindex Statistical functions
20214 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20215 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20216 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20217 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20218 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20219 Vetterling.
20220
20221 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20222 a shifted letter or other character.
20223
20224 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20225 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20226
20227 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20228 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20229
20230 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20231 probability distribution functions.
20232
20233 @menu
20234 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20235 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20236 @end menu
20237
20238 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20239 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20240
20241 @noindent
20242 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20243 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20244 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20245 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20246 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20247 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20248 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20249
20250 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20251 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20252 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20253 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20254
20255 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20256 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20257 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20258 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20259 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20260 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20261 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20262
20263 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20264 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20265 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20266 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20267 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20268 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20269 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20270 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20271 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20272 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20273
20274 @kindex u #
20275 @pindex calc-vector-count
20276 @tindex vcount
20277 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20278 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20279 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20280 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20281 simply computes the length of the vector.
20282
20283 @kindex u +
20284 @kindex u *
20285 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20286 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20287 @tindex vsum
20288 @tindex vprod
20289 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20290 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20291 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20292 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20293 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20294 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20295 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20296
20297 @kindex u X
20298 @kindex u N
20299 @pindex calc-vector-max
20300 @pindex calc-vector-min
20301 @tindex vmax
20302 @tindex vmin
20303 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20304 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20305 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20306 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20307 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20308 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20309 plus or minus infinity.
20310
20311 @kindex u M
20312 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20313 @tindex vmean
20314 @cindex Mean of data values
20315 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20316 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20317 If the inputs are error forms
20318 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20319 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20320 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20321 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20322 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20323 @tex
20324 \turnoffactive
20325 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20326 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20327 @end tex
20328 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20329 values divided by the count of the values.
20330
20331 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20332 error
20333 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20334 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20335 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20336 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20337 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20338 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20339 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20340 weight is completely negligible.)
20341
20342 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20343 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20344 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20345 and maximum values of the interval.
20346
20347 @kindex I u M
20348 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20349 @tindex vmeane
20350 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20351 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20352 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20353 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20354 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20355 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20356 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20357 @tex
20358 \turnoffactive
20359 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20360 @end tex
20361 If the inputs are plain
20362 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20363 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20364 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20365 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20366 deviation.)
20367 @tex
20368 \turnoffactive
20369 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20370 @end tex
20371
20372 @kindex H u M
20373 @pindex calc-vector-median
20374 @tindex vmedian
20375 @cindex Median of data values
20376 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20377 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20378 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20379 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20380 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20381 The median function is different from the other functions in
20382 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20383 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20384 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20385 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20386 ignored.
20387
20388 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20389 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20390 the same as the mean.
20391
20392 @kindex H I u M
20393 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20394 @tindex vhmean
20395 @cindex Harmonic mean
20396 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20397 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20398 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20399 of the values.
20400 @tex
20401 \turnoffactive
20402 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20403 @end tex
20404
20405 @kindex u G
20406 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20407 @tindex vgmean
20408 @cindex Geometric mean
20409 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20410 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20411 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20412 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20413 of the data values.
20414 @tex
20415 \turnoffactive
20416 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20417 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20418 @end tex
20419
20420 @kindex H u G
20421 @tindex agmean
20422 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20423 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20424 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20425 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20426 @tex
20427 \turnoffactive
20428 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20429 @end tex
20430
20431 @cindex Root-mean-square
20432 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20433 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20434
20435 @kindex u S
20436 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20437 @tindex vsdev
20438 @cindex Standard deviation
20439 @cindex Sample statistics
20440 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20441 computes the standard
20442 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20443 @infoline deviation
20444 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20445 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20446 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20447 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20448 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20449 @tex
20450 \turnoffactive
20451 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20452 @end tex
20453
20454 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20455 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20456 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20457 limits, divided by
20458 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20459 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20460 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20461 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20462
20463 @kindex I u S
20464 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20465 @tindex vpsdev
20466 @cindex Population statistics
20467 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20468 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20469 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20470 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20471 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20472 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20473 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20474 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20475 only an estimate of the true mean.
20476 @tex
20477 \turnoffactive
20478 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20479 @end tex
20480
20481 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20482 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20483 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20484
20485 @kindex H u S
20486 @kindex H I u S
20487 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20488 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20489 @tindex vvar
20490 @tindex vpvar
20491 @cindex Variance of data values
20492 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20493 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20494 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20495 is the
20496 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20497 @infoline square
20498 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20499 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20500 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20501
20502 @ignore
20503 @starindex
20504 @end ignore
20505 @tindex vflat
20506 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20507 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20508 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20509 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20510
20511 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20512 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20513
20514 @noindent
20515 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20516 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20517 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20518 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20519 the stack, which must be an
20520 @texline @math{N\times2}
20521 @infoline Nx2
20522 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20523 of actual vectors and matrices.
20524
20525 @kindex u C
20526 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20527 @tindex vcov
20528 @cindex Covariance
20529 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20530 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20531 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20532 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20533 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20534 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20535 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20536 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20537 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20538 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20539 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20540 input errors.
20541 @tex
20542 \turnoffactive
20543 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20544 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20545 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20546 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20547 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20548 $$
20549 @end tex
20550
20551 @kindex I u C
20552 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20553 @tindex vpcov
20554 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20555 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20556 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20557 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20558
20559 @kindex H u C
20560 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20561 @tindex vcorr
20562 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20563 @cindex Linear correlation
20564 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20565 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20566 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20567 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20568 between sample or population statistics here.)
20569 @tex
20570 \turnoffactive
20571 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20572 @end tex
20573
20574 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20575 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20576
20577 @noindent
20578 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20579 elements of vectors.
20580
20581 @kindex V A
20582 @pindex calc-apply
20583 @tindex apply
20584 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20585 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20586 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20587 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20588 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20589 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20590 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20591
20592 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20593 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20594
20595 @menu
20596 * Specifying Operators::
20597 * Mapping::
20598 * Reducing::
20599 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20600 * Generalized Products::
20601 @end menu
20602
20603 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20604 @subsection Specifying Operators
20605
20606 @noindent
20607 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20608 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20609 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20610 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20611 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20612 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20613 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20614 element as its argument.)
20615
20616 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20617 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20618 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20619 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20620 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20621 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20622 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20623 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20624 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20625 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20626 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20627 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20628 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20629 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20630 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20631
20632 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20633 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20634 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20635 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20636 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20637 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20638 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20639 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20640 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20641 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20642
20643 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20644 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20645 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20646 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20647 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20648 entry interacts with the stack.)
20649
20650 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20651 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20652 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20653 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20654 prompted for an argument list.
20655
20656 @cindex Nameless functions
20657 @cindex Generic functions
20658 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20659 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20660 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20661 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20662 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20663 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20664 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20665 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20666 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20667 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20668 can get it back later if you wish.
20669
20670 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20671 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20672 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20673 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20674 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20675
20676 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20677 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20678 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20679 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20680 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20681 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20682 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20683
20684 @cindex Lambda expressions
20685 @ignore
20686 @starindex
20687 @end ignore
20688 @tindex lambda
20689 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20690 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20691 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20692 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20693 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20694 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20695 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20696
20697 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20698 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20699 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20700 called.)
20701
20702 @tindex add
20703 @tindex sub
20704 @ignore
20705 @mindex @idots
20706 @end ignore
20707 @tindex mul
20708 @ignore
20709 @mindex @null
20710 @end ignore
20711 @tindex div
20712 @ignore
20713 @mindex @null
20714 @end ignore
20715 @tindex pow
20716 @ignore
20717 @mindex @null
20718 @end ignore
20719 @tindex neg
20720 @ignore
20721 @mindex @null
20722 @end ignore
20723 @tindex mod
20724 @ignore
20725 @mindex @null
20726 @end ignore
20727 @tindex vconcat
20728 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20729 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20730 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20731 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20732 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20733 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20734 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20735 @code{vconcat}.
20736
20737 @ignore
20738 @starindex
20739 @end ignore
20740 @tindex call
20741 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20742 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20743 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20744 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20745 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20746 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20747
20748 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20749 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20750 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20751 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20752 about it.)
20753
20754 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20755 @subsection Mapping
20756
20757 @noindent
20758 @kindex V M
20759 @pindex calc-map
20760 @tindex map
20761 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20762 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20763 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20764 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20765 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20766 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20767 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20768 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20769 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20770 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20771 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20772 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20773
20774 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20775 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20776 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20777 produce another
20778 @texline @math{3\times2}
20779 @infoline 3x2
20780 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20781
20782 @tindex mapr
20783 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20784 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20785 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20786 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20787 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20788 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20789 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20790 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20791 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20792
20793 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20794 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20795 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20796 their individual elements.
20797
20798 @tindex mapc
20799 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20800 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20801 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20802 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20803 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20804 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20805
20806 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20807 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20808 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20809 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20810
20811 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20812 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20813 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20814 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20815 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20816 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20817
20818 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20819 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20820 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20821 column.
20822
20823 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20824 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20825 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20826 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20827 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20828 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20829 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20830 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20831 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20832 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20833
20834 @tindex mapa
20835 @tindex mapd
20836 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20837 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20838 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20839 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20840 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20841 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20842 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20843 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20844
20845 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20846 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20847 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20848 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20849
20850 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20851 @subsection Reducing
20852
20853 @noindent
20854 @kindex V R
20855 @pindex calc-reduce
20856 @tindex reduce
20857 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20858 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20859 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20860 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20861 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20862 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20863 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20864 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20865
20866 @kindex I V R
20867 @tindex rreduce
20868 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20869 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20870 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20871 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20872 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20873 in power series expansions.
20874
20875 @kindex V U
20876 @tindex accum
20877 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20878 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20879 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20880 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20881 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20882 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20883
20884 @kindex I V U
20885 @tindex raccum
20886 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20887 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20888 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20889
20890 @tindex reducea
20891 @tindex rreducea
20892 @tindex reduced
20893 @tindex rreduced
20894 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20895 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20896 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20897 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20898 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20899 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20900 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20901 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
20902 b + e, c + f]}.
20903
20904 @tindex reducer
20905 @tindex rreducer
20906 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
20907 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
20908 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
20909 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
20910 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
20911 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
20912 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
20913
20914 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
20915 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
20916
20917 @tindex reducec
20918 @tindex rreducec
20919 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
20920 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
20921
20922 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
20923 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
20924 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
20925 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
20926
20927 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
20928 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
20929
20930 @noindent
20931 @kindex H V R
20932 @tindex nest
20933 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
20934 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
20935 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
20936 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
20937 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
20938 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
20939 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
20940
20941 @kindex H V U
20942 @tindex anest
20943 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
20944 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
20945 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
20946 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
20947 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
20948
20949 @kindex H I V R
20950 @tindex fixp
20951 @cindex Fixed points
20952 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
20953 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
20954 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
20955 no longer changes.
20956
20957 @kindex H I V U
20958 @tindex afixp
20959 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
20960 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
20961 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
20962 by @code{fixp}.
20963
20964 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
20965 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
20966 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
20967 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
20968 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
20969 to converge to 0.739085.)
20970
20971 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
20972 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
20973 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
20974 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
20975 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
20976 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
20977 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
20978
20979 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
20980 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
20981 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
20982 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
20983 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
20984 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
20985 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
20986 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
20987
20988 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
20989 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
20990 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
20991 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
20992 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
20993 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
20994 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
20995 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
20996 exactly equal.)
20997
20998 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
20999 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21000 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21001 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21002
21003 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21004 @subsection Generalized Products
21005
21006 @kindex V O
21007 @pindex calc-outer-product
21008 @tindex outer
21009 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21010 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21011 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21012 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21013 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21014 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21015 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21016
21017 @kindex V I
21018 @pindex calc-inner-product
21019 @tindex inner
21020 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21021 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21022 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21023 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21024 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21025 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21026 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21027 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21028 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21029 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21030 generalized dot product.
21031
21032 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21033 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21034 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21035 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21036 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21037
21038 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21039 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21040
21041 @noindent
21042 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21043 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21044 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21045 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21046 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21047 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21048
21049 @kindex V <
21050 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21051 @kindex V =
21052 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21053 @kindex V >
21054 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21055 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21056 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21057 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21058 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21059
21060 @kindex V [
21061 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21062 @kindex V @{
21063 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21064 @kindex V (
21065 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21066 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21067 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21068 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21069 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21070 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21071 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21072 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21073 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21074 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21075 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21076
21077 @kindex V ]
21078 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21079 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21080 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
21081 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
21082 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
21083 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
21084 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
21085 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
21086 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
21087
21088 @example
21089 @group
21090 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21091 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21092 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21093
21094 RO ROC
21095
21096 @end group
21097 @end example
21098 @noindent
21099 @example
21100 @group
21101 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21102 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21103 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21104
21105 O OC
21106
21107 @end group
21108 @end example
21109 @noindent
21110 @example
21111 @group
21112 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21113 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21114 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21115
21116 R @r{blank}
21117 @end group
21118 @end example
21119
21120 @noindent
21121 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21122 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21123 the others are useful for display only.
21124
21125 @kindex V ,
21126 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21127 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21128 off in vector and matrix display.
21129
21130 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21131 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21132 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21133 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21134 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21135 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21136 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21137 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21138 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21139
21140 @kindex V .
21141 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21142 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21143 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21144 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21145 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21146 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21147 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21148 improve Calc's display speed.
21149
21150 @kindex t .
21151 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21152 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21153 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21154 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21155 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21156 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21157 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21158 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21159 that involve the trail.
21160
21161 @kindex V /
21162 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21163 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21164 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21165 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21166 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21167 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21168 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21169
21170 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21171 @chapter Algebra
21172
21173 @noindent
21174 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21175 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21176 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21177 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21178 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21179 is discussed.
21180
21181 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21182 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21183 for anything else'') prefix.
21184
21185 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21186 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21187
21188 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21189 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21190 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21191 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21192 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21193 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21194 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21195
21196 @menu
21197 * Selecting Subformulas::
21198 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21199 * Simplifying Formulas::
21200 * Polynomials::
21201 * Calculus::
21202 * Solving Equations::
21203 * Numerical Solutions::
21204 * Curve Fitting::
21205 * Summations::
21206 * Logical Operations::
21207 * Rewrite Rules::
21208 @end menu
21209
21210 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21211 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21212
21213 @noindent
21214 @cindex Selections
21215 @cindex Sub-formulas
21216 @cindex Parts of formulas
21217 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21218 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21219 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21220 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21221 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21222 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21223
21224 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21225 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21226 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21227
21228 @menu
21229 * Making Selections::
21230 * Changing Selections::
21231 * Displaying Selections::
21232 * Operating on Selections::
21233 * Rearranging with Selections::
21234 @end menu
21235
21236 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21237 @subsection Making Selections
21238
21239 @noindent
21240 @kindex j s
21241 @pindex calc-select-here
21242 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21243 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21244 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21245 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21246 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21247 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21248 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21249
21250 @smallexample
21251 @group
21252 3 ___
21253 (a + b) + V c
21254 1: ---------------
21255 2 x + 1
21256 @end group
21257 @end smallexample
21258
21259 @noindent
21260 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21261 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21262 to
21263
21264 @smallexample
21265 @group
21266 . ...
21267 .. . b. . . .
21268 1* ...............
21269 . . . .
21270 @end group
21271 @end smallexample
21272
21273 @noindent
21274 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21275 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21276 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21277 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21278 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21279 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21280
21281 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21282 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21283
21284 @smallexample
21285 @group
21286 . ...
21287 (a + b) . . .
21288 1* ...............
21289 . . . .
21290 @end group
21291 @end smallexample
21292
21293 @noindent
21294 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21295 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21296 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21297 would have had the same effect.
21298
21299 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21300 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21301 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21302 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21303
21304 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21305 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21306 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21307 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21308 and so on.
21309
21310 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21311 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21312
21313 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21314 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21315 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21316 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21317 cursor on any stack entry.
21318
21319 @kindex j a
21320 @pindex calc-select-additional
21321 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21322 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21323 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21324 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21325 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21326 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21327
21328 @kindex j o
21329 @pindex calc-select-once
21330 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21331 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21332 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21333 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21334 by the cursor.
21335
21336 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21337 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21338 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21339 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21340
21341 @kindex j S
21342 @kindex j O
21343 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21344 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21345 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21346 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21347 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21348 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21349 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21350 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21351 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21352 commands.
21353
21354 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21355 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21356 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21357 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21358 entire four-term sum.
21359
21360 @kindex j b
21361 @pindex calc-break-selections
21362 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21363 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21364 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}
21365 and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain obscure reasons, Calc
21366 treats multiplication as right-associative.) Once you have enabled
21367 @kbd{j b} mode, selecting with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would
21368 only select the @samp{a + b - c} portion, which makes sense when the
21369 deep structure of the sum is considered. There is no way to select
21370 the @samp{b - c + d} portion; although this might initially look
21371 like just as legitimate a sub-formula as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep
21372 structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d U} command can be used
21373 to view the deep structure of any formula (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21374
21375 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21376 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21377 you get.
21378
21379 @kindex j u
21380 @pindex calc-unselect
21381 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21382 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21383 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21384 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21385 position.
21386
21387 @kindex j c
21388 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21389 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21390 stack elements.
21391
21392 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21393 @subsection Changing Selections
21394
21395 @noindent
21396 @kindex j m
21397 @pindex calc-select-more
21398 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21399 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21400 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21401
21402 @smallexample
21403 @group
21404 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21405 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21406 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21407 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21408 @end group
21409 @end smallexample
21410
21411 @noindent
21412 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21413 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21414 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21415
21416 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21417 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21418 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21419 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21420 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21421
21422 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21423 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21424 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21425 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21426
21427 @kindex j l
21428 @pindex calc-select-less
21429 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21430 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21431 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21432 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21433 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21434
21435 @kindex j 1-9
21436 @pindex calc-select-part
21437 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21438 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21439 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21440 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21441 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21442 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21443 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21444 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21445
21446 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21447 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21448 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21449 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21450 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21451
21452 @kindex j n
21453 @kindex j p
21454 @pindex calc-select-next
21455 @pindex calc-select-previous
21456 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21457 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21458 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21459 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21460 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21461 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21462 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21463 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21464 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21465 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21466
21467 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21468 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21469 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21470
21471 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21472 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21473 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21474 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21475 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21476 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21477 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21478 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21479 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21480
21481 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21482 @subsection Displaying Selections
21483
21484 @noindent
21485 @kindex j d
21486 @pindex calc-show-selections
21487 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21488 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21489 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21490 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21491 by @samp{#} signs:
21492
21493 @smallexample
21494 @group
21495 3 ... # ___
21496 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21497 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21498 . . . . 2 x + 1
21499 @end group
21500 @end smallexample
21501
21502 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21503 @subsection Operating on Selections
21504
21505 @noindent
21506 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21507 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21508 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21509 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21510 given stack element.)
21511
21512 @kindex j e
21513 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21514 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21515 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21516 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21517 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21518 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21519 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21520
21521 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21522 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21523 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21524 element.
21525
21526 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21527 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21528 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21529 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21530 portion to the top of the stack.
21531
21532 @smallexample
21533 @group
21534 3 ... ... ___
21535 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21536 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21537 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21538
21539 3 3
21540 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21541 @end group
21542 @end smallexample
21543
21544 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21545 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21546 the complete, edited formula.
21547
21548 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21549 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21550
21551 @kindex j '
21552 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21553 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21554 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21555 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21556 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21557 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21558 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21559 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21560 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21561 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21562
21563 @kindex j `
21564 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21565 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21566 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21567 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21568 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21569
21570 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21571 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21572 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21573 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21574
21575 @smallexample
21576 @group
21577 ###
21578 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21579 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21580 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21581 @end group
21582 @end smallexample
21583
21584 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21585 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21586 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21587 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21588 and resimplifies.
21589
21590 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21591 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21592 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21593
21594 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21595 @pindex calc-del-selection
21596 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21597 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21598 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21599 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21600 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21601
21602 @kindex j @key{RET}
21603 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21604 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21605 command.)
21606
21607 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21608 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21609 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21610 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21611
21612 @smallexample
21613 @group
21614 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21615 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21616 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21617 V 4 - 2 x
21618 @end group
21619 @end smallexample
21620
21621 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21622 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21623 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21624 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21625 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21626 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21627 the command will abort with an error message.
21628
21629 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21630 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21631 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21632 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21633
21634 @smallexample
21635 @group
21636 .. . .. .
21637 1* .......... 1* ...........
21638 ......... ..........
21639 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21640 @end group
21641 @end smallexample
21642
21643 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21644 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21645 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21646 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21647 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21648 to be simplified.
21649
21650 @smallexample
21651 @group
21652 17 y 17 y
21653 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21654 __________ _________
21655 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21656 @end group
21657 @end smallexample
21658
21659 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21660 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21661
21662 @noindent
21663 @kindex j R
21664 @pindex calc-commute-right
21665 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21666 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21667 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21668 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21669
21670 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21671 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21672 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21673 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21674
21675 @smallexample
21676 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21677 @end smallexample
21678
21679 @noindent
21680 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21681 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21682 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21683 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21684
21685 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21686 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21687 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21688 course be drastically changed.
21689
21690 @smallexample
21691 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21692
21693 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21694 @end smallexample
21695
21696 @kindex j L
21697 @pindex calc-commute-left
21698 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21699 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21700
21701 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21702 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21703 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21704 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21705 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21706
21707 @kindex j D
21708 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21709 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21710 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21711 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21712 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21713 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21714 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21715 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21716 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21717
21718 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21719 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21720 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21721 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21722 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21723 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21724
21725 @vindex DistribRules
21726 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21727 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21728 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21729 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21730 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21731 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21732 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21733
21734 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21735 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21736 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21737 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21738
21739 @kindex j M
21740 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21741 @vindex MergeRules
21742 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21743 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21744 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21745 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21746 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21747 the relevant rules.
21748
21749 @kindex j C
21750 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21751 @vindex CommuteRules
21752 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21753 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21754 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21755 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21756 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21757 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21758 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21759 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21760 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21761
21762 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21763 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21764 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21765 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21766 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21767 manipulations described in this section.
21768
21769 @kindex j N
21770 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21771 @vindex NegateRules
21772 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21773 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21774 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21775 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21776 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21777 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21778 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21779 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21780
21781 @kindex j &
21782 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21783 @vindex InvertRules
21784 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21785 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21786 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21787 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21788
21789 @kindex j E
21790 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21791 @vindex JumpRules
21792 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21793 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21794 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21795 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21796 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21797 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21798
21799 @kindex j I
21800 @kindex H j I
21801 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21802 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21803 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21804 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21805 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21806 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21807 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21808 as well as equations.
21809
21810 @kindex j *
21811 @kindex j /
21812 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21813 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21814 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21815 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21816 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21817 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21818 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21819 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21820 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21821 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21822
21823 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21824 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21825 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21826 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21827 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21828 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21829 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21830 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21831 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21832 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21833 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21834 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21835 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21836 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21837
21838 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21839 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21840 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21841 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21842 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21843 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21844 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21845 message.
21846
21847 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21848 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21849 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21850 back by the formula.
21851
21852 @kindex j +
21853 @kindex j -
21854 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21855 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21856 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21857 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21858 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21859 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21860 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21861 results.
21862
21863 @kindex j U
21864 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21865 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21866 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21867 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21868 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21869 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21870 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21871
21872 @kindex j v
21873 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21874 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21875 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21876 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21877 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21878 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21879 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21880 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21881
21882 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21883 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21884 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21885 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21886 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21887 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21888 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21889 sub-formula.
21890
21891 @kindex j "
21892 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21893 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21894 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21895
21896 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21897 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21898
21899 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21900 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21901
21902 @noindent
21903 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
21904 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
21905 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
21906 formula).
21907
21908 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
21909 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
21910 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
21911 from the second-to-top stack level.
21912
21913 @kindex a v
21914 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
21915 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
21916 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
21917 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
21918 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
21919 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
21920 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
21921
21922 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
21923 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
21924 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
21925
21926 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
21927 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
21928 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
21929 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
21930
21931 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
21932 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
21933 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
21934 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
21935 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
21936 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
21937 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
21938 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
21939 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
21940
21941 @tindex evalv
21942 @tindex evalvn
21943 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
21944 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
21945 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
21946 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
21947 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
21948 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
21949 it as a temporary different working precision.)
21950
21951 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
21952 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
21953 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
21954 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
21955 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
21956 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
21957 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
21958 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
21959 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
21960 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
21961 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
21962 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
21963
21964 @kindex a "
21965 @pindex calc-expand-formula
21966 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
21967 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
21968 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
21969 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
21970 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
21971 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
21972 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
21973 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
21974 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
21975 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
21976 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
21977 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
21978 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
21979 top-level function call.
21980
21981 @kindex a M
21982 @pindex calc-map-equation
21983 @tindex mapeq
21984 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
21985 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
21986 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
21987 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
21988 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
21989 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
21990 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
21991 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
21992 respective sides of a new equation.
21993
21994 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
21995 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
21996 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
21997 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
21998 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
21999 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22000 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22001 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22002 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22003 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22004
22005 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22006 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22007 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22008 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22009 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22010
22011 @kindex H a M
22012 @tindex mapeqp
22013 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22014 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22015 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22016 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22017 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22018
22019 @kindex I a M
22020 @tindex mapeqr
22021 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22022 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22023 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22024 working with small positive angles.
22025
22026 @kindex a b
22027 @pindex calc-substitute
22028 @tindex subst
22029 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22030 all occurrences
22031 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22032 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22033 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22034 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22035 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22036 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22037 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22038 doing substitutions.
22039
22040 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22041 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22042 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22043 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22044 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22045 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22046 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22047
22048 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22049 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22050 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22051 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22052 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22053 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22054 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22055 these limitations.
22056
22057 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22058 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22059 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22060 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22061 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22062
22063 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22064 @section Simplifying Formulas
22065
22066 @noindent
22067 @kindex a s
22068 @pindex calc-simplify
22069 @tindex simplify
22070 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22071 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22072 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22073 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22074 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22075 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22076 simplified to @samp{x}.
22077
22078 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22079 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22080 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22081 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22082 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22083 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22084 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22085 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22086
22087 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22088 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22089 simplifications'' occur.
22090
22091 @menu
22092 * Default Simplifications::
22093 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22094 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22095 * Simplification of Units::
22096 @end menu
22097
22098 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22099 @subsection Default Simplifications
22100
22101 @noindent
22102 @cindex Default simplifications
22103 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22104 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22105 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22106 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22107
22108 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22109 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22110 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22111 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22112 back on.
22113
22114 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22115 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22116 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22117 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22118 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22119 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22120 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22121 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22122
22123 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22124 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22125 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22126 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22127 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22128 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22129 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22130 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22131
22132 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22133 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22134 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22135 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22136 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22137 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22138 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22139
22140 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22141 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22142 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22143 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22144 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22145
22146 @tex
22147 \bigskip
22148 @end tex
22149
22150 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22151 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22152 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22153 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22154
22155 @tex
22156 \bigskip
22157 @end tex
22158
22159 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22160
22161 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22162 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22163 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22164 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22165 a right-associative form for products, @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}.
22166 Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are rearranged to
22167 left-associative form, though this rarely matters since Calc's
22168 algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of
22169 sums and products as much as possible. Sums and products in
22170 their proper associative form will be written without parentheses
22171 in the examples below.
22172
22173 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22174 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22175 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22176 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22177 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22178 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22179 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22180 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22181 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22182 Simplifications}.
22183
22184 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22185 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22186 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22187 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22188 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22189 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22190 negative-looking.
22191
22192 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22193 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22194 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22195 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22196 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22197 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22198 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22199 simplifications.)
22200
22201 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22202 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22203 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22204 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22205 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22206 using the distributive law.
22207
22208 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22209 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22210 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22211 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22212 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22213 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22214 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22215 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22216
22217 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22218 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22219 to @expr{-a}.
22220
22221 @tex
22222 \bigskip
22223 @end tex
22224
22225 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22226 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22227 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22228 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22229 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22230 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22231
22232 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22233 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22234 numbers.
22235
22236 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22237 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22238
22239 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22240 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22241 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22242 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22243 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22244
22245 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22246 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22247 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22248 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22249 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22250 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22251 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22252 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22253 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22254 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22255
22256 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22257 power is changed to use division:
22258 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22259 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22260 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22261 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22262 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22263
22264 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22265 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22266
22267 @tex
22268 \bigskip
22269 @end tex
22270
22271 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22272 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22273 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22274 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22275 respectively.
22276
22277 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22278 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22279 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22280
22281 The expression
22282 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22283 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22284 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22285 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22286 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22287 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22288 for any power @expr{c}.
22289
22290 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22291 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22292 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22293 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22294 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22295
22296 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22297 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22298 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22299 described for multiplication.
22300
22301 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22302 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22303 is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22304 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22305 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22306
22307 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22308 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22309 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22310
22311 @tex
22312 \bigskip
22313 @end tex
22314
22315 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22316 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22317 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22318 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22319 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22320 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22321
22322 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22323 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22324 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22325 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22326 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22327 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22328 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22329 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22330 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22331 (In other words,
22332 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22333 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22334 is safe to simplify, but
22335 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22336 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22337 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22338 variables satisfy these requirements.
22339
22340 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22341 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22342 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22343 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22344
22345 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22346 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22347 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22348
22349 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22350 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22351 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22352
22353 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22354 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22355 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22356 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22357
22358 Also, note that
22359 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22360 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22361 is changed to
22362 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22363 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22364 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22365
22366 @tex
22367 \bigskip
22368 @end tex
22369
22370 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22371 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22372 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22373 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22374 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22375 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22376 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22377 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22378 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22379 @expr{n} is an integer.
22380
22381 @tex
22382 \bigskip
22383 @end tex
22384
22385 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22386 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22387 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22388 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22389 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22390 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22391
22392 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22393 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22394 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22395 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22396 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22397
22398 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22399 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22400 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22401
22402 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22403 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22404 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22405 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22406 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22407 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22408 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22409
22410 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22411 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22412 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22413 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22414 these functions, though.
22415
22416 One important simplification that does occur is that
22417 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22418 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22419 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22420 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22421
22422 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22423 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22424 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22425 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22426 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22427 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22428
22429 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22430 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22431 suitable numbers.
22432
22433 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22434 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22435
22436 @noindent
22437 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22438 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22439 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22440 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22441 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22442
22443 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22444 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22445 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22446 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22447 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22448
22449 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22450 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22451 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22452 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22453 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22454 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22455 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22456 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22457 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22458
22459 @tex
22460 \bigskip
22461 @end tex
22462
22463 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22464 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22465 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22466 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22467 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22468
22469 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22470 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22471 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22472 non-adjacent ones.
22473
22474 @tex
22475 \bigskip
22476 @end tex
22477
22478 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22479 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22480 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22481 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22482 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22483 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22484 of identical terms.
22485
22486 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22487 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22488 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22489 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22490
22491 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22492 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22493 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22494
22495 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22496 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22497 use for adjacent terms of products.
22498
22499 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22500 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22501 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22502 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22503 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22504 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22505 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22506
22507 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22508 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22509 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22510 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22511 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22512
22513 @tex
22514 \bigskip
22515 @end tex
22516
22517 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22518 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22519 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22520 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22521 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22522 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22523 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22524 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22525
22526 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22527 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22528 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22529 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22530
22531 @tex
22532 \bigskip
22533 @end tex
22534
22535 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22536 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22537 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22538 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22539 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22540 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22541 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22542 user might not have been thinking of.
22543
22544 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22545 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22546 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22547 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22548 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22549 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22550 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22551 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22552 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22553
22554 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22555 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22556 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22557 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22558
22559 @tex
22560 \bigskip
22561 @end tex
22562
22563 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22564 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22565 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22566 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22567 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22568
22569 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22570 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22571 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22572 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22573 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22574 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22575 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22576
22577 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22578 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22579 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22580 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22581 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22582 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22583 declared to be an integer.
22584
22585 @tex
22586 \bigskip
22587 @end tex
22588
22589 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22590 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22591 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22592 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22593 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22594 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22595 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22596 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22597
22598 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22599 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22600 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22601 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22602 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22603 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22604
22605 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22606 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22607 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22608 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22609
22610 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22611 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22612 hyperbolic functions.
22613
22614 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22615 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22616 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22617 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22618 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22619 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22620 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22621 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22622 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22623
22624 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22625 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22626 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22627 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22628 and
22629 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22630 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22631 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22632 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22633 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22634 is a suitable multiple of
22635 @texline @math{\pi i}
22636 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22637 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22638 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22639 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22640 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22641 negative imaginary.
22642
22643 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22644 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22645 function.
22646
22647 @tex
22648 \bigskip
22649 @end tex
22650
22651 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22652 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22653 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22654 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22655 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22656 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22657 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22658 sign is known.
22659
22660 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22661 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22662 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22663 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22664 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22665 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22666 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22667
22668 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22669 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22670
22671 @noindent
22672 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22673 @cindex Extended simplification
22674 @kindex a e
22675 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22676 @ignore
22677 @mindex esimpl@idots
22678 @end ignore
22679 @tindex esimplify
22680 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22681 is like @kbd{a s}
22682 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22683 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22684 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22685 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22686 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22687 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22688 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22689 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22690
22691 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22692 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22693 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22694 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22695 to any specific part of a formula.
22696
22697 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22698 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22699 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22700 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22701
22702 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22703 by @kbd{a e}.
22704
22705 @tex
22706 \bigskip
22707 @end tex
22708
22709 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22710 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22711 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22712 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
22713 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
22714 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22715 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22716 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22717 functions always produce.
22718
22719 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
22720 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
22721 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
22722 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
22723 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
22724 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
22725 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
22726 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
22727 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22728
22729 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22730 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
22731 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
22732 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
22733
22734 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22735 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22736 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22737
22738 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22739 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22740 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
22741 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22742
22743 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
22744 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
22745 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
22746 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
22747
22748 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22749 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
22750 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22751 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22752 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
22753 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
22754 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22755 both sides of an inequality.
22756
22757 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22758 @subsection Simplification of Units
22759
22760 @noindent
22761 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22762 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22763 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22764 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22765
22766 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22767 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22768 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22769
22770 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22771 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22772
22773 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22774 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22775 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
22776 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22777 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22778 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
22779
22780 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22781 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22782 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22783
22784 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22785 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22786 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22787 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22788 are not combined in this way.
22789
22790 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22791 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22792 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22793
22794 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22795 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22796 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22797 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22798 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
22799
22800 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22801 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22802 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22803
22804 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22805 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
22806 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
22807 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22808 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22809 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
22810 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
22811 real.)
22812
22813 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22814 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22815 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22816 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22817 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22818 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22819 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22820 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22821 replaced by approximately
22822 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
22823 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
22824 which is then changed to
22825 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
22826 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
22827 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
22828
22829 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22830 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22831 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22832 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22833 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22834 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22835
22836 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22837 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22838 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22839 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22840
22841 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22842 @section Polynomials
22843
22844 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22845 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22846 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22847 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22848 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22849 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22850 involving the base variable.
22851
22852 @kindex a f
22853 @pindex calc-factor
22854 @tindex factor
22855 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22856 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22857 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22858 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22859 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22860
22861 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22862 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22863 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22864 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22865 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22866 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22867 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22868 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22869 rewrite mechanism.
22870
22871 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22872 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22873 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22874 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22875 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22876 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22877 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22878 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22879 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22880 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22881 version of Calc.)
22882
22883 @vindex FactorRules
22884 @ignore
22885 @starindex
22886 @end ignore
22887 @tindex thecoefs
22888 @ignore
22889 @starindex
22890 @end ignore
22891 @ignore
22892 @mindex @idots
22893 @end ignore
22894 @tindex thefactors
22895 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22896 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22897 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22898 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22899 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22900 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22901 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22902 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
22903 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
22904 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
22905 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
22906 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
22907 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
22908 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
22909 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
22910 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
22911 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
22912 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
22913
22914 @kindex H a f
22915 @tindex factors
22916 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
22917 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
22918 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
22919 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
22920 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
22921 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
22922 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
22923 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
22924 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
22925 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
22926 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
22927
22928 @kindex a c
22929 @pindex calc-collect
22930 @tindex collect
22931 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
22932 formula as a
22933 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
22934 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
22935 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
22936 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
22937 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
22938 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
22939 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
22940 not be expanded.
22941
22942 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
22943 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
22944 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
22945 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
22946 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
22947
22948 @kindex a x
22949 @pindex calc-expand
22950 @tindex expand
22951 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
22952 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
22953 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
22954 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
22955 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
22956 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
22957
22958 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
22959 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
22960 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
22961 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
22962 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
22963 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
22964 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
22965 do not do.)
22966
22967 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
22968 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
22969 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
22970 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
22971 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
22972 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
22973 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
22974 the way in one step.
22975
22976 @kindex a a
22977 @pindex calc-apart
22978 @tindex apart
22979 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
22980 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
22981 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
22982 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
22983 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
22984 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
22985 chooses the base variable automatically.
22986
22987 @kindex a n
22988 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
22989 @tindex nrat
22990 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
22991 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
22992 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
22993 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
22994 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
22995 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
22996
22997 @kindex a \
22998 @pindex calc-poly-div
22999 @tindex pdiv
23000 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23001 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23002 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23003 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23004 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23005 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23006 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23007 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23008 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23009
23010 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23011 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23012 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23013 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23014 above.
23015
23016 @kindex a %
23017 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23018 @tindex prem
23019 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23020 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23021 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23022 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23023 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23024 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23025
23026 @kindex a /
23027 @kindex H a /
23028 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23029 @tindex pdivrem
23030 @tindex pdivide
23031 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23032 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23033 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23034 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23035 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23036 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23037
23038 @kindex a g
23039 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23040 @tindex pgcd
23041 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23042 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23043 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23044 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23045 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23046 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23047 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23048 leaving a remainder.)
23049
23050 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23051 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23052 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23053 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23054 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23055 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23056 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23057
23058 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23059 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23060 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23061
23062 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23063 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23064
23065 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23066 @section Calculus
23067
23068 @noindent
23069 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23070 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23071 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23072 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23073 readable way.
23074
23075 @menu
23076 * Differentiation::
23077 * Integration::
23078 * Customizing the Integrator::
23079 * Numerical Integration::
23080 * Taylor Series::
23081 @end menu
23082
23083 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23084 @subsection Differentiation
23085
23086 @noindent
23087 @kindex a d
23088 @kindex H a d
23089 @pindex calc-derivative
23090 @tindex deriv
23091 @tindex tderiv
23092 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23093 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23094 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23095 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23096 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23097 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23098 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23099 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23100 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23101 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23102 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23103
23104 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23105 @var{n}th derivative.
23106
23107 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23108 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23109 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23110 answer!
23111
23112 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23113 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23114 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23115 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23116 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23117
23118 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23119 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23120 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23121 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23122 derivative of @code{f}.
23123
23124 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23125 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23126 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23127 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23128 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23129 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23130 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23131 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23132
23133 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23134 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23135 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23136 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23137 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23138 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23139 argument once).
23140
23141 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23142 @subsection Integration
23143
23144 @noindent
23145 @kindex a i
23146 @pindex calc-integral
23147 @tindex integ
23148 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23149 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23150 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23151 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23152 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23153 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23154 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23155 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23156 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23157 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23158 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23159 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23160 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23161 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23162
23163 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23164 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23165 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23166 lower limit and an upper limit.
23167
23168 @ifnottex
23169 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23170 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23171 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23172 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23173 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23174 @end ifnottex
23175 @tex
23176 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23177 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23178 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23179 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23180 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23181 @end tex
23182
23183 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23184 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23185 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23186 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23187 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23188 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23189 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23190 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23191 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23192 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23193 Calc's solution for
23194 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23195 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23196 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23197 constant factor of
23198 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23199 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23200 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23201
23202 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23203 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23204 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23205 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23206 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23207
23208 @vindex IntegLimit
23209 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23210 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23211 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23212 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23213 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23214 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23215 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23216 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23217 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23218 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23219 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23220 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23221
23222 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23223 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23224 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23225 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23226 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23227
23228 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23229 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23230
23231 @noindent
23232 @vindex IntegRules
23233 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23234 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23235 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23236 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23237 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23238 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23239 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23240 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23241 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23242 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23243 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23244 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23245 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23246 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23247 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23248 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23249
23250 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23251 @ignore
23252 @starindex
23253 @end ignore
23254 @tindex Ei
23255 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23256 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23257 integral'' function
23258 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23259 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23260 was invented to describe it.
23261 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23262 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23263 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23264 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23265 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23266 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23267 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23268 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23269 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23270
23271 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23272 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23273 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23274 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23275 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23276 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23277 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23278 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23279 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23280 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23281 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23282 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23283 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23284
23285 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23286 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23287 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23288 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23289 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23290 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23291 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23292 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23293 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23294 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23295 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23296 it need not be.
23297
23298 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23299 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23300 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23301 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23302 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23303 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23304 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23305 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23306 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23307 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23308 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23309 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23310 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23311 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23312
23313 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23314 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23315 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23316 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23317 forever!)
23318
23319 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23320 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23321 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23322 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23323 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23324 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23325
23326 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23327 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23328 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23329 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23330 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23331 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23332 do this.)
23333
23334 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23335 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23336 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23337 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23338 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23339 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23340 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23341 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23342 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23343 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23344 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23345 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23346 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23347 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23348 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23349 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23350 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23351 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23352
23353 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23354 @subsection Numerical Integration
23355
23356 @noindent
23357 @kindex a I
23358 @pindex calc-num-integral
23359 @tindex ninteg
23360 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23361 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23362 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23363 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23364 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23365 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23366
23367 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23368 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23369 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23370 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23371 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23372 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23373 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23374 determine the value of the integral.
23375
23376 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23377 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23378 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23379 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23380 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23381 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23382
23383 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23384 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23385 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23386 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23387 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23388 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23389 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23390
23391 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23392 @subsection Taylor Series
23393
23394 @noindent
23395 @kindex a t
23396 @pindex calc-taylor
23397 @tindex taylor
23398 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23399 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23400 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23401 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23402 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23403 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23404 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23405 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23406 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23407
23408 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23409 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23410 Taylor series.
23411
23412 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23413 @section Solving Equations
23414
23415 @noindent
23416 @kindex a S
23417 @pindex calc-solve-for
23418 @tindex solve
23419 @cindex Equations, solving
23420 @cindex Solving equations
23421 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23422 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23423 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23424 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23425 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23426 form @expr{X = 0}.
23427
23428 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23429 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23430 be; for example, solving
23431 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23432 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23433 for @expr{b} is impossible
23434 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23435 produce the result
23436 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23437 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23438 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23439 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23440 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23441 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23442 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23443 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23444
23445 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23446 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23447 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23448 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23449
23450 @menu
23451 * Multiple Solutions::
23452 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23453 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23454 @end menu
23455
23456 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23457 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23458
23459 @noindent
23460 @kindex H a S
23461 @tindex fsolve
23462 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23463 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23464 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23465 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23466 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23467 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23468 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23469 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23470 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23471 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23472 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23473 of these variables.
23474
23475 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23476 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23477 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23478 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23479 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23480 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23481 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23482 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23483
23484 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23485 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23486 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23487 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23488 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23489 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23490 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23491 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23492
23493 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23494 @vindex GenCount
23495 @ignore
23496 @starindex
23497 @end ignore
23498 @tindex an
23499 @ignore
23500 @starindex
23501 @end ignore
23502 @tindex as
23503 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23504 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23505 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23506 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23507 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23508 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23509 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23510 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23511 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23512 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23513 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23514 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23515 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23516 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23517
23518 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23519 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23520
23521 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23522 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23523 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23524
23525 @kindex I a S
23526 @kindex H I a S
23527 @tindex finv
23528 @tindex ffinv
23529 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23530 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23531 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23532 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23533 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23534 fully general inverse, as described above.
23535
23536 @kindex a P
23537 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23538 @tindex roots
23539 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23540 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23541 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23542 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23543 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23544 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23545 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23546 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23547 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23548 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23549 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23550 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23551 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23552
23553 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23554 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23555 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23556 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23557 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23558 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23559 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23560 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23561 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23562 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23563 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23564 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23565 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23566 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23567 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23568 are all numbers (real or complex).
23569
23570 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23571 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23572
23573 @noindent
23574 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23575 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23576 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23577 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23578 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23579 at the prompt.)
23580
23581 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23582 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23583 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23584 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23585 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23586 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23587 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23588 command.
23589
23590 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23591 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23592 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23593 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23594 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23595 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23596 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23597 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23598 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23599 nonlinear systems.
23600
23601 @ignore
23602 @starindex
23603 @end ignore
23604 @tindex elim
23605 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23606 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23607 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23608 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23609 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23610 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23611 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23612 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23613 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23614 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23615 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23616 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23617
23618 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23619 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23620 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23621 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23622 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23623 by one.
23624
23625 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23626 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23627 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23628 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23629 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23630 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23631 variables you requested.)
23632
23633 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23634 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23635 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23636
23637 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23638 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23639
23640 @noindent
23641 @ignore
23642 @starindex
23643 @end ignore
23644 @tindex poly
23645 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23646 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23647 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23648 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23649 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23650 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23651 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23652 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23653 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23654 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23655 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23656 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23657
23658 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23659 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23660 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23661 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23662 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23663 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23664 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23665
23666 @ignore
23667 @starindex
23668 @end ignore
23669 @tindex gpoly
23670 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23671 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23672 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23673 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23674 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23675 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23676 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23677 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23678 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23679 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23680 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23681 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23682 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23683 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23684 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23685 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23686 is considered trivial.
23687
23688 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23689 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23690
23691 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23692 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23693 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23694 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23695 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23696
23697 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23698 discover:
23699
23700 @smallexample
23701 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23702 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23703 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23704 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23705 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23706 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23707 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23708 @end smallexample
23709
23710 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23711 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23712 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
23713 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23714 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23715 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23716 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23717 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23718
23719 @ignore
23720 @starindex
23721 @end ignore
23722 @tindex pdeg
23723 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23724 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23725 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23726 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23727 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23728 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23729 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23730 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23731 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23732 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23733 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23734 (minus infinity).
23735
23736 @ignore
23737 @starindex
23738 @end ignore
23739 @tindex plead
23740 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23741 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23742 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23743 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23744 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
23745
23746 @ignore
23747 @starindex
23748 @end ignore
23749 @tindex pcont
23750 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23751 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23752 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23753 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23754 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23755 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23756 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23757 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23758 coefficient.
23759
23760 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23761 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23762 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23763 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23764 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23765 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23766 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23767 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23768 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23769 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23770
23771 @ignore
23772 @starindex
23773 @end ignore
23774 @tindex pprim
23775 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23776 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23777 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23778 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23779 terms.
23780
23781 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23782 @section Numerical Solutions
23783
23784 @noindent
23785 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23786 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23787 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23788 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23789 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23790
23791 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23792 on numerical data.)
23793
23794 @menu
23795 * Root Finding::
23796 * Minimization::
23797 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23798 @end menu
23799
23800 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23801 @subsection Root Finding
23802
23803 @noindent
23804 @kindex a R
23805 @pindex calc-find-root
23806 @tindex root
23807 @cindex Newton's method
23808 @cindex Roots of equations
23809 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23810 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23811 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23812 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23813 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
23814
23815 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23816 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23817 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23818 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23819 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23820 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23821 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23822 this command.
23823
23824 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23825 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23826 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23827 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23828 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23829 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23830 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23831 the equation yourself.)
23832
23833 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23834 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23835
23836 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23837 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23838 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23839 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23840 to real numbers inside that interval.
23841
23842 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23843 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23844 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23845 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23846 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23847 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23848 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23849
23850 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23851 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23852 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23853 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23854 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23855 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23856
23857 @kindex H a R
23858 @tindex wroot
23859 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23860 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23861 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23862 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23863 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23864
23865 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23866 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23867 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23868 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23869 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23870
23871 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23872 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23873 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23874 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23875
23876 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23877 @subsection Minimization
23878
23879 @noindent
23880 @kindex a N
23881 @kindex H a N
23882 @kindex a X
23883 @kindex H a X
23884 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23885 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23886 @tindex minimize
23887 @tindex maximize
23888 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23889 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23890 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23891 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23892 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23893 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23894 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23895 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23896 with the minimum value itself.
23897
23898 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23899 have more than one minimum; some, like
23900 @texline @math{x \sin x},
23901 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
23902 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
23903 ``global'' minimum of
23904 @texline @math{x \sin x}
23905 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
23906 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
23907 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
23908 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
23909 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
23910
23911 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
23912 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
23913 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
23914 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
23915 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
23916 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
23917 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
23918 any, that happens to lie in that range.
23919
23920 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
23921 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
23922 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
23923 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
23924 answer.
23925
23926 @ignore
23927 @mindex wmin@idots
23928 @end ignore
23929 @tindex wminimize
23930 @ignore
23931 @mindex wmax@idots
23932 @end ignore
23933 @tindex wmaximize
23934 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
23935 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
23936 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
23937
23938 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
23939 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
23940 negative of the formula you supply.
23941
23942 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
23943 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
23944 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
23945 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
23946 be minimized over the reals.
23947
23948 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
23949 @subsection Systems of Equations
23950
23951 @noindent
23952 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
23953 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
23954 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
23955 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
23956 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
23957 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
23958 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
23959 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
23960 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
23961 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
23962 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
23963 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
23964 no effect when solving a system of equations.
23965
23966 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
23967 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
23968 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
23969 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
23970 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
23971 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
23972 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
23973
23974 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
23975 @section Curve Fitting
23976
23977 @noindent
23978 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
23979 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
23980 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
23981 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
23982 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
23983 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
23984 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
23985
23986 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
23987 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
23988 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
23989 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
23990
23991 @menu
23992 * Linear Fits::
23993 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
23994 * Error Estimates for Fits::
23995 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
23996 * Curve Fitting Details::
23997 * Interpolation::
23998 @end menu
23999
24000 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24001 @subsection Linear Fits
24002
24003 @noindent
24004 @kindex a F
24005 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24006 @tindex fit
24007 @cindex Linear regression
24008 @cindex Least-squares fits
24009 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24010 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24011 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24012 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24013 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24014 fit for the data.
24015
24016 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24017 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24018 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24019 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24020 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24021 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24022 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24023 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24024
24025 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24026 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24027 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24028 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24029
24030 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24031 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24032 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24033 @texline @math{2\times N}
24034 @infoline 2xN
24035 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24036 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24037 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24038 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24039
24040 If you happen to have an
24041 @texline @math{N\times2}
24042 @infoline Nx2
24043 matrix instead of a
24044 @texline @math{2\times N}
24045 @infoline 2xN
24046 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24047
24048 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24049 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24050
24051 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24052 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24053 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24054 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24055 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24056 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24057 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24058
24059 For example, suppose the data matrix
24060
24061 @ifnottex
24062 @example
24063 @group
24064 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24065 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24066 @end group
24067 @end example
24068 @end ifnottex
24069 @tex
24070 \turnoffactive
24071 \turnoffactive
24072 \beforedisplay
24073 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24074 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24075 $$
24076 \afterdisplay
24077 @end tex
24078
24079 @noindent
24080 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24081 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24082 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24083 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24084 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24085 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24086 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24087 formula.
24088
24089 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24090 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24091 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24092 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24093 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24094 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24095
24096 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24097 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24098 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24099 the equations that go into the trail.
24100
24101 @tex
24102 \bigskip
24103 @end tex
24104
24105 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24106 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24107 The result is:
24108
24109 @example
24110 2.6 + 2.2 x
24111 @end example
24112
24113 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24114 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24115
24116 @example
24117 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24118 @end example
24119
24120 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24121 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24122 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24123 error measure
24124
24125 @ifnottex
24126 @example
24127 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24128 @end example
24129 @end ifnottex
24130 @tex
24131 \turnoffactive
24132 \beforedisplay
24133 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24134 \afterdisplay
24135 @end tex
24136
24137 @noindent
24138 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24139 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24140 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24141 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24142 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24143 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24144 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24145 for which the error
24146 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24147 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24148 is as small as possible.
24149
24150 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24151 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24152
24153 @tex
24154 \bigskip
24155 @end tex
24156
24157 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24158 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24159 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24160 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24161 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24162
24163 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24164 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24165 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24166 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24167 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24168
24169 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24170 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24171
24172 @noindent
24173 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24174 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24175 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24176 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24177 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24178
24179 @example
24180 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24181 @end example
24182
24183 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24184 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24185 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24186 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24187 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24188 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24189 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24190 won't help.)
24191
24192 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24193 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24194 line slightly to improve the fit.
24195
24196 @example
24197 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24198 @end example
24199
24200 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24201 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24202 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24203 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24204 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24205
24206 @example
24207 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24208 @end example
24209
24210 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24211 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24212 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24213 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24214 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24215 results.
24216
24217 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24218 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24219 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24220 automatically.
24221
24222 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24223 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24224 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24225 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24226 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24227 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24228
24229 @tex
24230 \bigskip
24231 @end tex
24232
24233 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24234 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24235 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24236 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24237 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24238
24239 Given the data matrix,
24240
24241 @example
24242 @group
24243 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24244 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24245 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24246 @end group
24247 @end example
24248
24249 @noindent
24250 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24251 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24252 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24253
24254 @example
24255 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24256 @end example
24257
24258 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24259 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24260
24261 @tex
24262 \bigskip
24263 @end tex
24264
24265 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24266 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24267 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24268 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24269 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24270 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24271 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24272 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24273 message.
24274
24275 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24276 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24277 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24278 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24279 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24280
24281 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24282 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24283
24284 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24285 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24286
24287 @noindent
24288 @kindex H a F
24289 @tindex efit
24290 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24291 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24292 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24293 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24294
24295 @example
24296 3. + 2. x
24297 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24298 @end example
24299
24300 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24301 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24302 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24303
24304 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24305 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24306 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24307 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24308 row contains error forms
24309 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24310 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24311 then the
24312 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24313 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24314 statistic is now,
24315
24316 @ifnottex
24317 @example
24318 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24319 @end example
24320 @end ifnottex
24321 @tex
24322 \turnoffactive
24323 \beforedisplay
24324 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24325 \afterdisplay
24326 @end tex
24327
24328 @noindent
24329 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24330 the fitting operation.
24331
24332 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24333 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24334 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24335 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24336 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24337 used for the data point.
24338
24339 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24340 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24341 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24342 estimates.
24343
24344 If the input contains error forms but all the
24345 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24346 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24347 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24348 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24349 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24350 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24351 is simply scaled uniformly by
24352 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24353 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24354 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24355 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24356 @kbd{H a F}.
24357
24358 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24359 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24360 interpreted.
24361
24362 @tex
24363 \bigskip
24364 @end tex
24365
24366 @kindex I a F
24367 @tindex xfit
24368 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24369 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24370
24371 @enumerate
24372 @item
24373 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24374 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24375 produced.
24376
24377 @item
24378 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24379 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24380 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24381 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24382 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24383
24384 @item
24385 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24386 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24387 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24388 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24389 are the variances
24390 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24391 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24392 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24393 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24394 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24395 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24396 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24397 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24398 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24399 are defined as
24400 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24401 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24402
24403 @item
24404 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24405 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24406 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24407 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24408
24409 @item
24410 The value of
24411 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24412 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24413 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24414 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24415 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24416 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24417 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24418 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24419
24420 @item
24421 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24422 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24423 function using
24424 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24425 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24426 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24427 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24428 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24429 particular,
24430 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24431 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24432 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24433 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24434 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24435
24436 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24437 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24438 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24439 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24440 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24441 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24442 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24443 over to use for a confidence test.
24444 @end enumerate
24445
24446 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24447 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24448
24449 @noindent
24450 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24451 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24452 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24453
24454 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24455
24456 @table @kbd
24457 @item 1
24458 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24459 @item 2-9
24460 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24461 @item e
24462 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24463 @item E
24464 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24465 @item x
24466 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24467 @item X
24468 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24469 @item l
24470 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24471 @item L
24472 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24473 @item ^
24474 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24475 @item p
24476 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24477 @item q
24478 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24479 @item g
24480 Gaussian.
24481 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24482 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24483 @item s
24484 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24485 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24486 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24487 @item b
24488 Logistic bell curve.
24489 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24490 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24491 @item o
24492 Hubbert linearization.
24493 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24494 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24495 @end table
24496
24497 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24498 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24499 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24500 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24501 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24502
24503 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24504 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24505 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24506 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24507 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24508 before the model key.
24509
24510 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24511 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24512 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24513 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24514 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24515 matches the problem.
24516
24517 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24518 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24519 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24520 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24521 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24522 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24523
24524 @tex
24525 \bigskip
24526 @end tex
24527
24528 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24529 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24530 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24531 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24532
24533 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24534 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24535 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24536 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24537 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24538 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24539 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24540 model.
24541
24542 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24543 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24544 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24545 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24546 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24547 and thus does not need a name.
24548
24549 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24550 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24551 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24552 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24553 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24554 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24555 variables.
24556
24557 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24558 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24559 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24560 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24561 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24562 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24563 in the model formula will become parameters.
24564
24565 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24566 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24567 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24568 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24569 a linear model.
24570
24571 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24572 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24573 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24574 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24575 which are parameters.
24576
24577 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24578 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24579 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24580 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24581 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24582 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24583
24584 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24585 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24586
24587 @tex
24588 \bigskip
24589 @end tex
24590
24591 @vindex Model1
24592 @vindex Model2
24593 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24594 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24595 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24596 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24597 accept for a model on the stack.
24598
24599 @tex
24600 \bigskip
24601 @end tex
24602
24603 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24604 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24605 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24606 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24607 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24608 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24609 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24610 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24611 @texline @math{3\times360}
24612 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24613 degrees.
24614 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24615 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24616 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24617 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24618 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24619 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24620 even approximately.
24621
24622 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24623 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24624 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24625 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24626 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24627 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24628 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24629
24630 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24631 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24632
24633 @noindent
24634 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24635 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24636 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24637 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24638 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24639
24640 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24641 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24642 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24643 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24644
24645 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24646 to try to put the problem into the form
24647
24648 @smallexample
24649 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24650 @end smallexample
24651
24652 @noindent
24653 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24654 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24655 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24656 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24657 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24658
24659 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24660 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24661 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24662 can be rewritten as follows:
24663
24664 @example
24665 y = a x^b
24666 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24667 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24668 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24669 @end example
24670
24671 @noindent
24672 which matches the desired form with
24673 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24674 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24675 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24676 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24677 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24678 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24679 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24680 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24681 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24682 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24683 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24684 and @expr{b = B}.
24685
24686 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24687 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24688
24689 @example
24690 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24691 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24692 @end example
24693
24694 @noindent
24695 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24696 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24697 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24698 @expr{H = x^2}.
24699
24700 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24701 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24702 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24703
24704 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24705 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24706 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24707 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24708
24709 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24710 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24711 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24712 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24713 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24714 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24715 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24716 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24717 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24718 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
24719 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
24720 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
24721
24722 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24723 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24724 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24725
24726 @tex
24727 \bigskip
24728 @end tex
24729
24730 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24731 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24732 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
24733 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24734 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24735 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24736 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24737 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24738 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24739
24740 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24741 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24742 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24743 to be minimized would be the value of
24744 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24745 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24746 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24747
24748 @smallexample
24749 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24750 @end smallexample
24751
24752 @noindent
24753 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24754 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24755 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24756 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24757 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24758 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24759
24760 @tex
24761 \bigskip
24762 @end tex
24763
24764 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24765 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24766 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
24767 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24768 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24769 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24770 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
24771 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24772 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24773 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24774 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24775 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24776 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
24777 and so on.
24778
24779 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24780 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24781 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24782 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24783 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24784 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24785 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24786 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24787 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24788
24789 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24790 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24791 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24792 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24793 nontrivial filter functions.
24794
24795 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24796 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
24797 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24798 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24799 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
24800 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
24801 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24802 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24803 form. The error part of that result is used for
24804 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24805 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24806 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24807 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
24808 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
24809 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
24810 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
24811 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24812 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24813 arithmetic with no error forms.
24814
24815 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24816 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
24817 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
24818 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24819 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24820 @texline @math{\sigma}
24821 @infoline @expr{sigma}
24822 for the data point with no further ado.)
24823
24824 @tex
24825 \bigskip
24826 @end tex
24827
24828 @vindex FitRules
24829 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24830 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24831 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24832 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24833 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24834 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24835 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24836
24837 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24838
24839 @ignore
24840 @starindex
24841 @end ignore
24842 @tindex fitvar
24843 @ignore
24844 @starindex
24845 @end ignore
24846 @ignore
24847 @mindex @idots
24848 @end ignore
24849 @tindex fitparam
24850 @ignore
24851 @starindex
24852 @end ignore
24853 @ignore
24854 @mindex @null
24855 @end ignore
24856 @tindex fitmodel
24857 @ignore
24858 @starindex
24859 @end ignore
24860 @ignore
24861 @mindex @null
24862 @end ignore
24863 @tindex fitsystem
24864 @ignore
24865 @starindex
24866 @end ignore
24867 @ignore
24868 @mindex @null
24869 @end ignore
24870 @tindex fitdummy
24871 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24872 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24873 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24874 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24875 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24876 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24877 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24878 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24879 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
24880
24881 @smallexample
24882 @group
24883 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24884 @end group
24885 @end smallexample
24886
24887 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24888 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24889 changes are possible.)
24890
24891 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24892 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24893
24894 @example
24895 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24896 @end example
24897
24898 @noindent
24899 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
24900 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24901 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24902 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
24903 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
24904 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
24905 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
24906
24907 The power law model eventually boils down to
24908
24909 @smallexample
24910 @group
24911 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
24912 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
24913 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
24914 @end group
24915 @end smallexample
24916
24917 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
24918 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
24919 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
24920 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
24921 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
24922 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
24923 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
24924 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
24925 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
24926 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
24927 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
24928 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
24929 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
24930
24931 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
24932 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
24933 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
24934 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
24935 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
24936 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
24937 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
24938 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
24939 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
24940 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
24941 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
24942 raw parameters, for now.)
24943
24944 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
24945 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
24946 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
24947 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
24948 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
24949 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
24950 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
24951 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
24952 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
24953 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
24954 raw parameters needed.
24955
24956 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
24957 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
24958 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
24959 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
24960 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
24961 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
24962 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
24963 least-squares solver wants to see.
24964
24965 @ignore
24966 @starindex
24967 @end ignore
24968 @ignore
24969 @mindex hasfit@idots
24970 @end ignore
24971 @tindex hasfitparams
24972 @ignore
24973 @starindex
24974 @end ignore
24975 @ignore
24976 @mindex @null
24977 @end ignore
24978 @tindex hasfitvars
24979 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
24980 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
24981 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
24982 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
24983 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
24984 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
24985 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
24986 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
24987 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
24988
24989 @tex
24990 \bigskip
24991 @end tex
24992
24993 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
24994 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
24995 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
24996 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
24997 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
24998 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
24999 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25000 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25001 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25002 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25003
25004 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25005 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25006 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25007 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25008 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25009
25010 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25011 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25012 and variables, as discussed previously.
25013
25014 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25015 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25016 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25017 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25018
25019 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25020 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25021
25022 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25023 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25024
25025 @kindex a p
25026 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25027 @tindex polint
25028 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25029 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25030 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25031 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25032 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25033 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25034 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25035 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25036 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25037
25038 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25039 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25040 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25041 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25042 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25043 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25044
25045 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25046 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25047
25048 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25049 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25050 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25051 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25052 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25053 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25054
25055 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25056 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25057
25058 @kindex H a p
25059 @tindex ratint
25060 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25061 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25062 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25063 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25064 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25065 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25066
25067 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25068 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25069 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25070 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25071 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25072 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25073
25074 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25075 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25076 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25077 capabilities to fit.)
25078
25079 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25080 @section Summations
25081
25082 @noindent
25083 @cindex Summation of a series
25084 @kindex a +
25085 @pindex calc-summation
25086 @tindex sum
25087 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25088 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25089 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25090 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25091 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25092 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25093 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25094 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25095 produces the result 55.
25096 @tex
25097 \turnoffactive
25098 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25099 @end tex
25100
25101 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25102 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25103 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25104 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25105 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25106 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25107 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25108 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25109 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25110
25111 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25112 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25113 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25114 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25115 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25116 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25117 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25118 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25119 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25120
25121 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25122 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25123 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25124 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25125 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25126 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25127 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25128 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25129 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25130 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25131
25132 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25133 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25134 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25135 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25136 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25137 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25138
25139 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25140 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25141 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25142 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25143 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25144 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25145 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25146 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25147
25148 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25149 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25150 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25151 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25152 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25153 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25154
25155 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25156 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25157 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25158 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25159 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25160
25161 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25162 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25163 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25164 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25165 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25166 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25167 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25168 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25169
25170 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25171 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25172 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25173 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25174 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25175 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25176 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25177
25178 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25179 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25180 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25181 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25182 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25183 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25184 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25185 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25186 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25187 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25188 closed form.
25189
25190 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25191 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25192 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25193 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25194 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25195 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25196 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25197 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25198 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25199 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25200 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25201 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25202 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25203 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25204
25205 @cindex Alternating sums
25206 @kindex a -
25207 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25208 @tindex asum
25209 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25210 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25211 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25212 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25213 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25214 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25215 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25216 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25217 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25218 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25219 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25220 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25221
25222 @cindex Product of a sequence
25223 @kindex a *
25224 @pindex calc-product
25225 @tindex prod
25226 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25227 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25228 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25229 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25230 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25231
25232 @kindex a T
25233 @pindex calc-tabulate
25234 @tindex table
25235 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25236 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25237 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25238 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25239 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25240
25241 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25242 @section Logical Operations
25243
25244 @noindent
25245 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25246 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25247 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25248 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25249 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25250 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25251 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25252 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25253 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25254 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25255 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25256 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25257 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25258 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25259
25260 @kindex a =
25261 @pindex calc-equal-to
25262 @tindex eq
25263 @tindex =
25264 @tindex ==
25265 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25266 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25267 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25268 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25269 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25270 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25271 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25272 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25273 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25274
25275 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25276 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25277 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25278 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25279 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25280 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25281 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25282 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25283 zero if not.
25284
25285 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25286 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25287 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25288 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25289 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25290 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25291 variables).
25292
25293 @kindex a #
25294 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25295 @tindex neq
25296 @tindex !=
25297 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25298 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25299 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25300 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25301 distinct numbers.
25302
25303 @kindex a <
25304 @tindex lt
25305 @ignore
25306 @mindex @idots
25307 @end ignore
25308 @kindex a >
25309 @ignore
25310 @mindex @null
25311 @end ignore
25312 @kindex a [
25313 @ignore
25314 @mindex @null
25315 @end ignore
25316 @kindex a ]
25317 @pindex calc-less-than
25318 @pindex calc-greater-than
25319 @pindex calc-less-equal
25320 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25321 @ignore
25322 @mindex @null
25323 @end ignore
25324 @tindex gt
25325 @ignore
25326 @mindex @null
25327 @end ignore
25328 @tindex leq
25329 @ignore
25330 @mindex @null
25331 @end ignore
25332 @tindex geq
25333 @ignore
25334 @mindex @null
25335 @end ignore
25336 @tindex <
25337 @ignore
25338 @mindex @null
25339 @end ignore
25340 @tindex >
25341 @ignore
25342 @mindex @null
25343 @end ignore
25344 @tindex <=
25345 @ignore
25346 @mindex @null
25347 @end ignore
25348 @tindex >=
25349 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25350 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25351 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25352 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25353 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25354
25355 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25356 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25357 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25358 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25359 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25360 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25361 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25362 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25363
25364 @kindex a .
25365 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25366 @tindex rmeq
25367 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25368 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25369 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25370 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25371 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25372 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25373 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25374 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25375 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25376 taking the lefthand side.
25377
25378 @kindex a &
25379 @pindex calc-logical-and
25380 @tindex land
25381 @tindex &&
25382 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25383 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25384 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25385 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25386 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25387
25388 @kindex a |
25389 @pindex calc-logical-or
25390 @tindex lor
25391 @tindex ||
25392 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25393 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25394 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25395 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25396 zero.
25397
25398 @kindex a !
25399 @pindex calc-logical-not
25400 @tindex lnot
25401 @tindex !
25402 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25403 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25404 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25405 number.
25406
25407 @kindex a :
25408 @pindex calc-logical-if
25409 @tindex if
25410 @ignore
25411 @mindex ? :
25412 @end ignore
25413 @tindex ?
25414 @ignore
25415 @mindex @null
25416 @end ignore
25417 @tindex :
25418 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25419 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25420 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25421 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25422 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25423 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25424 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25425 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25426 @code{condition}.
25427
25428 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25429 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25430 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25431 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25432
25433 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25434 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25435 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25436 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25437 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25438 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25439 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25440
25441 @kindex a @{
25442 @pindex calc-in-set
25443 @tindex in
25444 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25445 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25446 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25447 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25448 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25449 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25450 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25451 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25452 of this sort.
25453
25454 @ignore
25455 @starindex
25456 @end ignore
25457 @tindex typeof
25458 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25459 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25460 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25461
25462 @example
25463 1 Integer
25464 2 Fraction
25465 3 Floating-point number
25466 4 HMS form
25467 5 Rectangular complex number
25468 6 Polar complex number
25469 7 Error form
25470 8 Interval form
25471 9 Modulo form
25472 10 Date-only form
25473 11 Date/time form
25474 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25475 100 Variable
25476 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25477 102 Matrix
25478 @end example
25479
25480 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25481 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25482
25483 @ignore
25484 @starindex
25485 @end ignore
25486 @tindex integer
25487 @ignore
25488 @starindex
25489 @end ignore
25490 @tindex real
25491 @ignore
25492 @starindex
25493 @end ignore
25494 @tindex constant
25495 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25496 The @samp{real(a)} function
25497 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25498 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25499 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25500 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25501 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25502 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25503 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25504
25505 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25506 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25507 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25508 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25509 literally an integer constant.
25510
25511 @ignore
25512 @starindex
25513 @end ignore
25514 @tindex refers
25515 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25516 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25517 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25518 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25519 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25520 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25521
25522 @ignore
25523 @starindex
25524 @end ignore
25525 @tindex negative
25526 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25527 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25528 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25529 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25530 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25531 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25532 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25533 as a rewrite rule condition).
25534
25535 @ignore
25536 @starindex
25537 @end ignore
25538 @tindex variable
25539 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25540 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25541 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25542 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25543
25544 @ignore
25545 @starindex
25546 @end ignore
25547 @tindex nonvar
25548 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25549 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25550 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25551 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25552 often good enough.
25553
25554 @ignore
25555 @starindex
25556 @end ignore
25557 @tindex lin
25558 @ignore
25559 @starindex
25560 @end ignore
25561 @tindex linnt
25562 @ignore
25563 @starindex
25564 @end ignore
25565 @tindex islin
25566 @ignore
25567 @starindex
25568 @end ignore
25569 @tindex islinnt
25570 @cindex Linearity testing
25571 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25572 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25573 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25574 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25575 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25576 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25577 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25578 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25579 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25580 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25581 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25582 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25583 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25584 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25585 returns true.
25586
25587 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25588 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25589 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25590 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25591 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25592 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25593 linear in @expr{x}).
25594
25595 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25596 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25597 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25598 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25599 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25600 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25601 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25602 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25603 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25604 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25605
25606 @ignore
25607 @starindex
25608 @end ignore
25609 @tindex istrue
25610 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25611 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25612 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25613 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25614 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25615 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25616 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25617 in symbolic form.)
25618
25619 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25620 @section Rewrite Rules
25621
25622 @noindent
25623 @cindex Rewrite rules
25624 @cindex Transformations
25625 @cindex Pattern matching
25626 @kindex a r
25627 @pindex calc-rewrite
25628 @tindex rewrite
25629 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25630 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25631 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25632 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25633 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25634 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25635 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25636 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25637 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25638
25639 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25640 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25641 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25642 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25643 Calc formulas.
25644
25645 @menu
25646 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25647 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25648 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25649 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25650 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25651 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25652 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25653 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25654 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25655 * Matching Commands::
25656 * Automatic Rewrites::
25657 * Debugging Rewrites::
25658 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25659 @end menu
25660
25661 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25662 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25663
25664 @noindent
25665 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25666 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25667 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25668 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25669 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25670 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25671 assignments in special ways.
25672
25673 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25674 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25675 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25676 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25677 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25678
25679 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25680 rules.
25681
25682 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25683 in several ways:
25684
25685 @enumerate
25686 @item
25687 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25688 @item
25689 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25690 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25691 @item
25692 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25693 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25694 @item
25695 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25696 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25697 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25698 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25699 @item
25700 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25701 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25702 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25703 @end enumerate
25704
25705 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25706 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25707 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25708
25709 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25710 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25711 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25712 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25713 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25714 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25715
25716 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25717 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25718 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25719 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25720 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25721 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25722
25723 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25724 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25725 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25726
25727 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25728 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25729
25730 @noindent
25731 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25732 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
25733 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25734 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
25735 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25736 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25737 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25738 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25739 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25740 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25741 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25742
25743 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25744 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
25745 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25746 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25747 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25748
25749 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25750 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25751 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25752 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25753 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25754
25755 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25756 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25757 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25758 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25759
25760 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25761 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25762 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25763 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25764 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25765
25766 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25767 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25768 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25769 change at a time.
25770
25771 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25772 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25773
25774 @noindent
25775 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25776 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25777 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25778 is present in the
25779 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25780 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25781 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25782 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25783 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25784 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25785 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25786 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25787 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25788 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
25789
25790 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
25791 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25792 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25793 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25794 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25795 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
25796 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25797 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25798 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25799
25800 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25801 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25802 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25803 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25804 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25805 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25806 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25807 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25808 the condition.
25809
25810 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25811 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25812 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25813
25814 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25815 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25816
25817 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25818 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25819 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25820 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25821 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25822 matched.
25823
25824 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25825 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
25826 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25827 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
25828 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25829 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25830 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25831 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25832 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25833
25834 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25835 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25836 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25837 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25838 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25839 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25840 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25841 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25842 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25843
25844 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25845 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25846 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25847 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25848 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25849 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25850 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25851 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25852 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25853
25854 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25855 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25856
25857 @noindent
25858 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25859 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25860 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25861 account:
25862
25863 @smallexample
25864 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25865 @end smallexample
25866
25867 For example, the rewrite rule:
25868
25869 @example
25870 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25871 @end example
25872
25873 @noindent
25874 will match formulas of the form,
25875
25876 @example
25877 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25878 @end example
25879
25880 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25881 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25882
25883 @example
25884 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25885 @end example
25886
25887 @noindent
25888 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25889
25890 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25891 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25892 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25893
25894 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25895 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
25896 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25897 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25898 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25899 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25900 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25901 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25902
25903 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
25904 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
25905 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
25906 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
25907 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
25908 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
25909 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
25910 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
25911 from occurring.
25912
25913 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
25914 the rule
25915
25916 @example
25917 f(-x) := -f(x)
25918 @end example
25919
25920 @noindent
25921 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
25922 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
25923 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
25924 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
25925 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
25926 condition is:
25927
25928 @example
25929 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
25930 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
25931 @end example
25932
25933 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
25934 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
25935
25936 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
25937 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
25938 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
25939 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
25940
25941 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
25942 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
25943 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
25944 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
25945 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
25946 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
25947 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
25948 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
25949 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
25950 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
25951
25952 Even more subtle is the rule set
25953
25954 @example
25955 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
25956 @end example
25957
25958 @noindent
25959 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
25960 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
25961 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
25962 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
25963 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
25964 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
25965 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
25966 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
25967 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
25968 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
25969 rule will have to be added.
25970
25971 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
25972 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
25973 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
25974 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
25975 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
25976
25977 @example
25978 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
25979 @end example
25980
25981 @noindent
25982 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
25983 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
25984 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
25985 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
25986 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
25987 conjugate of a real number.)
25988
25989 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
25990
25991 @example
25992 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
25993 @end example
25994
25995 @noindent
25996 will match the formula
25997
25998 @example
25999 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26000 @end example
26001
26002 @noindent
26003 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26004 formulas like
26005
26006 @example
26007 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26008 @end example
26009
26010 @noindent
26011 producing, respectively,
26012
26013 @example
26014 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26015 @end example
26016
26017 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26018 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26019
26020 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26021 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26022 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26023 with @samp{a = -1}.
26024
26025 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26026
26027 @example
26028 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26029 @end example
26030
26031 @noindent
26032 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26033
26034 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26035 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26036 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26037 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26038 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26039 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26040 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26041 for a multiplication, not a division.
26042
26043 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26044 by 1,
26045
26046 @example
26047 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26048 @end example
26049
26050 @noindent
26051 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26052 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26053
26054 @example
26055 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26056 @end example
26057
26058 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26059 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26060
26061 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26062
26063 @example
26064 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26065 @end example
26066
26067 @noindent
26068 into the form
26069
26070 @example
26071 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26072 @end example
26073
26074 @noindent
26075 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26076 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26077 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26078 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26079 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26080
26081 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26082 following rule,
26083
26084 @example
26085 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26086 @end example
26087
26088 @noindent
26089 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26090 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26091 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26092 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26093 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26094 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26095 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26096
26097 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26098 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26099 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26100
26101 @example
26102 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26103 @end example
26104
26105 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26106 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26107 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26108 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26109 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26110 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26111 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26112 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26113
26114 @smallexample
26115 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26116 max min re im conj arg
26117 @end smallexample
26118
26119 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26120 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26121 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26122 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26123 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26124 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26125 For example,
26126
26127 @example
26128 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26129 @end example
26130
26131 @noindent
26132 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26133 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26134 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26135 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26136 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26137 further and use
26138
26139 @example
26140 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26141 @end example
26142
26143 @noindent
26144 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26145
26146 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26147 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26148 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26149
26150 @example
26151 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26152 @end example
26153
26154 @noindent
26155 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26156
26157 @example
26158 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26159 @end example
26160
26161 @noindent
26162 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26163 effect!
26164
26165 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26166 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26167 in the rule
26168
26169 @example
26170 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26171 @end example
26172
26173 @noindent
26174 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26175 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26176 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26177 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26178 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26179 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26180 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26181 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26182 marker on the righthand side:
26183
26184 @example
26185 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26186 @end example
26187
26188 @noindent
26189 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26190 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26191 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26192
26193 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26194 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26195
26196 @noindent
26197 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26198 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26199 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26200 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26201
26202 @ignore
26203 @starindex
26204 @end ignore
26205 @tindex import
26206 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26207 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26208 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26209 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26210 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26211 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26212 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26213 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26214 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26215 @texline @math{v_1},
26216 @infoline @expr{v1},
26217 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26218 @texline @math{x_1}
26219 @infoline @expr{x1}
26220 and so on. (If
26221 @texline @math{v_1}
26222 @infoline @expr{v1}
26223 is used as a function name, then
26224 @texline @math{x_1}
26225 @infoline @expr{x1}
26226 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26227 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26228 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26229 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26230 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26231
26232 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26233
26234 @table @samp
26235 @item quote(x)
26236 @ignore
26237 @starindex
26238 @end ignore
26239 @tindex quote
26240 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26241 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26242 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26243 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26244 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26245 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26246 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26247 as a result in this case.)
26248
26249 @item plain(x)
26250 @ignore
26251 @starindex
26252 @end ignore
26253 @tindex plain
26254 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26255 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26256 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26257 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26258 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26259 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26260 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26261 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26262
26263 @item opt(x,def)
26264 @ignore
26265 @starindex
26266 @end ignore
26267 @tindex opt
26268 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26269 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26270 the argument or element is optional.
26271 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26272 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26273 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26274 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26275 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26276 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26277
26278 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26279 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26280 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26281 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26282 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26283 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26284 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26285 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26286 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26287
26288 @item condition(x,c)
26289 @ignore
26290 @starindex
26291 @end ignore
26292 @tindex condition
26293 @tindex ::
26294 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26295 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26296
26297 @item pand(x,y)
26298 @ignore
26299 @starindex
26300 @end ignore
26301 @tindex pand
26302 @tindex &&&
26303 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26304 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26305 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26306
26307 @item por(x,y)
26308 @ignore
26309 @starindex
26310 @end ignore
26311 @tindex por
26312 @tindex |||
26313 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26314 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26315
26316 @item pnot(x)
26317 @ignore
26318 @starindex
26319 @end ignore
26320 @tindex pnot
26321 @tindex !!!
26322 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26323 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26324
26325 @item cons(h,t)
26326 @ignore
26327 @mindex cons
26328 @end ignore
26329 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26330 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26331 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26332 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26333 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26334 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26335 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26336
26337 @item rcons(t,h)
26338 @ignore
26339 @mindex rcons
26340 @end ignore
26341 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26342 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26343 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26344 to @expr{t}.
26345
26346 @item apply(f,args)
26347 @ignore
26348 @mindex apply
26349 @end ignore
26350 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26351 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26352 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26353 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26354 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26355 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26356 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26357 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26358 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26359 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26360 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26361 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26362 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26363 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26364 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26365
26366 @example
26367 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26368 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26369 @end example
26370
26371 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26372 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26373 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26374 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26375 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26376 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26377 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26378
26379 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26380 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26381 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26382
26383 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26384 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26385 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26386 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26387 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26388 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26389 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26390 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26391 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26392 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26393
26394 @item select(x)
26395 @ignore
26396 @starindex
26397 @end ignore
26398 @tindex select
26399 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26400 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26401 @end table
26402
26403 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26404
26405 @table @samp
26406 @item quote(x)
26407 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26408 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26409 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26410 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26411 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26412 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26413 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26414 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26415 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26416 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26417
26418 @item plain(x)
26419 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26420 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26421 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26422 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26423 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26424 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26425 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26426
26427 @item cons(h,t)
26428 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26429 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26430 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26431 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26432 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26433 have been turned off.
26434
26435 @item rcons(t,h)
26436 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26437 the vector @expr{t}.
26438
26439 @item apply(f,args)
26440 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26441 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26442 is also a regular Calc function.
26443
26444 @item eval(x)
26445 @ignore
26446 @starindex
26447 @end ignore
26448 @tindex eval
26449 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26450 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26451 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26452 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26453 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26454 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26455 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26456
26457 @item evalsimp(x)
26458 @ignore
26459 @starindex
26460 @end ignore
26461 @tindex evalsimp
26462 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26463 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26464
26465 @item evalextsimp(x)
26466 @ignore
26467 @starindex
26468 @end ignore
26469 @tindex evalextsimp
26470 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26471 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26472
26473 @item select(x)
26474 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26475 @end table
26476
26477 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26478
26479 @table @samp
26480 @item let(v := x)
26481 @ignore
26482 @starindex
26483 @end ignore
26484 @tindex let
26485 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26486 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26487 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26488 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26489 of simplification. The
26490 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26491 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26492 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26493 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26494 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26495 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26496 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26497 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26498 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26499 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26500 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26501
26502 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26503 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26504 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26505 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26506
26507 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26508 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26509 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26510 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26511 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26512 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26513 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26514 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26515 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26516 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26517 be bound to @code{ia}.
26518
26519 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26520 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26521 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26522 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26523 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26524 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26525 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26526 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26527 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26528 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26529
26530 @ignore
26531 @starindex
26532 @end ignore
26533 @tindex ierf
26534 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26535 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26536 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26537 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26538 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26539 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26540
26541 @example
26542 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26543 @end example
26544
26545 @item matches(v,p)
26546 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26547 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26548 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26549 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26550 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26551 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26552 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26553 rule.
26554
26555 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26556 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26557 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26558
26559 @item remember
26560 @vindex remember
26561 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26562 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26563 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26564 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26565 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26566 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26567 contains any variables.
26568
26569 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26570 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26571 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26572 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26573 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26574 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26575
26576 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26577 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26578 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26579 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26580 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26581 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26582 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26583
26584 @item remember(c)
26585 @ignore
26586 @starindex
26587 @end ignore
26588 @tindex remember
26589 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26590 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26591 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26592 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26593 @end table
26594
26595 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26596 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26597
26598 @noindent
26599 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26600 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26601 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26602 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26603 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26604
26605 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26606 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26607 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26608
26609 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26610 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26611 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26612 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26613
26614 @example
26615 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26616 @end example
26617
26618 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26619
26620 @example
26621 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26622 @end example
26623
26624 @ignore
26625 @starindex
26626 @end ignore
26627 @tindex ends
26628 Here's another interesting example:
26629
26630 @example
26631 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26632 @end example
26633
26634 @noindent
26635 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26636 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26637 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26638
26639 @example
26640 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26641 @end example
26642
26643 @noindent
26644 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26645 one-element vector.
26646
26647 @tex
26648 \bigskip
26649 @end tex
26650
26651 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26652 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26653 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26654
26655 @ignore
26656 @starindex
26657 @end ignore
26658 @tindex curve
26659 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26660
26661 @example
26662 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26663 @end example
26664
26665 @noindent
26666 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26667
26668 Here is a larger example:
26669
26670 @example
26671 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26672 @end example
26673
26674 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26675 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26676 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26677
26678 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26679 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26680
26681 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26682 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26683 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26684 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26685 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26686 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26687 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26688 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26689
26690 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26691 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26692 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26693 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26694
26695 @example
26696 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26697 @end example
26698
26699 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26700 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26701
26702 @tex
26703 \bigskip
26704 @end tex
26705
26706 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26707 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26708 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26709
26710 For example,
26711
26712 @example
26713 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26714 @end example
26715
26716 @noindent
26717 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26718 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26719 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26720
26721 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26722 then an equivalent rule would be:
26723
26724 @example
26725 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26726 @end example
26727
26728 @noindent
26729 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26730 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26731 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26732 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26733 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26734 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26735 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26736
26737 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26738 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26739
26740 @example
26741 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26742 @end example
26743
26744 @noindent
26745 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26746 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26747
26748 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26749 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26750 matched last. Thus
26751
26752 @example
26753 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26754 @end example
26755
26756 @noindent
26757 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26758 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26759 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26760 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26761 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26762 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26763
26764 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26765 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26766
26767 @noindent
26768 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26769 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26770 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26771 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26772 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26773 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26774 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26775 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26776
26777 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26778 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26779 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26780 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26781 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26782 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26783 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26784 anywhere in the formula.
26785
26786 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26787 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26788 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26789 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26790 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26791 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26792 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26793 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26794 forms.
26795
26796 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26797 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26798 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26799 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26800 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26801
26802 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26803 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26804 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26805 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26806
26807 @ignore
26808 @starindex
26809 @end ignore
26810 @ignore
26811 @mindex iter@idots
26812 @end ignore
26813 @tindex iterations
26814 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26815 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26816 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26817 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26818 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26819 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26820 rule set.
26821
26822 @example
26823 [ iterations(1),
26824 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26825 @end example
26826
26827 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26828 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26829 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26830 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26831 that was matched.
26832
26833 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26834
26835 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26836 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26837 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26838
26839 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26840 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26841 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26842 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26843 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26844 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26845 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26846 are omitted, 100 is used.
26847
26848 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26849 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26850
26851 @noindent
26852 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26853 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26854 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26855 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26856
26857 @ignore
26858 @starindex
26859 @end ignore
26860 @tindex phase
26861 @vindex all
26862 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26863 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26864 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26865 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26866 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26867 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26868
26869 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26870 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26871 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26872
26873 @example
26874 @group
26875 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26876 phase(1),
26877 f1(x) := g1(x),
26878 phase(2),
26879 f2(x) := g2(x),
26880 phase(3),
26881 f3(x) := g3(x),
26882 phase(1,2),
26883 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26884 @end group
26885 @end example
26886
26887 @noindent
26888 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26889 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26890 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26891 and @code{f3}.
26892
26893 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26894 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26895 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26896 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26897 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26898 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26899 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26900 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26901 100 by default, is reached.)
26902
26903 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
26904 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
26905 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
26906 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
26907 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
26908 in the formula.
26909
26910 @ignore
26911 @starindex
26912 @end ignore
26913 @tindex schedule
26914 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
26915 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
26916 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
26917 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
26918 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
26919 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
26920 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
26921 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
26922 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
26923 moving on to phase 3.
26924
26925 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
26926 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
26927 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
26928 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
26929 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
26930 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
26931 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
26932 touches.
26933
26934 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
26935 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
26936 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
26937 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
26938 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
26939 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
26940 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
26941
26942 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
26943 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
26944 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
26945 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
26946 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
26947 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
26948
26949 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
26950 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
26951 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
26952 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
26953 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
26954 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
26955 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
26956 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
26957 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
26958 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
26959 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
26960
26961 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
26962 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
26963 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
26964 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
26965 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
26966 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
26967 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
26968
26969 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26970 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
26971
26972 @noindent
26973 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
26974 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
26975 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
26976 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
26977 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
26978
26979 @kindex j r
26980 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
26981 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
26982 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
26983 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
26984 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
26985 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
26986 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
26987 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
26988 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
26989
26990 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
26991 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
26992 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
26993 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
26994 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
26995 the selected sub-formula should appear.
26996
26997 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
26998 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
26999 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27000 formula will be unselected.
27001
27002 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27003 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27004 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27005 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27006 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27007 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27008 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27009 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27010
27011 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27012 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27013 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27014 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27015
27016 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27017 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27018 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27019 at stack level 1.)
27020
27021 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27022 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27023 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27024 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27025 target and the rewrite rules).
27026
27027 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27028 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27029 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27030 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27031 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27032 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27033
27034 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27035 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27036 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27037 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27038 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27039 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27040 both with and without selections.
27041
27042 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27043 @subsection Matching Commands
27044
27045 @noindent
27046 @kindex a m
27047 @pindex calc-match
27048 @tindex match
27049 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27050 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27051 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27052 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27053 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27054 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27055 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27056 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27057 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27058 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27059 of the patterns.
27060
27061 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27062 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27063
27064 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27065
27066 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27067 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27068 all the positive vector elements.
27069
27070 @kindex I a m
27071 @tindex matchnot
27072 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27073 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27074
27075 @ignore
27076 @starindex
27077 @end ignore
27078 @tindex matches
27079 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27080 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27081 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27082 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27083
27084 @ignore
27085 @starindex
27086 @end ignore
27087 @tindex vmatches
27088 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27089 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27090 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27091 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27092 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27093
27094 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27095 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27096
27097 @noindent
27098 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27099 @vindex EvalRules
27100 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27101 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27102 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27103 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27104 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27105
27106 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27107 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27108 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27109 set would be,
27110
27111 @smallexample
27112 @group
27113 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27114 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27115 @end group
27116 @end smallexample
27117
27118 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27119 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27120 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27121 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27122 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27123 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27124 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27125
27126 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27127 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27128 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27129 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27130 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27131 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27132 applies rules from the top down.
27133
27134 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27135 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27136
27137 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27138 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27139 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27140 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27141 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27142 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27143 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27144 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27145 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27146 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27147 or ran too long'' message.
27148
27149 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27150 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27151 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27152 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27153 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27154 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27155 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27156 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27157 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27158 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27159 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27160 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27161 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27162
27163 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27164 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27165 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27166 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27167 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27168 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27169 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27170 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27171 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27172 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27173 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27174 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27175 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27176
27177 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27178 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27179 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27180 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27181
27182 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27183 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27184 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27185 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27186 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27187 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27188 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27189 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27190
27191 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27192 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27193 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27194 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27195 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27196 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27197 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27198 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27199 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27200 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27201 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27202 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27203 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27204 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27205
27206 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27207 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27208 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27209 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27210 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27211 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27212 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27213 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27214 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27215 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27216 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27217 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27218 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27219
27220 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27221 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27222
27223 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27224 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27225 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27226 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27227 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27228 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27229 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27230
27231 @smallexample
27232 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27233 @end smallexample
27234
27235 @noindent
27236 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27237 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27238 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27239 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27240
27241 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27242 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27243 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27244 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27245 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27246 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27247 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27248
27249 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27250 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27251 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27252 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27253 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27254 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27255
27256 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27257 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27258 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27259 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27260 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27261 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27262 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27263 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27264 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27265
27266 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27267 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27268
27269 @noindent
27270 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27271 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27272 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27273 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27274 noted.
27275
27276 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27277 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27278
27279 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27280 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27281 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27282 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27283 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27284 be needlessly slow.
27285
27286 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27287 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27288
27289 @noindent
27290 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27291 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27292 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27293 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27294 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27295 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27296 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27297
27298 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27299 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27300 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27301 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27302 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27303 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27304 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27305
27306 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27307 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27308 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27309 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27310 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27311 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27312 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27313 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27314
27315 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27316 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27317 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27318 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27319 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27320 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27321 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27322 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27323 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27324 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27325
27326 @cindex Quaternions
27327 The following rule set, contributed by
27328 @texline Fran\c cois
27329 @infoline Francois
27330 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27331 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27332 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27333 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27334 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27335 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27336 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27337 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27338 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27339 @key{RET}}.
27340
27341 @smallexample
27342 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27343 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27344 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27345 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27346 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27347 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27348 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27349 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27350 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27351 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27352 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27353 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27354 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27355 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27356 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27357 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27358 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27359 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27360 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27361 @end smallexample
27362
27363 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27364 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27365 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27366 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27367 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27368 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27369 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27370
27371 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27372 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27373 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27374 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27375 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27376 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27377
27378 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27379 @chapter Operating on Units
27380
27381 @noindent
27382 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27383 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27384 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27385 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27386 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27387
27388 @menu
27389 * Basic Operations on Units::
27390 * The Units Table::
27391 * Predefined Units::
27392 * User-Defined Units::
27393 @end menu
27394
27395 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27396 @section Basic Operations on Units
27397
27398 @noindent
27399 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27400 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27401 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27402 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27403 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27404 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27405 formula.
27406
27407 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27408 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27409 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27410 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27411 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27412 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27413
27414 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27415 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27416 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27417 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27418 representation of one millimeter.
27419
27420 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27421 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27422 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27423
27424 @kindex u s
27425 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27426 @ignore
27427 @mindex usimpl@idots
27428 @end ignore
27429 @tindex usimplify
27430 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27431 simplifies a units
27432 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27433 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27434 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27435 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27436 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27437 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27438 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27439 automatically at all times.
27440
27441 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27442 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27443 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27444 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27445 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27446 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27447 applied to units expressions, in which case
27448 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27449 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27450 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27451
27452 @kindex u c
27453 @pindex calc-convert-units
27454 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27455 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27456 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27457 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27458 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27459 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27460 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27461 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27462 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27463
27464 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27465 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27466 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27467 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27468 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27469 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27470 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27471
27472 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27473 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27474 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27475 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27476 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27477 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27478 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27479 input units.
27480
27481 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27482 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27483 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27484 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27485 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27486 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27487 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27488 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27489
27490 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27491 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27492 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27493 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27494 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27495 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27496
27497 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27498 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27499 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27500 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27501 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27502 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27503 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27504
27505 @cindex Composite units
27506 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27507 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27508 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27509 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27510 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27511 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27512 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27513 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27514 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27515 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27516 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27517 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27518 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27519
27520 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27521 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27522 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27523 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27524 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}} converts the number
27525 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27526
27527 @kindex u b
27528 @pindex calc-base-units
27529 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27530 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27531 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27532 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27533
27534 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27535 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27536 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27537 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27538
27539 @kindex u t
27540 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27541 @cindex Temperature conversion
27542 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27543 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27544 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27545 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27546 Fahrenheit scale.
27547
27548 @kindex u r
27549 @pindex calc-remove-units
27550 @kindex u x
27551 @pindex calc-extract-units
27552 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27553 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27554 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27555 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27556 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27557 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27558
27559 @kindex u a
27560 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27561 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27562 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27563 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27564 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27565 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27566 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27567 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27568 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27569 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27570
27571 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27572 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27573 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27574 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27575 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27576 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27577 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27578 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27579 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27580 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27581 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27582 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27583 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27584 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27585 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27586 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27587
27588 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27589 @section The Units Table
27590
27591 @noindent
27592 @kindex u v
27593 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27594 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27595 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27596 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27597 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27598 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27599 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27600 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27601 and steradians.
27602
27603 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27604 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27605 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27606 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27607 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27608 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27609
27610 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27611 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27612 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27613
27614 @kindex u V
27615 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27616 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27617 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27618 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27619 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27620 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27621 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27622 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27623
27624 @kindex u g
27625 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27626 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27627 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27628 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27629 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27630 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27631 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27632 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27633 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27634 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27635
27636 @kindex u e
27637 @pindex calc-explain-units
27638 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27639 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27640 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27641 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27642 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27643 column of the Units Table.
27644
27645 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27646 @section Predefined Units
27647
27648 @noindent
27649 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27650 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27651 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27652 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27653 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27654 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27655 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27656 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27657
27658 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27659 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27660 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27661 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27662 of the various temperature scales.
27663
27664 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27665 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27666
27667 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27668 @tex
27669 for \AA ngstroms.
27670 @end tex
27671 @ifnottex
27672 for Angstroms.
27673 @end ifnottex
27674
27675 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27676 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27677 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27678 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27679 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27680 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27681 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27682 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27683 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27684 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27685 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27686 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27687
27688 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27689 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27690 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27691 preferable to @code{e}.
27692
27693 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27694 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27695 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27696
27697 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27698 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27699
27700 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27701 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27702
27703 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27704 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27705 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27706 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27707 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27708 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27709 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27710 units.
27711
27712 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
27713 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27714 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27715 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27716 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27717 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27718 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27719 really is unitless.)
27720
27721 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27722
27723 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27724 @section User-Defined Units
27725
27726 @noindent
27727 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27728 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27729
27730 @kindex u 0-9
27731 @pindex calc-quick-units
27732 @vindex Units
27733 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27734 @cindex Quick units
27735 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27736 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27737 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27738 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27739 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27740 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27741 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27742 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27743 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27744 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27745 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27746 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27747
27748 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27749 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27750 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27751 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27752 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27753 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27754
27755 @kindex u d
27756 @pindex calc-define-unit
27757 @cindex User-defined units
27758 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27759 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27760 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27761 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27762 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27763 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27764 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27765 appear in the Units Table.
27766
27767 @kindex u u
27768 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27769 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27770 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27771 however.
27772
27773 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27774 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27775 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27776 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27777 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27778
27779 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27780 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27781 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27782 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27783 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27784 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27785 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27786 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27787 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27788
27789 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27790 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27791
27792 @kindex u p
27793 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27794 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
27795 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27796 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
27797 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so that the
27798 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
27799 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
27800 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
27801 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
27802
27803 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27804 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27805
27806 @noindent
27807 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27808 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27809 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27810 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27811
27812 @menu
27813 * Storing Variables::
27814 * Recalling Variables::
27815 * Operations on Variables::
27816 * Let Command::
27817 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27818 @end menu
27819
27820 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27821 @section Storing Variables
27822
27823 @noindent
27824 @kindex s s
27825 @pindex calc-store
27826 @cindex Storing variables
27827 @cindex Quick variables
27828 @vindex q0
27829 @vindex q9
27830 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27831 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27832 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27833 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
27834 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
27835
27836 @kindex s t
27837 @pindex calc-store-into
27838 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27839 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27840 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27841
27842 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27843 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27844 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27845 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27846 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27847 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27848 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27849 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27850
27851 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27852 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27853 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27854 righthand sides simultaneously.
27855
27856 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27857 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27858 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27859 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27860 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27861 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27862
27863 @kindex s 0-9
27864 @kindex t 0-9
27865 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27866 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27867 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27868 for trail and time/date commands.)
27869
27870 @kindex s +
27871 @kindex s -
27872 @ignore
27873 @mindex @idots
27874 @end ignore
27875 @kindex s *
27876 @ignore
27877 @mindex @null
27878 @end ignore
27879 @kindex s /
27880 @ignore
27881 @mindex @null
27882 @end ignore
27883 @kindex s ^
27884 @ignore
27885 @mindex @null
27886 @end ignore
27887 @kindex s |
27888 @ignore
27889 @mindex @null
27890 @end ignore
27891 @kindex s n
27892 @ignore
27893 @mindex @null
27894 @end ignore
27895 @kindex s &
27896 @ignore
27897 @mindex @null
27898 @end ignore
27899 @kindex s [
27900 @ignore
27901 @mindex @null
27902 @end ignore
27903 @kindex s ]
27904 @pindex calc-store-plus
27905 @pindex calc-store-minus
27906 @pindex calc-store-times
27907 @pindex calc-store-div
27908 @pindex calc-store-power
27909 @pindex calc-store-concat
27910 @pindex calc-store-neg
27911 @pindex calc-store-inv
27912 @pindex calc-store-decr
27913 @pindex calc-store-incr
27914 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
27915 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
27916 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
27917 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
27918 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
27919 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
27920
27921 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
27922 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
27923 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
27924 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
27925 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
27926 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
27927 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
27928 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
27929 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
27930 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
27931 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
27932 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
27933 forwards and backwards:
27934
27935 @example
27936 @group
27937 s + v := v + a v := a + v
27938 s - v := v - a v := a - v
27939 s * v := v * a v := a * v
27940 s / v := v / a v := a / v
27941 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
27942 s | v := v | a v := a | v
27943 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
27944 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
27945 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
27946 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
27947 @end group
27948 @end example
27949
27950 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
27951 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
27952 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
27953 minus-two minus the variable.
27954
27955 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
27956 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
27957 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
27958
27959 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
27960 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
27961 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
27962 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
27963 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
27964 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
27965 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
27966
27967 @kindex s m
27968 @pindex calc-store-map
27969 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
27970 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
27971 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
27972 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
27973 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
27974 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
27975 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
27976 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
27977 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
27978 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
27979 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
27980
27981 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
27982 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
27983 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
27984 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
27985 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
27986 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
27987 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
27988
27989 @kindex s x
27990 @pindex calc-store-exchange
27991 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
27992 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
27993 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
27994
27995 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
27996 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
27997 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
27998
27999 @kindex s u
28000 @pindex calc-unstore
28001 @cindex Void variables
28002 @cindex Un-storing variables
28003 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28004 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28005 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28006 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28007 void state.
28008
28009 @kindex s c
28010 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28011 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28012 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28013 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28014 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28015 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28016 current precision.
28017
28018 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28019 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28020 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28021 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28022 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28023 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28024 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28025 normally void).
28026
28027 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28028 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28029 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28030 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28031 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28032 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28033 @kbd{s c}.
28034
28035 @kindex s k
28036 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28037 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28038 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28039 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28040 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28041 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28042 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28043 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28044 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28045 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28046 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28047
28048 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28049 @section Recalling Variables
28050
28051 @noindent
28052 @kindex s r
28053 @pindex calc-recall
28054 @cindex Recalling variables
28055 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28056 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28057 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28058 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28059 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28060
28061 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28062 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28063 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28064 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28065 latter will produce an error message.
28066
28067 @kindex r 0-9
28068 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28069 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}. (The @kbd{r} prefix is otherwise unused
28070 in the current version of Calc.)
28071
28072 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28073 @section Other Operations on Variables
28074
28075 @noindent
28076 @kindex s e
28077 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28078 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28079 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28080 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28081 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28082 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28083 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28084 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28085 description of editing.
28086
28087 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28088 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28089 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28090 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28091 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28092 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28093 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28094 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28095 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28096 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28097
28098 @kindex s A
28099 @kindex s D
28100 @ignore
28101 @mindex @idots
28102 @end ignore
28103 @kindex s E
28104 @ignore
28105 @mindex @null
28106 @end ignore
28107 @kindex s F
28108 @ignore
28109 @mindex @null
28110 @end ignore
28111 @kindex s G
28112 @ignore
28113 @mindex @null
28114 @end ignore
28115 @kindex s H
28116 @ignore
28117 @mindex @null
28118 @end ignore
28119 @kindex s I
28120 @ignore
28121 @mindex @null
28122 @end ignore
28123 @kindex s L
28124 @ignore
28125 @mindex @null
28126 @end ignore
28127 @kindex s P
28128 @ignore
28129 @mindex @null
28130 @end ignore
28131 @kindex s R
28132 @ignore
28133 @mindex @null
28134 @end ignore
28135 @kindex s T
28136 @ignore
28137 @mindex @null
28138 @end ignore
28139 @kindex s U
28140 @ignore
28141 @mindex @null
28142 @end ignore
28143 @kindex s X
28144 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28145 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28146 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28147 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28148 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28149 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28150 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28151 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28152 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28153 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28154 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28155 @pindex calc-store-Units
28156 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28157 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28158 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28159
28160 @table @kbd
28161 @item s A
28162 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28163 @item s D
28164 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28165 @item s E
28166 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28167 @item s F
28168 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28169 @item s G
28170 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28171 @item s H
28172 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28173 @item s I
28174 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28175 @item s L
28176 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28177 @item s P
28178 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28179 @item s R
28180 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28181 @item s T
28182 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28183 @item s U
28184 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28185 @item s X
28186 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28187 @end table
28188
28189 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28190 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28191
28192 @kindex s p
28193 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28194 @cindex Storing variables
28195 @cindex Permanent variables
28196 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28197 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28198 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28199 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so
28200 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28201 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28202 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28203 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28204 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28205
28206 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28207 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28208 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28209 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28210 and @code{PlotRejects};
28211 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28212 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28213 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28214 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28215
28216 @kindex s i
28217 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28218 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28219 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28220 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28221 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28222 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28223 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28224 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28225 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28226 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28227 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28228
28229 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28230 @section The Let Command
28231
28232 @noindent
28233 @kindex s l
28234 @pindex calc-let
28235 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28236 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28237 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28238 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28239 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28240 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28241
28242 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28243 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28244 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28245 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28246 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28247 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28248 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28249 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28250 by these commands.
28251
28252 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28253 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28254 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28255
28256 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28257 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28258 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28259
28260 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28261 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28262 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28263 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28264 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28265 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28266
28267 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28268 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28269
28270 @noindent
28271 @tindex evalto
28272 @tindex =>
28273 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28274 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28275 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28276 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28277 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28278 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28279 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28280
28281 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28282 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28283 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28284 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28285 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28286 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28287
28288 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28289 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28290 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28291
28292 @kindex s =
28293 @pindex calc-evalto
28294 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28295 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28296 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28297 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28298 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28299
28300 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28301 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28302 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28303 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28304 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28305 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28306 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28307 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28308 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28309 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28310 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28311 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28312 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28313 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28314 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28315
28316 @kindex m C
28317 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28318 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28319 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28320 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28321 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28322 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28323 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28324 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28325
28326 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28327 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28328 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28329 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28330 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28331 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28332 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28333
28334 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28335 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28336 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28337 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28338 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28339 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28340 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28341 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28342 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28343 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28344 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28345 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28346 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28347 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28348 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28349
28350 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28351 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28352 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28353 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28354 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28355 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28356 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28357 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28358 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28359 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28360
28361 @smallexample
28362 @group
28363 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28364 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28365 . . .
28366
28367 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28368 @end group
28369 @end smallexample
28370
28371 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28372 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28373 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28374 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28375 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28376 side effects.
28377
28378 @kindex s :
28379 @pindex calc-assign
28380 @tindex assign
28381 @tindex :=
28382 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28383 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28384 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28385 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28386 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28387 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28388 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28389 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28390 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28391
28392 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28393 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28394 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28395
28396 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28397 @chapter Graphics
28398
28399 @noindent
28400 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28401 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28402 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28403 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28404 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28405 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28406
28407 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28408 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28409 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
28410 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some Lisp
28411 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28412 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
28413 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28414 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are not using X,
28415 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
28416 graphics that will work on any terminal.
28417
28418 @menu
28419 * Basic Graphics::
28420 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28421 * Managing Curves::
28422 * Graphics Options::
28423 * Devices::
28424 @end menu
28425
28426 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28427 @section Basic Graphics
28428
28429 @noindent
28430 @kindex g f
28431 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28432 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28433 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28434 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28435 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28436 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28437 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28438 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28439 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28440 to indicate the points themselves.
28441
28442 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28443 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28444 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28445
28446 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28447 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28448 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28449
28450 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28451 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28452 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28453 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28454 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28455 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28456 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28457 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28458 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28459
28460 @ignore
28461 @starindex
28462 @end ignore
28463 @tindex xy
28464 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28465 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28466 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28467 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28468 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28469 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28470 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28471 will be a circle.
28472
28473 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28474 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28475 variables.
28476
28477 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28478 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28479 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28480 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28481 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28482 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28483 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28484 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28485 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28486
28487 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28488 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28489
28490 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28491 @vindex PlotRejects
28492 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28493 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28494 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28495 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28496 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28497 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28498 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28499 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28500 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28501 @code{PlotRejects}.
28502
28503 @kindex g c
28504 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28505 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28506 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28507 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28508 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28509 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28510 window if there is one.
28511
28512 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28513 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28514
28515 @kindex g F
28516 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28517 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28518 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28519 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28520
28521 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28522 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28523 are several options for these values.
28524
28525 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28526 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28527 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28528 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28529 result is a surface plot where
28530 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
28531 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
28532 is the height of the point
28533 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28534 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28535 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28536 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28537 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28538
28539 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28540 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28541
28542 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28543 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28544 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28545 of values from the input vectors.
28546
28547 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28548 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28549 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28550 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28551 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28552 3D surface.
28553
28554 @ignore
28555 @starindex
28556 @end ignore
28557 @tindex xyz
28558 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28559 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28560 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28561 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28562 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28563 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28564 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28565 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28566 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28567 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28568 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28569 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28570
28571 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28572 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28573 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28574 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28575 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28576
28577 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28578 variables containing the relevant data.
28579
28580 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28581 @section Managing Curves
28582
28583 @noindent
28584 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28585 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28586 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28587 by using these commands directly.
28588
28589 @kindex g a
28590 @pindex calc-graph-add
28591 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28592 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28593 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28594 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28595 on the same axes.
28596
28597 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28598 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28599 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28600 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28601 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28602 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28603 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28604 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28605 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28606 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28607 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28608 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28609 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28610
28611 @vindex PlotData1
28612 @vindex PlotData2
28613 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28614 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28615 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28616 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28617 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28618 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28619 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28620 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28621
28622 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28623 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28624 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28625 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28626 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28627 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28628
28629 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28630 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28631 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28632
28633 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28634 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28635 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28636 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28637 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28638 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28639
28640 For example, to plot
28641 @texline @math{\sin n x}
28642 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28643 for integers @expr{n}
28644 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28645 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28646 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28647 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28648 command.
28649
28650 @kindex g A
28651 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28652 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28653 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28654 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28655 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28656 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28657 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28658 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28659 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28660 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28661 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28662
28663 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28664 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28665 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28666 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28667 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28668 check for this.)
28669
28670 @kindex g d
28671 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28672 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28673 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28674 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28675 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28676
28677 @kindex g H
28678 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28679 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28680 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28681 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28682 point styles will be retained.
28683
28684 @kindex g j
28685 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28686 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28687 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28688 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28689 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28690 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28691 affect the last curve in the list.
28692
28693 @kindex g p
28694 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28695 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28696 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28697 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28698 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28699 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28700 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28701 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28702 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28703 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28704
28705 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28706 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28707 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28708 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28709 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28710 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28711 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28712
28713 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28714 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28715 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28716 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28717 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28718 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28719 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28720
28721 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28722 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28723 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28724
28725 @kindex g P
28726 @pindex calc-graph-print
28727 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28728 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28729 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28730 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28731 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28732 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28733 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28734 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28735 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28736 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28737 always plot to the printer.
28738
28739 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28740 @section Graphics Options
28741
28742 @noindent
28743 @kindex g g
28744 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28745 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28746 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28747 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28748 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28749 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28750 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28751
28752 @kindex g b
28753 @pindex calc-graph-border
28754 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28755 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28756 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28757
28758 @kindex g k
28759 @pindex calc-graph-key
28760 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28761 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28762 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28763 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28764 curves on the same graph.
28765
28766 @kindex g N
28767 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28768 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28769 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28770 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28771 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28772 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28773 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28774 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28775 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28776 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28777 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28778 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
28779 will be computed for the surface.
28780
28781 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28782 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28783 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28784 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
28785 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28786 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28787 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28788 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28789 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28790
28791 @kindex g h
28792 @pindex calc-graph-header
28793 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28794 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28795 The default title is blank (no title).
28796
28797 @kindex g n
28798 @pindex calc-graph-name
28799 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28800 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28801 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28802 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28803 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28804 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28805 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28806 not used.
28807
28808 @kindex g t
28809 @kindex g T
28810 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28811 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28812 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28813 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28814 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28815 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28816 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28817 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28818 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28819
28820 @kindex g r
28821 @kindex g R
28822 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28823 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28824 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28825 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28826 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28827 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28828 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28829 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28830 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28831 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28832 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28833
28834 @kindex g l
28835 @kindex g L
28836 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28837 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28838 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28839 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28840 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28841
28842 @kindex g C-l
28843 @kindex g C-r
28844 @kindex g C-t
28845 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28846 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28847 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28848 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28849 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28850 for the ``z'' axis.
28851
28852 @kindex g z
28853 @kindex g Z
28854 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28855 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28856 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28857 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28858 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28859 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28860 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28861 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28862 not available for 3D plots.
28863
28864 @kindex g s
28865 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28866 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28867 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28868 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28869 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28870 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28871 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28872 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28873 available for any device.
28874
28875 @kindex g S
28876 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
28877 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
28878 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
28879 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
28880 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
28881 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
28882 the error bars on or off.
28883
28884 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
28885 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
28886 @vindex LineStyles
28887 @vindex PointStyles
28888 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
28889 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
28890 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
28891 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
28892 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
28893 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
28894 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
28895 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
28896 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
28897 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
28898
28899 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
28900 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
28901 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
28902 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
28903 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
28904
28905 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
28906 @section Graphical Devices
28907
28908 @noindent
28909 @kindex g D
28910 @pindex calc-graph-device
28911 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
28912 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
28913 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
28914 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
28915 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
28916
28917 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
28918 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
28919 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
28920 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
28921 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
28922 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
28923 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
28924 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
28925 This is the initial default value.
28926
28927 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
28928 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
28929 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
28930 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
28931 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
28932 dumb terminals will be
28933 @texline @math{80\times24}
28934 @infoline 80x24
28935 characters. The graph is displayed in
28936 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
28937 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
28938 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28939
28940 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
28941 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
28942 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
28943 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
28944 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
28945 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
28946 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
28947 of the four directions.
28948
28949 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
28950 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
28951 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
28952 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
28953 plot on any text-only printer.
28954
28955 @kindex g O
28956 @pindex calc-graph-output
28957 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
28958 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
28959 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
28960 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
28961 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
28962 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write
28963 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
28964 This is the default setting.
28965
28966 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
28967 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
28968 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
28969 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
28970 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
28971 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
28972 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
28973 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
28974 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
28975
28976 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
28977 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
28978 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
28979 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
28980 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
28981 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
28982
28983 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
28984 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
28985 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
28986 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
28987 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
28988 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28989
28990 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
28991 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
28992 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
28993 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
28994 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
28995 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
28996 You may wish to configure the default and
28997 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
28998 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
28999 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29000 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29001 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29002
29003 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29004 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29005 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29006 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29007 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29008 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29009 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29010 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29011
29012 @kindex g x
29013 @pindex calc-graph-display
29014 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29015 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29016 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29017 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29018
29019 @kindex g X
29020 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29021 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29022 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29023 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29024 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29025 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29026 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
29027
29028 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29029 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29030 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29031 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29032 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29033 something has gone wrong.
29034
29035 @kindex g C
29036 @pindex calc-graph-command
29037 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29038 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29039 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29040 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29041 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29042
29043 @kindex g v
29044 @kindex g V
29045 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29046 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29047 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29048 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29049 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29050 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29051 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29052 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29053 buffer is hidden again.
29054
29055 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29056 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29057 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29058 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29059 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29060 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29061 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29062 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29063 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29064 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29065 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29066 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29067 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29068 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29069 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29070 with @kbd{g p}.
29071
29072 @kindex g q
29073 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29074 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29075 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29076 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29077 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29078 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29079 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29080
29081 @kindex g K
29082 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29083 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29084 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29085 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29086 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29087
29088 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29089 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29090
29091 @noindent
29092 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29093 other Emacs editing buffers.
29094
29095 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29096 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29097
29098 @menu
29099 * Killing From Stack::
29100 * Yanking Into Stack::
29101 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29102 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29103 * X Cut and Paste::
29104 @end menu
29105
29106 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29107 @section Killing from the Stack
29108
29109 @noindent
29110 @kindex C-k
29111 @pindex calc-kill
29112 @kindex M-k
29113 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29114 @kindex C-w
29115 @pindex calc-kill-region
29116 @kindex M-w
29117 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29118 @cindex Kill ring
29119 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the
29120 ``kill ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y}
29121 command. Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which
29122 kills one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point,
29123 and @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29124 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too. Also,
29125 @kbd{M-k} has been provided to complete the set; it puts the current line
29126 into the kill ring without deleting anything.
29127
29128 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29129 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below the
29130 bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack. Otherwise,
29131 they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. Calc's kill
29132 commands always operate on whole stack entries. (They act the same as their
29133 standard Emacs cousins except they ``round up'' the specified region to
29134 encompass full lines.) The text is copied into the kill ring exactly as
29135 it appears on the screen, including line numbers if they are enabled.
29136
29137 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29138 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29139 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29140 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29141 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29142 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29143 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29144 newline.
29145
29146 @node Yanking Into Stack, Grabbing From Buffers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29147 @section Yanking into the Stack
29148
29149 @noindent
29150 @kindex C-y
29151 @pindex calc-yank
29152 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29153 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29154 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29155 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29156 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29157 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29158 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29159 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29160 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29161 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29162 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29163 difference.)
29164
29165 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29166 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29167
29168 @noindent
29169 @kindex C-x * g
29170 @pindex calc-grab-region
29171 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29172 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29173 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29174 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29175 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29176 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29177 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29178 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29179
29180 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29181 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29182 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29183 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29184 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29185 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29186 delete given that prefix argument.
29187
29188 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29189 line.
29190
29191 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29192 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29193 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29194 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29195 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29196 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29197 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29198 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29199
29200 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29201 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29202
29203 @kindex C-x * r
29204 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29205 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29206 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29207 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29208 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29209 whose contents are parsed.
29210
29211 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29212 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29213 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29214
29215 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29216 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29217 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29218 is ignored.
29219
29220 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29221 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29222 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29223 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29224 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29225 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29226
29227 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29228 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29229 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29230 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29231 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29232 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29233 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29234 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29235
29236 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29237 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29238 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29239 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29240 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29241
29242 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29243 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29244 @texline @math{1\times1}
29245 @infoline 1x1
29246 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29247
29248 @kindex C-x * :
29249 @kindex C-x * _
29250 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29251 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29252 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29253 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29254 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29255 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29256 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29257 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29258 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29259 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29260
29261 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29262 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29263 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29264 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29265 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29266
29267 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29268 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29269 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29270 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29271 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29272 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29273
29274 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29275 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29276 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29277 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29278 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29279 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29280 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29281
29282 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29283 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29284
29285 @noindent
29286 @kindex y
29287 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29288 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29289 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29290 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29291 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29292 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29293 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29294 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29295 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29296
29297 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29298 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29299 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29300 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29301 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29302 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29303 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29304
29305 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29306 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29307 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29308 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29309 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29310 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29311 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29312 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29313 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29314 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29315
29316 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29317 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29318 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29319 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29320 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29321 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29322 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29323 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29324 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29325 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29326 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29327 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29328 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29329 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29330
29331 @kindex C-x * y
29332 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29333 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29334 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29335
29336 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29337 @section X Cut and Paste
29338
29339 @noindent
29340 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29341 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29342 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29343
29344 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29345 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29346 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29347 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29348 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29349 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29350 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29351 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29352 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29353 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29354 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29355
29356 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29357 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29358 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29359 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29360 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29361 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29362 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29363 in the Calc window.
29364
29365 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29366 @chapter Keypad Mode
29367
29368 @noindent
29369 @kindex C-x * k
29370 @pindex calc-keypad
29371 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29372 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29373 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29374 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29375 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29376 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29377 calculations with the mouse.
29378
29379 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29380 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29381 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29382 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29383 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29384 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29385
29386 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29387 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29388 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29389 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29390
29391 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29392 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29393 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29394
29395 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29396 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29397 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29398 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29399 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29400 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29401 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29402 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29403
29404 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29405 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29406 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29407 original buffer.
29408
29409 @menu
29410 * Keypad Main Menu::
29411 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29412 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29413 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29414 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29415 @end menu
29416
29417 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29418 @section Main Menu
29419
29420 @smallexample
29421 @group
29422 |----+-----Calc 2.1------+----1
29423 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29424 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29425 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29426 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29427 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29428 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29429 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29430 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29431 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29432 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29433 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29434 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29435 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29436 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29437 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29438 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29439 @end group
29440 @end smallexample
29441
29442 @noindent
29443 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29444 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29445 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29446 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29447
29448 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29449 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29450 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29451 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29452 or any other function key.
29453
29454 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29455 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29456 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29457 stack.
29458
29459 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29460 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29461 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29462 below and in the following sections.
29463
29464 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29465 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29466
29467 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29468 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29469 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29470
29471 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29472 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29473 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29474 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29475
29476 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29477 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29478 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29479 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29480 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29481
29482 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29483 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29484 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29485 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29486
29487 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29488 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29489 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29490 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29491
29492 @table @kbd
29493 @item INV +/-
29494 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29495 @item INV +
29496 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29497 @item INV -
29498 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29499 @item INV *
29500 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29501 @item INV /
29502 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29503 @item HYP/INV 1
29504 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29505 @item HYP/INV 2
29506 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29507 @item HYP/INV 3
29508 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29509 @item INV/HYP 4
29510 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29511 @item INV/HYP 5
29512 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29513 @item INV 6
29514 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29515 @item INV 7
29516 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29517 @item INV 8
29518 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29519 @item INV 9
29520 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29521 @item INV 0
29522 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29523 @item INV .
29524 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29525 @item INV ENTER
29526 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29527 @item HYP ENTER
29528 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29529 @item INV HYP ENTER
29530 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29531 @item HYP +/-
29532 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29533 @item HYP EEX
29534 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29535 @item INV EEX
29536 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29537 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29538 by the two limits of the interval.
29539 @end table
29540
29541 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29542 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29543 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29544 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29545 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29546 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29547
29548 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29549 @section Functions Menu
29550
29551 @smallexample
29552 @group
29553 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29554 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29555 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29556 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29557 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29558 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29559 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29560 @end group
29561 @end smallexample
29562
29563 @noindent
29564 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29565 prefix keys.
29566
29567 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29568 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29569
29570 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29571 extracts the imaginary part.
29572
29573 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29574 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29575 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29576 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29577 same limit as last time.
29578
29579 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29580
29581 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29582 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29583 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29584
29585 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29586 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29587
29588 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29589 finds the previous prime.
29590
29591 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29592 @section Binary Menu
29593
29594 @smallexample
29595 @group
29596 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29597 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29598 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29599 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29600 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29601 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29602 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29603 @end group
29604 @end smallexample
29605
29606 @noindent
29607 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29608 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29609 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29610
29611 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29612 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29613
29614 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29615 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29616 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29617 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29618
29619 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29620 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29621 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29622 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29623
29624 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29625 @section Vectors Menu
29626
29627 @smallexample
29628 @group
29629 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
29630 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29631 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29632 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
29633 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29634 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
29635 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29636 @end group
29637 @end smallexample
29638
29639 @noindent
29640 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
29641
29642 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
29643 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
29644 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
29645 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
29646 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
29647 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
29648 rows into a matrix.
29649
29650 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
29651 components separately.
29652
29653 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
29654 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
29655 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
29656 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
29657 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
29658
29659 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
29660 identity matrix.
29661
29662 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
29663
29664 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
29665
29666 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
29667 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
29668
29669 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
29670 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
29671 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
29672 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
29673
29674 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
29675 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
29676 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
29677
29678 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
29679 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
29680 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
29681
29682 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
29683 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
29684 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
29685 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
29686 all the elements of a vector.
29687
29688 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29689 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29690 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29691 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29692 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29693 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29694 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29695 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29696 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29697
29698 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
29699 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29700 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29701 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29702 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29703 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
29704 @expr{t}, respectively.
29705
29706 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29707 @section Modes Menu
29708
29709 @smallexample
29710 @group
29711 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29712 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29713 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29714 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29715 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29716 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29717 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29718 @end group
29719 @end smallexample
29720
29721 @noindent
29722 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29723
29724 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29725 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29726 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29727 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29728 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29729
29730 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29731 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29732 well as to the left.
29733
29734 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29735 for trigonometric functions.
29736
29737 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29738 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29739 fractional or floating-point results.
29740
29741 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29742 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29743
29744 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29745 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29746 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29747
29748 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29749 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29750
29751 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29752 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29753 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29754 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29755
29756 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29757 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29758 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29759 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
29760 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29761
29762 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29763 @chapter Embedded Mode
29764
29765 @noindent
29766 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29767 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29768 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29769 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29770
29771 @menu
29772 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29773 * More About Embedded Mode::
29774 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29775 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29776 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29777 @end menu
29778
29779 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29780 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29781
29782 @noindent
29783 @kindex C-x * e
29784 @pindex calc-embedded
29785 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29786 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29787 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29788 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29789 are visiting your own files.
29790
29791 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
29792 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
29793 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
29794 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
29795 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
29796 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
29797 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
29798 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29799 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
29800 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
29801 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
29802
29803 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29804 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29805 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
29806 understands are:
29807
29808 @enumerate
29809 @item
29810 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29811 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29812 @item
29813 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
29814 @item
29815 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29816 @item
29817 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29818 @item
29819 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29820 @end enumerate
29821
29822 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29823 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29824 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
29825
29826 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
29827 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
29828 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
29829 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
29830
29831 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
29832 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
29833 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
29834
29835 @kindex C-x * w
29836 @pindex calc-embedded-word
29837 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
29838 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
29839 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
29840 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
29841 backward to delimit the formula.
29842
29843 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
29844 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
29845 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
29846 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
29847 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
29848 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
29849 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
29850 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
29851 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
29852 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
29853 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
29854
29855 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
29856 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
29857 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
29858 an algebraic entry.
29859
29860 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
29861 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
29862 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
29863 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
29864 not affected by Embedded mode.
29865
29866 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
29867 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
29868 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
29869 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
29870 find you need to see the entire stack.
29871
29872 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
29873 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
29874 inequality:
29875
29876 @example
29877 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
29878 @end example
29879
29880 @noindent
29881 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
29882 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
29883 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
29884 to match Calc's usual display style:
29885
29886 @example
29887 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
29888 @end example
29889
29890 @noindent
29891 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
29892 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
29893 Embedded mode.
29894
29895 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
29896 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
29897 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
29898 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
29899 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
29900 needs to be commuted.
29901
29902 @example
29903 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
29904 @end example
29905
29906 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
29907 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
29908 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
29909 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
29910
29911 @example
29912 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
29913 @end example
29914
29915 @noindent
29916 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
29917 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
29918 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
29919 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
29920 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
29921 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
29922 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
29923
29924 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
29925 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
29926 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
29927 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
29928 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
29929 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
29930 Embedded mode is concerned.
29931
29932 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
29933 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
29934 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
29935 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
29936 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
29937 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
29938 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
29939 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
29940 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
29941 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
29942
29943 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29944 @section More About Embedded Mode
29945
29946 @noindent
29947 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
29948 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
29949 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
29950 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
29951 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
29952 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
29953 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
29954
29955 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
29956 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
29957 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
29958 whatever language mode is in effect.
29959
29960 @tex
29961 \bigskip
29962 @end tex
29963
29964 @kindex d p
29965 @pindex calc-show-plain
29966 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
29967 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
29968 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
29969 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
29970 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
29971 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
29972 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
29973 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
29974 version.
29975
29976 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
29977 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
29978 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
29979 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
29980 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
29981 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
29982 in a comment for those modes, also.
29983 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
29984 formula delimiters.
29985
29986 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
29987 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
29988 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
29989 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
29990 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
29991 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
29992 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
29993 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
29994
29995 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
29996 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
29997 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
29998 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
29999 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30000 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30001
30002 @tex
30003 \bigskip
30004 @end tex
30005
30006 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30007 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30008 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30009 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30010 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30011 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30012 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30013 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30014 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30015 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30016 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30017 ``plain'' mode.
30018
30019 @tex
30020 \bigskip
30021 @end tex
30022
30023 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30024 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30025 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30026 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30027 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30028
30029 @smallexample
30030 The derivative of
30031
30032 ln(ln(x))
30033
30034 is
30035
30036 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30037
30038 whose value at x = 2 is
30039
30040 @r{(the value)}
30041
30042 and at x = 3 is
30043
30044 @r{(the value)}
30045 @end smallexample
30046
30047 @kindex C-x * d
30048 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30049 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30050 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30051 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30052 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30053 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30054
30055 For this example, you would start with just
30056
30057 @smallexample
30058 The derivative of
30059
30060 ln(ln(x))
30061 @end smallexample
30062
30063 @noindent
30064 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30065 is
30066
30067 @smallexample
30068 The derivative of
30069
30070 ln(ln(x))
30071
30072
30073 ln(ln(x))
30074 @end smallexample
30075
30076 @noindent
30077 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30078 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30079 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30080 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30081 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30082 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30083
30084 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30085 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30086 various formulas and numbers.
30087
30088 @tex
30089 \bigskip
30090 @end tex
30091
30092 @kindex C-x * f
30093 @kindex C-x * '
30094 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30095 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30096 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30097 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30098 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30099 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30100 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30101 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30102 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30103
30104 @kindex C-x * n
30105 @kindex C-x * p
30106 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30107 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30108 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30109 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30110 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30111 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30112 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30113 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30114 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30115 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30116 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30117 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30118 formula, they just move the cursor.
30119
30120 @kindex C-x * `
30121 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30122 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30123 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30124 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30125 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30126
30127 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30128 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30129
30130 @noindent
30131 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30132 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30133 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30134 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30135
30136 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30137
30138 @example
30139 foo := 5
30140 @end example
30141
30142 @noindent
30143 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30144 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30145 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30146 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30147 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30148
30149 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30150 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30151 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30152 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30153 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30154
30155 @example
30156 foo + 7 => 12
30157 @end example
30158
30159 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30160
30161 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30162 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30163
30164 @example
30165 foo := 17
30166
30167 foo + 7 => 24
30168 @end example
30169
30170 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30171 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30172 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30173 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30174 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30175
30176 @example
30177 17
30178
30179 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30180 @end example
30181
30182 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30183 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30184 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30185 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30186
30187 @kindex C-x * j
30188 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30189 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30190 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30191 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30192 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30193 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30194 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30195
30196 @example
30197 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30198 @end example
30199
30200 @noindent
30201 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30202
30203 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30204 mode.
30205
30206 @kindex C-x * u
30207 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30208 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30209 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30210 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30211 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30212 command is a convenient way to do this.
30213
30214 @example
30215 foo := 6
30216
30217 foo + 7 => 13
30218 @end example
30219
30220 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30221 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30222 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30223 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30224 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30225 that formula will not be disturbed.
30226
30227 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30228 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30229 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30230 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30231 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30232
30233 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30234 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30235
30236 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30237 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30238 file.
30239
30240 @kindex C-x * a
30241 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30242 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30243 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30244 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30245 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30246 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30247 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30248 changed.
30249
30250 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30251 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30252 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30253 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30254 a few lines that look like this:
30255
30256 @example
30257 --- Local Variables: ---
30258 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30259 --- End: ---
30260 @end example
30261
30262 @noindent
30263 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30264 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30265 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30266 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30267 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30268 trailing strings.
30269
30270 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30271 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30272 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30273 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30274 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30275 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30276 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30277 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30278 Emacs manual}.
30279
30280 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30281 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30282 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30283 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30284 saved.
30285
30286 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30287 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30288 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30289 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30290 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30291 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30292
30293 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30294 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30295 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30296 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30297 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30298 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30299 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30300 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30301 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30302 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30303 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30304 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30305 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30306 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30307 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30308
30309 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30310 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30311 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30312 following assignment is used.
30313
30314 @example
30315 x => 1
30316
30317 x := 1
30318
30319 x => 1
30320
30321 x := 2
30322
30323 x => 2
30324 @end example
30325
30326 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30327 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30328 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30329 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30330 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30331 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30332
30333 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30334 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30335 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30336 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30337 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30338 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30339 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30340
30341 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30342 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30343 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30344 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30345 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30346 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30347 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30348 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30349 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30350 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30351 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30352
30353 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30354 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30355
30356 @kindex m e
30357 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30358 @noindent
30359 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30360 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30361 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30362 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30363 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30364 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30365
30366 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30367 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30368 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30369 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30370 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30371 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30372
30373 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30374 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30375 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30376 delimiter of the formula.
30377
30378 @example
30379 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30380 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30381 @end example
30382
30383 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30384 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30385 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30386 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30387 the file, or up to a line of the form
30388
30389 @example
30390 % [calc-defaults]
30391 @end example
30392
30393 @noindent
30394 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30395 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30396 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30397
30398 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30399 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30400 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30401 below).
30402
30403 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30404 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30405 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30406 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30407 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30408 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30409 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30410 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30411 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30412
30413 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30414 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30415 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30416 one.
30417
30418 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30419 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30420 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30421 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30422 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30423 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30424 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30425 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30426 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30427
30428 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30429 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30430 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30431 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30432 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30433 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30434
30435 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30436 that look like this, respectively:
30437
30438 @example
30439 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30440 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30441 @end example
30442
30443 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30444 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30445 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30446 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30447 yet, is not relevant here.)
30448
30449 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30450 of the file:
30451
30452 @example
30453 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30454 @end example
30455
30456 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30457 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30458 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30459 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30460 formulas in the file.
30461
30462 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30463 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30464 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30465 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30466 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30467
30468 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30469 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30470 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30471 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30472 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30473 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30474
30475 @example
30476 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30477 1.23e2
30478
30479 456.
30480 @end example
30481
30482 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30483 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30484
30485 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30486 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30487 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30488 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30489 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el})
30490 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30491 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30492 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30493 annotations at all.
30494
30495 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30496 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30497
30498 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30499 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30500
30501 @noindent
30502 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30503 variables described here. These variables are customizable
30504 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30505 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30506 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30507 the end of the file;
30508 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30509 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30510 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30511
30512 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30513 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30514 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30515 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30516 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30517 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30518 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30519 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30520 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30521 in detail.
30522
30523 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30524 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30525 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30526 Lisp program.
30527
30528 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30529 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30530 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30531 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30532 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30533 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30534 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30535 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30536
30537 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30538 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30539 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30540 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30541 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30542 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30543
30544 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30545 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30546 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30547 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30548 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30549 one or two dollar signs.
30550
30551 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30552 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30553 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30554
30555 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30556 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30557 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30558 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30559 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30560 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30561 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30562
30563 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30564 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30565 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30566 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30567 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30568 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30569 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30570
30571 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30572 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30573 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30574 regular expression to match the above example would be
30575 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30576 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30577 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30578 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30579 case).
30580
30581 @vindex calc-embedded-open-word
30582 @vindex calc-embedded-close-word
30583 The @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and @code{calc-embedded-close-word}
30584 variables are similar expressions used when you type @kbd{C-x * w}
30585 instead of @kbd{C-x * e} to enable Embedded mode.
30586
30587 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30588 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30589 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30590 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30591 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30592 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30593 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30594 be different for certain major modes.
30595
30596 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30597 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30598 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30599 different for different major modes. Without
30600 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30601 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30602
30603 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30604 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30605 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30606 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30607 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30608 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30609 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30610 the file.
30611
30612 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30613 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30614 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30615 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30616 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30617 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30618 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30619
30620 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30621 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30622 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30623 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30624 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30625 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30626 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30627 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30628 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30629 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
30630 different for different major modes.
30631 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
30632 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
30633 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
30634 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
30635
30636 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
30637 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
30638 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
30639 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
30640 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
30641 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
30642 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
30643 modes.
30644
30645 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
30646 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
30647 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
30648 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
30649 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
30650 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
30651
30652 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
30653 @chapter Programming
30654
30655 @noindent
30656 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
30657 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
30658
30659 @enumerate
30660 @item
30661 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
30662 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
30663 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
30664 as loops and conditionals.
30665
30666 @item
30667 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
30668 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
30669 as an interactive command.
30670
30671 @item
30672 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
30673 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
30674 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
30675 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
30676 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
30677
30678 @item
30679 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
30680 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
30681 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
30682 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
30683 rewrite rules.
30684 @end enumerate
30685
30686 @kindex z
30687 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
30688 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
30689 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
30690 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
30691 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
30692 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
30693 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
30694
30695 @menu
30696 * Creating User Keys::
30697 * Keyboard Macros::
30698 * Invocation Macros::
30699 * Algebraic Definitions::
30700 * Lisp Definitions::
30701 @end menu
30702
30703 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
30704 @section Creating User Keys
30705
30706 @noindent
30707 @kindex Z D
30708 @pindex calc-user-define
30709 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30710 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30711 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30712
30713 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30714 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30715 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30716 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30717 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30718 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30719 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30720 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30721
30722 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30723 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30724
30725 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30726 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30727 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30728
30729 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30730 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30731 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30732 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30733 of a letter if you wish.
30734
30735 @kindex Z U
30736 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30737 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30738 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30739 key we defined above.
30740
30741 @kindex Z P
30742 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30743 @cindex Storing user definitions
30744 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30745 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
30746 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30747 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30748 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30749 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
30750 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}.) For example,
30751 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
30752 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
30753 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
30754 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
30755
30756 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30757 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30758 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30759 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30760 command will save all of these definitions.
30761 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30762 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
30763 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
30764 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
30765 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
30766 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
30767 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
30768 or key bindings associated with the function.)
30769
30770 @kindex Z E
30771 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30772 @cindex Editing user definitions
30773 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30774 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30775 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30776 following sections.
30777
30778 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30779 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30780
30781 @noindent
30782 @kindex X
30783 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30784 @cindex Keyboard macros
30785 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30786 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30787 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30788 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30789 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30790 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30791 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30792 information.
30793
30794 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30795 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30796 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30797 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30798 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30799 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30800 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30801 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30802 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30803 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30804 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30805 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30806 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30807
30808 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30809 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30810 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30811 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30812
30813 @menu
30814 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30815 * Conditionals in Macros::
30816 * Loops in Macros::
30817 * Local Values in Macros::
30818 * Queries in Macros::
30819 @end menu
30820
30821 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30822 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30823
30824 @noindent
30825 @kindex Z K
30826 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
30827 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
30828 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
30829 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
30830 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
30831 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
30832 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
30833 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
30834 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
30835 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
30836 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
30837 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
30838 descriptive command name if you wish.
30839
30840 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
30841 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
30842 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
30843 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
30844
30845 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
30846 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
30847
30848 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
30849 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30850 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
30851 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
30852 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
30853 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
30854 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
30855 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
30856 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
30857 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
30858 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
30859 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
30860 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
30861 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
30862 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
30863
30864 @kindex C-x * m
30865 @pindex read-kbd-macro
30866 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
30867 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
30868 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
30869 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
30870
30871 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30872 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
30873
30874 @noindent
30875 @kindex Z [
30876 @kindex Z ]
30877 @pindex calc-kbd-if
30878 @pindex calc-kbd-else
30879 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
30880 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
30881 @cindex Conditional structures
30882 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
30883 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
30884 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
30885 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
30886 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
30887 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
30888 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
30889
30890 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
30891 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
30892 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
30893 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
30894 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
30895 command is skipped.
30896
30897 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
30898 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
30899 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
30900 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
30901 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
30902 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
30903
30904 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
30905 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
30906
30907 @kindex Z :
30908 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
30909 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
30910 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
30911 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
30912 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
30913 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
30914 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
30915
30916 @kindex Z |
30917 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
30918 between any number of alternatives. For example,
30919 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
30920 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
30921 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
30922 it will execute @var{part3}.
30923
30924 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
30925 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
30926 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
30927 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
30928 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
30929 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
30930 does not.
30931
30932 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
30933 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
30934 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
30935 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
30936 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
30937 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
30938 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
30939 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
30940 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
30941
30942 @kindex Z C-g
30943 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
30944 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
30945 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
30946
30947 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30948 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
30949
30950 @noindent
30951 @kindex Z <
30952 @kindex Z >
30953 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
30954 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
30955 @cindex Looping structures
30956 @cindex Iterative structures
30957 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
30958 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
30959 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
30960 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
30961 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
30962 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
30963 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
30964 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
30965 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
30966
30967 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
30968 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
30969 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
30970 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
30971 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
30972 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
30973 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
30974 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
30975 macro.
30976
30977 @kindex Z /
30978 @pindex calc-break
30979 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
30980 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
30981 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
30982 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
30983 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
30984 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
30985 in the C language.
30986
30987 @kindex Z (
30988 @kindex Z )
30989 @pindex calc-kbd-for
30990 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
30991 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
30992 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
30993 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
30994 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
30995 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
30996 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
30997 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
30998 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
30999 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31000
31001 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31002 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31003 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31004 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31005 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31006 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31007 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31008
31009 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31010 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31011 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31012 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31013 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31014 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31015
31016 @kindex Z @{
31017 @kindex Z @}
31018 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31019 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31020 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31021 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31022 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31023 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31024 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31025 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31026 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31027 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31028 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31029 this feature.)
31030
31031 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31032 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31033 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31034 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31035 as easily as in a macro definition.
31036
31037 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31038 conditional and looping commands.
31039
31040 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31041 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31042
31043 @noindent
31044 @cindex Local variables
31045 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31046 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31047 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31048 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31049 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31050 modes.
31051
31052 @kindex Z `
31053 @kindex Z '
31054 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31055 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31056 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31057 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31058 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31059 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31060
31061 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31062 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31063 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31064 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31065 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31066
31067 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31068 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31069 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31070 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31071 in exceptional conditions.
31072
31073 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31074 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31075 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31076 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31077 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31078 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31079 macros were involved.
31080
31081 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31082 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31083 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31084 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31085 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31086 thereof) are also saved.
31087
31088 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31089 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31090 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31091 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31092 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31093
31094 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31095 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31096 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31097 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31098 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31099 outside the construct.
31100
31101 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31102 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31103 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31104
31105 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31106 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31107
31108 @c @noindent
31109 @c @kindex Z =
31110 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31111 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31112 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31113 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31114 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31115 @c to turn such messages off.
31116
31117 @noindent
31118 @kindex Z #
31119 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31120 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31121 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31122 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31123 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31124 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31125 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31126 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31127 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31128 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31129 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31130 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31131
31132 As an example,
31133 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31134 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31135 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31136 will not be part of the macro.)
31137
31138 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31139 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31140 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31141 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31142 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31143 return control to the keyboard macro.
31144
31145 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31146 @section Invocation Macros
31147
31148 @kindex C-x * z
31149 @kindex Z I
31150 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31151 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31152 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31153 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31154 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31155 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31156 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31157 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31158 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31159 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31160
31161 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31162 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31163 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31164 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31165 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31166 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31167
31168 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31169 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31170 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31171 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31172 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31173
31174 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31175 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31176 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31177
31178 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31179 @section Programming with Formulas
31180
31181 @noindent
31182 @kindex Z F
31183 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31184 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31185 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31186 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31187 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31188 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31189 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31190 non-numeric arguments.
31191
31192 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31193 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31194 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31195 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31196 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31197 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31198 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31199
31200 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31201 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31202 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31203 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31204
31205 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31206 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31207 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31208 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31209 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31210 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31211 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31212 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31213 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31214
31215 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31216 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31217 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31218 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31219 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31220 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31221 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31222 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31223 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31224 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31225 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31226 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31227
31228 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31229 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31230 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31231 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31232 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31233 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31234 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31235
31236 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31237 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31238 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31239 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31240
31241 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31242 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31243 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31244 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31245 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31246 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31247 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31248 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31249 question.
31250
31251 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31252 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31253 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31254 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31255
31256 @kindex Z G
31257 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31258 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31259 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31260 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31261 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31262 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31263 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31264 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31265
31266 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31267 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31268 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31269 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31270 @kbd{C-x k} to
31271 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31272 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31273 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31274 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31275
31276 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31277 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31278 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31279
31280 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31281 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31282 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31283 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31284 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31285 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31286 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31287 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31288 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31289
31290 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31291 @section Programming with Lisp
31292
31293 @noindent
31294 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31295 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31296 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31297 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31298 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31299 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31300 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31301 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31302 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31303
31304 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31305 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31306 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31307 to program the Calculator.
31308
31309 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31310 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31311 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31312 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31313 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31314
31315 @menu
31316 * Defining Functions::
31317 * Defining Simple Commands::
31318 * Defining Stack Commands::
31319 * Argument Qualifiers::
31320 * Example Definitions::
31321
31322 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31323 * Internals::
31324 @end menu
31325
31326 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31327 @subsection Defining New Functions
31328
31329 @noindent
31330 @findex defmath
31331 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31332 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31333 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31334 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31335 example,
31336
31337 @example
31338 (defmath myfact (n)
31339 (if (> n 0)
31340 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31341 1))
31342 @end example
31343
31344 @noindent
31345 This actually expands to the code,
31346
31347 @example
31348 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31349 (if (math-posp n)
31350 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31351 1))
31352 @end example
31353
31354 @noindent
31355 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31356
31357 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31358 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31359 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31360 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31361
31362 @smallexample
31363 (defmath myfact (n)
31364 (if (> n 0)
31365 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31366 (if (= n 0)
31367 1
31368 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31369 @end smallexample
31370
31371 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31372 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31373 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31374 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31375 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31376 efficiently as possible.
31377
31378 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31379 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31380 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31381 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31382 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31383 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31384
31385 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31386 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31387 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31388 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31389 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31390 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31391 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31392
31393 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31394 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31395 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31396 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31397 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31398
31399 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31400
31401 @itemize @bullet
31402 @item
31403 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31404 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31405 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31406 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31407 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31408
31409 @item
31410 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31411 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31412 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31413 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31414 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31415 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31416 into one element of a matrix.
31417
31418 @item
31419 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31420 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31421 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31422 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31423 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31424 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31425 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31426 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31427 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31428 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31429 things, not just two.
31430
31431 @item
31432 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31433 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31434 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31435 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31436 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31437
31438 @item
31439 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31440 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31441 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31442 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31443
31444 @item
31445 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31446 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31447 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31448 inside the body of the function.
31449 @end itemize
31450
31451 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31452 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31453 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31454 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31455 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31456
31457 @smallexample
31458 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31459 (and (numberp x)
31460 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31461 @end smallexample
31462
31463 expands to
31464
31465 @smallexample
31466 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31467 (and (math-numberp x)
31468 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31469 @end smallexample
31470
31471 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31472 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31473 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31474 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31475 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31476
31477 @example
31478 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31479 @end example
31480
31481 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31482 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31483 @file{~/.calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31484 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31485 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31486 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31487 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31488 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31489 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31490 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31491 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31492
31493 @example
31494 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31495 (defmath ... )
31496 (defmath ... )
31497 ))
31498 @end example
31499
31500 @noindent
31501 @vindex calc-define
31502 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31503 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31504 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31505 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31506 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31507 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31508 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31509 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31510 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31511
31512 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31513 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31514 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31515 after Calc itself is loaded.
31516
31517 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31518 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31519 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31520 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31521
31522 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31523 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31524 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31525 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31526 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31527 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31528 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31529 protect against this situation, you can put
31530
31531 @example
31532 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31533 @end example
31534
31535 @findex calc-check-defines
31536 @noindent
31537 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31538 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31539 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31540 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31541
31542 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31543 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31544 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31545 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31546
31547 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31548 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31549
31550 @noindent
31551 @findex interactive
31552 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31553 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31554 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31555 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31556 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31557 the command work in the Calc environment.
31558
31559 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31560 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31561
31562 @smallexample
31563 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31564 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31565 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31566 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31567 @end smallexample
31568
31569 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31570
31571 @smallexample
31572 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31573 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31574 (interactive "p")
31575 (calc-wrapper
31576 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31577
31578 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31579 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31580 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31581 @end smallexample
31582
31583 @noindent
31584 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31585 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31586 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31587 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31588
31589 @findex calc-wrapper
31590 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31591 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31592
31593 @smallexample
31594 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31595 (unwind-protect
31596 (save-excursion
31597 (calc-select-buffer)
31598 @emph{body of function}
31599 @emph{renumber stack}
31600 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31601 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31602 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31603 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31604 @end smallexample
31605
31606 @findex calc-select-buffer
31607 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31608 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31609 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31610
31611 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31612 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31613 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31614 following command flags:
31615
31616 @table @code
31617 @item renum-stack
31618 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31619 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31620 @code{calc-push}.
31621
31622 @item clear-message
31623 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31624 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31625
31626 @item no-align
31627 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31628
31629 @item position-point
31630 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31631 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31632 this command finishes.
31633
31634 @item keep-flags
31635 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
31636 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
31637
31638 @item do-edit
31639 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
31640
31641 @item hold-trail
31642 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
31643 there.
31644 @end table
31645
31646 @kindex Y
31647 @kindex Y ?
31648 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
31649 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
31650 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
31651 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
31652 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
31653 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
31654 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
31655 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
31656 future versions of Calc.
31657
31658 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
31659 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
31660 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
31661 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
31662 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
31663 within your package.
31664
31665 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
31666 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
31667 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
31668 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
31669 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
31670 if necessary without having to modify the file.
31671
31672 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
31673 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
31674 decreases the precision.
31675
31676 @smallexample
31677 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
31678 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
31679
31680 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
31681 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
31682
31683 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
31684
31685 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
31686 'increase-precision)
31687 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
31688 'decrease-precision)
31689
31690 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
31691 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
31692 calc-Y-help-msgs))
31693
31694 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31695 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31696 (interactive "p")
31697 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31698
31699 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
31700 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
31701 (interactive "p")
31702 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
31703
31704 )) ; end of calc-define property
31705
31706 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31707 @end smallexample
31708
31709 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31710 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31711
31712 @noindent
31713 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31714 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31715
31716 @example
31717 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31718 @end example
31719
31720 @noindent
31721 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31722 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31723 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31724 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31725 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31726 parameters is valid.
31727
31728 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31729 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31730 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31731 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31732 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31733 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31734
31735 As an example, the definition
31736
31737 @smallexample
31738 (defmath myfact (n)
31739 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31740 (interactive 1 "fact")
31741 (if (> n 0)
31742 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31743 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31744 @end smallexample
31745
31746 @noindent
31747 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31748 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31749
31750 @smallexample
31751 (defun calc-myfact ()
31752 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31753 (interactive)
31754 (calc-slow-wrapper
31755 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31756 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31757
31758 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31759 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31760 (if (math-posp n)
31761 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31762 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31763 @end smallexample
31764
31765 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31766 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31767 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31768 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31769 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31770
31771 @findex calc-top-list-n
31772 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31773 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31774 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31775 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31776
31777 @findex calc-enter-result
31778 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31779 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31780 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31781 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31782 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31783 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31784
31785 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31786 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31787 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31788 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31789 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31790
31791 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31792 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31793 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31794
31795 @example
31796 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31797 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31798 @var{body})
31799 @end example
31800
31801 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31802 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31803 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
31804
31805 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31806 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31807 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31808 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31809 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31810
31811 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31812 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31813
31814 @noindent
31815 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31816 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31817
31818 @example
31819 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31820 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31821 &rest @var{param})
31822 @var{body})
31823 @end example
31824
31825 @noindent
31826 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
31827
31828 @example
31829 (@var{qual} @var{param})
31830 @end example
31831
31832 The following qualifiers are recognized:
31833
31834 @table @samp
31835 @item complete
31836 @findex complete
31837 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
31838 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
31839 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
31840 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
31841
31842 @item integer
31843 @findex integer
31844 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
31845 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
31846 formulas are rejected.
31847
31848 @item natnum
31849 @findex natnum
31850 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
31851
31852 @item fixnum
31853 @findex fixnum
31854 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
31855 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
31856 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
31857
31858 @item float
31859 @findex float
31860 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
31861 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
31862 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
31863
31864 @item @var{pred}
31865 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
31866 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
31867
31868 @item not-@var{pred}
31869 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
31870 @end table
31871
31872 For example,
31873
31874 @example
31875 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
31876 &rest (integer d))
31877 @var{body})
31878 @end example
31879
31880 @noindent
31881 expands to
31882
31883 @example
31884 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
31885 (and (math-matrixp b)
31886 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
31887 (or (math-constp b)
31888 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
31889 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
31890 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
31891 @var{body})
31892 @end example
31893
31894 @noindent
31895 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
31896 body of the function.
31897
31898 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
31899 @subsection Example Definitions
31900
31901 @noindent
31902 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
31903 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
31904 @pxref{Internals}.
31905
31906 @menu
31907 * Bit Counting Example::
31908 * Sine Example::
31909 @end menu
31910
31911 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
31912 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
31913
31914 @noindent
31915 @ignore
31916 @starindex
31917 @end ignore
31918 @tindex bcount
31919 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
31920 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
31921 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
31922 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
31923 create an intermediate set.
31924
31925 @smallexample
31926 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31927 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31928 (let ((count 0))
31929 (while (> n 0)
31930 (if (oddp n)
31931 (setq count (1+ count)))
31932 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
31933 count))
31934 @end smallexample
31935
31936 @noindent
31937 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
31938 Emacs Lisp function:
31939
31940 @smallexample
31941 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
31942 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
31943 (let ((count 0))
31944 (while (math-posp n)
31945 (if (math-oddp n)
31946 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
31947 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
31948 count))
31949 @end smallexample
31950
31951 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
31952 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
31953 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
31954 involve actual division.
31955
31956 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
31957 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
31958 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
31959 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
31960 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
31961
31962 @smallexample
31963 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31964 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31965 (let ((count 0))
31966 (while (not (fixnump n))
31967 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
31968 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
31969 n (car qr))))
31970 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
31971
31972 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
31973 (let ((count 0))
31974 (while (> n 0)
31975 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
31976 n (lsh n -1)))
31977 count))
31978 @end smallexample
31979
31980 @noindent
31981 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
31982 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
31983 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
31984 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
31985 uses.
31986
31987 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
31988 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
31989 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
31990 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
31991 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
31992 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
31993 same thing with a single division by 512.
31994
31995 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
31996 @subsubsection The Sine Function
31997
31998 @noindent
31999 @ignore
32000 @starindex
32001 @end ignore
32002 @tindex mysin
32003 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32004 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32005 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32006 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32007
32008 @smallexample
32009 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32010 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32011 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32012 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32013 newsum
32014 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32015 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32016 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32017 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32018 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32019 x (* x xnegsqr)
32020 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32021 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32022 (break)) ; then we are done.
32023 (setq sum newsum))
32024 sum))
32025 @end smallexample
32026
32027 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32028 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32029 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32030 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32031 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32032 by a separate algorithm.
32033
32034 @smallexample
32035 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32036 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32037 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32038 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32039 (cond ((complexp x)
32040 (mysin-complex x))
32041 ((< x 0)
32042 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32043 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32044
32045 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32046 (cond ((>= x 7)
32047 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32048 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32049 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32050 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32051 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32052 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32053 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32054 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32055 @end smallexample
32056
32057 @noindent
32058 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32059 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32060 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32061 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32062
32063 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32064 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32065 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32066 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32067 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32068 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32069 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32070 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32071 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32072 that this rule misses.
32073
32074 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32075 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32076 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32077 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32078
32079 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32080 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32081
32082 @noindent
32083 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32084 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32085 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32086 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32087 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32088 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32089 much simpler to use!
32090
32091 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32092 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32093
32094 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32095 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32096 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32097
32098 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32099 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32100 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32101 loaded and initialized for you.
32102
32103 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32104 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32105
32106 @ifinfo
32107 @example
32108
32109 @end example
32110 @end ifinfo
32111 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32112
32113 @noindent
32114 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32115 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32116 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32117 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32118
32119 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32120 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32121 one by one below.
32122
32123 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32124 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32125 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32126 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32127 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32128 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32129
32130 @ifinfo
32131 @example
32132
32133 @end example
32134 @end ifinfo
32135 @subsubsection Error Handling
32136
32137 @noindent
32138 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32139 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32140 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32141 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32142 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32143 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32144
32145 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32146 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32147 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32148 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32149
32150 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32151 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32152 ignored.
32153
32154 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32155 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32156 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32157
32158 @ifinfo
32159 @example
32160
32161 @end example
32162 @end ifinfo
32163 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32164
32165 @noindent
32166 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32167 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32168 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32169 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32170 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32171 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32172
32173 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32174 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32175 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32176
32177 @ifinfo
32178 @example
32179
32180 @end example
32181 @end ifinfo
32182 @subsubsection Default Modes
32183
32184 @noindent
32185 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32186 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32187 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32188 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32189 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32190 mode is used.
32191
32192 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32193 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32194 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32195
32196 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32197 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32198 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32199 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32200 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32201 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32202
32203 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32204 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32205 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32206 of the default of 12.
32207
32208 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32209 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32210 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32211 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32212 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32213
32214 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32215 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32216 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32217 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32218 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32219 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32220
32221 @ifinfo
32222 @example
32223
32224 @end example
32225 @end ifinfo
32226 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32227
32228 @noindent
32229 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32230 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32231 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32232 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32233 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32234
32235 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32236 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32237 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32238 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32239 structure.
32240
32241 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32242 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32243 an error if that object is not a constant).
32244
32245 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32246 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32247 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32248 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32249 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32250 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32251
32252 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32253 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32254 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32255 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32256
32257 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32258 to format it as a string.
32259
32260 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32261 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32262 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32263
32264 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32265 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32266 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32267
32268 @ifinfo
32269 @example
32270
32271 @end example
32272 @end ifinfo
32273 @subsubsection Predicates
32274
32275 @noindent
32276 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32277 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32278 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32279 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32280
32281 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32282 one value is less than another.
32283
32284 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32285 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32286 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32287 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32288 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32289
32290 @ifinfo
32291 @example
32292
32293 @end example
32294 @end ifinfo
32295 @subsubsection Variable Values
32296
32297 @noindent
32298 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32299 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32300 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32301 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32302 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32303 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32304 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32305
32306 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32307 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32308 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32309 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32310 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32311 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32312
32313 @example
32314 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32315 @end example
32316
32317 @ifinfo
32318 @example
32319
32320 @end example
32321 @end ifinfo
32322 @subsubsection Stack Access
32323
32324 @noindent
32325 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32326 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32327 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32328 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32329 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32330 usual way).
32331
32332 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32333 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32334 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32335 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32336 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32337 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32338 the stack.
32339
32340 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32341 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32342 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32343 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32344 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32345
32346 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32347 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32348 as a string.
32349
32350 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32351 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32352 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32353 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32354 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32355 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32356
32357 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32358 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32359 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32360
32361 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32362 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32363 the stack buffer if necessary.
32364
32365 @ifinfo
32366 @example
32367
32368 @end example
32369 @end ifinfo
32370 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32371
32372 @noindent
32373 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32374 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32375 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32376 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32377 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32378 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32379 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32380
32381 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32382 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32383 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32384 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32385 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32386
32387 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32388 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32389 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32390
32391 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32392
32393 @ifinfo
32394 @example
32395
32396 @end example
32397 @end ifinfo
32398 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32399
32400 @noindent
32401 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32402 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32403 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32404 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32405 @code{calc-eval}.
32406
32407 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32408 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32409 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32410 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32411
32412 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32413 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32414 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32415 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32416 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32417 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32418 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32419 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32420 your original buffer when it is done.
32421
32422 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32423 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32424
32425 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32426 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32427
32428 @ifinfo
32429 @example
32430
32431 @end example
32432 @end ifinfo
32433 @subsubsection Example
32434
32435 @noindent
32436 @findex convert-temp
32437 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32438 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32439 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32440 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32441 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32442 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32443 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32444
32445 @example
32446 (defun convert-temp ()
32447 (interactive)
32448 (save-excursion
32449 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32450 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32451 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32452 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32453 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32454 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32455 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32456 (if (equal type "F")
32457 (setq type "C"
32458 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32459 (setq type "F"
32460 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32461 (goto-char top2)
32462 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32463 (insert-before-markers type)
32464 (goto-char top1)
32465 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32466 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32467 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32468 (insert number))))
32469 @end example
32470
32471 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32472 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32473 instead of after it.
32474
32475 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32476 @subsection Calculator Internals
32477
32478 @noindent
32479 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32480 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32481 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32482 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32483 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32484 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32485 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32486 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32487
32488 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32489 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32490 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32491 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32492 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32493 in the remaining component files.
32494
32495 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32496 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32497 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32498 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32499 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32500 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32501 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32502 prove this file will already be loaded.
32503
32504 @menu
32505 * Data Type Formats::
32506 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32507 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32508 * Predicates::
32509 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32510 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32511 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32512 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32513 * Hooks::
32514 @end menu
32515
32516 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32517 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32518
32519 @noindent
32520 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32521 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32522 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32523 which is not a Lisp list.
32524
32525 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32526 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32527 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32528 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32529 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32530 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32531 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32532
32533 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32534 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32535 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32536 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32537 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32538 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32539
32540 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32541 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32542 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32543 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32544 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32545 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32546
32547 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32548 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32549 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32550 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32551 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32552 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32553 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32554 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32555 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32556 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32557
32558 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32559 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32560 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32561 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32562 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32563
32564 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32565 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32566 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32567 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32568 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32569 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32570 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32571 negative real number.)
32572
32573 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32574 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32575 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32576 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32577 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32578
32579 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32580 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32581 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32582 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32583
32584 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32585 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32586 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32587
32588 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32589 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32590 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32591 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32592 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32593 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32594
32595 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32596 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32597 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32598 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32599 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32600 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32601 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32602 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32603 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32604 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32605
32606 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32607 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32608 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32609 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32610 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32611 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32612
32613 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32614 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32615 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32616 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32617 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32618 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32619 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32620 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32621 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32622 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32623 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32624 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32625 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32626 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32627 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32628 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32629 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32630 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32631 the variable is used.
32632
32633 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
32634 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
32635 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
32636 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
32637 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
32638 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
32639 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
32640 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
32641 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
32642 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
32643 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
32644 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
32645 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
32646 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
32647 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
32648 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
32649 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
32650 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
32651 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
32652
32653 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
32654 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
32655
32656 @noindent
32657 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
32658 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
32659 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
32660 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
32661
32662 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
32663 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
32664 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
32665 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
32666 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
32667 @end defun
32668
32669 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
32670 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
32671 remove it from that list.
32672 @end defun
32673
32674 @defun calc-record-undo rec
32675 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
32676 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
32677 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
32678 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
32679 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
32680 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
32681 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
32682 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
32683 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
32684 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
32685 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
32686 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
32687 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
32688 @end defun
32689
32690 @defun calc-record-why msg args
32691 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
32692 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
32693 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
32694 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
32695 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
32696 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
32697 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
32698 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
32699 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
32700 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
32701 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
32702 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
32703 @end defun
32704
32705 @defun calc-is-inverse
32706 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
32707 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
32708 @end defun
32709
32710 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
32711 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
32712 @end defun
32713
32714 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32715 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32716
32717 @noindent
32718 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32719 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32720
32721 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32722 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32723 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32724 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32725 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32726 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32727 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32728 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32729 is an empty list, nothing happens.
32730
32731 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32732 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32733 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32734 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32735 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32736 @end defun
32737
32738 @defun calc-top-list n m
32739 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32740 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32741 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32742 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32743 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32744 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32745 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32746 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32747 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32748 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
32749
32750 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32751 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32752 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32753 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32754 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32755 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32756 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32757 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32758 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32759 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32760 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32761 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32762 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32763 @end defun
32764
32765 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32766 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32767 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32768 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32769
32770 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32771 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32772 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32773 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32774 contain selections.
32775 @end defun
32776
32777 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32778 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32779 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32780 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32781 will be used.
32782 @end defun
32783
32784 @defun calc-normalize n
32785 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32786 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32787 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32788 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32789 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32790 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32791 @end defun
32792
32793 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32794 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32795 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32796 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32797 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32798 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32799 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32800 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32801 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32802 @code{calc-top-list}.
32803 @end defun
32804
32805 @defun calc-top-n m
32806 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32807 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32808 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32809 @end defun
32810
32811 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32812 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32813 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32814 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32815 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32816 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32817 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32818
32819 @smallexample
32820 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32821 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32822 @end smallexample
32823
32824 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32825 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
32826 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
32827 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
32828 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
32829 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
32830 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
32831 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
32832 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
32833 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
32834 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
32835 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
32836 are present.
32837 @end defun
32838
32839 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
32840 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
32841 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
32842 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
32843 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
32844 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
32845
32846 @smallexample
32847 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
32848 (interactive "P")
32849 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
32850 @end smallexample
32851 @end defun
32852
32853 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
32854 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
32855 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
32856 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
32857 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
32858 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
32859 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
32860 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
32861 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
32862 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
32863 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
32864 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
32865 top element.
32866 @end defun
32867
32868 @defun calc-stack-size
32869 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
32870 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
32871 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
32872 @end defun
32873
32874 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
32875 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
32876 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
32877 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
32878 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
32879 line number, not the stack entry itself.
32880 @end defun
32881
32882 @defun calc-substack-height n
32883 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
32884 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
32885 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
32886 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
32887 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
32888 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
32889 entries.)
32890 @end defun
32891
32892 @defun calc-refresh
32893 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
32894 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
32895 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
32896 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
32897 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
32898 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
32899 @end defun
32900
32901 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
32902 @subsubsection Predicates
32903
32904 @noindent
32905 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
32906 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
32907 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
32908 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
32909 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
32910 the full range of Calc data types.
32911
32912 @defun zerop x
32913 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
32914 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
32915 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
32916 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
32917 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
32918 @end defun
32919
32920 @defun negp x
32921 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
32922 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
32923 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
32924 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
32925 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
32926 @end defun
32927
32928 @defun posp x
32929 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
32930 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
32931 @end defun
32932
32933 @defun looks-negp x
32934 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
32935 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
32936 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
32937 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
32938 @end defun
32939
32940 @defun integerp x
32941 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
32942 @end defun
32943
32944 @defun fixnump x
32945 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
32946 @end defun
32947
32948 @defun natnump x
32949 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
32950 @end defun
32951
32952 @defun fixnatnump x
32953 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
32954 @end defun
32955
32956 @defun num-integerp x
32957 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
32958 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
32959 the decimal point.
32960 @end defun
32961
32962 @defun messy-integerp x
32963 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
32964 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
32965 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
32966 @end defun
32967
32968 @defun num-natnump x
32969 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
32970 @end defun
32971
32972 @defun evenp x
32973 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
32974 @end defun
32975
32976 @defun looks-evenp x
32977 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
32978 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
32979 @end defun
32980
32981 @defun oddp x
32982 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
32983 @end defun
32984
32985 @defun ratp x
32986 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
32987 fraction.
32988 @end defun
32989
32990 @defun realp x
32991 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
32992 or floating-point number.
32993 @end defun
32994
32995 @defun anglep x
32996 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
32997 @end defun
32998
32999 @defun floatp x
33000 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33001 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33002 is a float.
33003 @end defun
33004
33005 @defun complexp x
33006 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33007 (but not a real number).
33008 @end defun
33009
33010 @defun rect-complexp x
33011 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33012 @end defun
33013
33014 @defun polar-complexp x
33015 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33016 @end defun
33017
33018 @defun numberp x
33019 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33020 @end defun
33021
33022 @defun scalarp x
33023 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33024 @end defun
33025
33026 @defun vectorp x
33027 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33028 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33029 @end defun
33030
33031 @defun numvecp x
33032 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33033 @end defun
33034
33035 @defun matrixp x
33036 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33037 all of the same size.
33038 @end defun
33039
33040 @defun square-matrixp x
33041 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33042 @end defun
33043
33044 @defun objectp x
33045 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33046 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33047 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33048 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33049 @end defun
33050
33051 @defun objvecp x
33052 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33053 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33054 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33055 @end defun
33056
33057 @defun primp x
33058 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33059 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33060 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33061 and intervals.
33062 @end defun
33063
33064 @defun constp x
33065 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33066 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33067 components are @code{constp}.
33068 @end defun
33069
33070 @defun lessp x y
33071 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33072 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33073 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33074 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33075 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33076 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33077 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33078 @end defun
33079
33080 @defun beforep x y
33081 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33082 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33083 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33084 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33085 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33086 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33087 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33088 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33089 @end defun
33090
33091 @defun equal x y
33092 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33093 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33094 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33095 0 and 0.0 as different.
33096 @end defun
33097
33098 @defun math-equal x y
33099 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33100 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33101 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33102 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33103 @end defun
33104
33105 @defun equal-int x n
33106 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33107 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33108 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33109 whenever possible.
33110 @end defun
33111
33112 @defun nearly-equal x y
33113 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33114 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33115 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33116 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33117 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33118 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33119 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33120 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33121 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33122 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33123 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33124 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33125 @end defun
33126
33127 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33128 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33129 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33130 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33131 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33132 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33133 @var{y} must be real.
33134 @end defun
33135
33136 @defun is-true x
33137 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33138 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33139 or a provably non-zero formula.
33140 @end defun
33141
33142 @defun reject-arg val pred
33143 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33144 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33145 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33146 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33147 @end defun
33148
33149 @defun inexact-value
33150 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33151 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33152 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33153 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33154 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33155 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33156 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33157 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33158 @end defun
33159
33160 @defun overflow
33161 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33162 @end defun
33163
33164 @defun underflow
33165 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33166 @end defun
33167
33168 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33169 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33170
33171 @noindent
33172 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33173 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33174 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33175 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33176 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33177 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33178 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33179
33180 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33181 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33182 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33183 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33184 respectively, instead.
33185
33186 @defun normalize val
33187 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33188 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33189 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33190 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33191 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33192 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33193 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33194 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33195 return 6.
33196
33197 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33198 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33199 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33200 the formula still in symbolic form.
33201
33202 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33203 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33204 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33205 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33206 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33207 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33208 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33209 on the stack.
33210 @end defun
33211
33212 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33213 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33214 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33215 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33216 @end defun
33217
33218 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33219 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33220 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33221
33222 @smallexample
33223 (math-normalize
33224 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33225 @var{body}))
33226 @end smallexample
33227
33228 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33229 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33230 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33231 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33232 @end defmac
33233
33234 @defun make-frac n d
33235 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33236 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33237 @end defun
33238
33239 @defun make-float mant exp
33240 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33241 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33242 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33243 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33244 @end defun
33245
33246 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33247 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33248 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33249 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33250 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33251 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33252 @end defun
33253
33254 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33255 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33256 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33257 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33258 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33259 @end defun
33260
33261 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33262 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33263 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33264 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33265 @end defun
33266
33267 @defun make-mod n m
33268 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33269 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33270 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33271 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33272 @end defun
33273
33274 @defun float x
33275 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33276 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33277 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33278 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33279 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33280 @end defun
33281
33282 @defun compare x y
33283 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33284 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33285 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33286 undefined or cannot be determined.
33287 @end defun
33288
33289 @defun numdigs n
33290 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33291 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33292 considered to have zero digits.
33293 @end defun
33294
33295 @defun scale-int x n
33296 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33297 digits with truncation toward zero.
33298 @end defun
33299
33300 @defun scale-rounding x n
33301 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33302 integer rather than truncating.
33303 @end defun
33304
33305 @defun fixnum n
33306 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33307 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
33308 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33309 @end defun
33310
33311 @defun sqr x
33312 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33313 @end defun
33314
33315 @defun quotient x y
33316 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33317 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33318 direction of rounding is undefined.
33319 @end defun
33320
33321 @defun idiv x y
33322 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33323 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33324 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33325 slower than for @code{quotient}.
33326 @end defun
33327
33328 @defun imod x y
33329 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33330 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33331 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33332 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33333 @end defun
33334
33335 @defun idivmod x y
33336 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33337 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33338 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33339 @end defun
33340
33341 @defun pow x y
33342 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33343 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33344 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33345 @end defun
33346
33347 @defun abs-approx x
33348 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33349 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33350 the absolute values of the components.
33351 @end defun
33352
33353 @findex e
33354 @findex gamma-const
33355 @findex ln-2
33356 @findex ln-10
33357 @findex phi
33358 @findex pi-over-2
33359 @findex pi-over-4
33360 @findex pi-over-180
33361 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33362 @findex sqrt-e
33363 @findex two-pi
33364 @defun pi
33365 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33366 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33367 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33368 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33369 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33370 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33371 first are essentially free.
33372 @end defun
33373
33374 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33375 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33376 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33377 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33378 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33379 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33380 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33381 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33382 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33383 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33384 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33385 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33386 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33387 @end defmac
33388
33389 @findex half-circle
33390 @findex quarter-circle
33391 @defun full-circle symb
33392 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33393 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33394 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33395 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33396 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33397 @end defun
33398
33399 @defun power-of-2 n
33400 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33401 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33402 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33403 @end defun
33404
33405 @defun integer-log2 n
33406 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33407 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33408 return @code{nil}.
33409 @end defun
33410
33411 @defun div-mod a b m
33412 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33413 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33414 @end defun
33415
33416 @defun pow-mod a b m
33417 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33418 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33419 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33420 @end defun
33421
33422 @defun isqrt n
33423 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33424 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33425 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33426 @end defun
33427
33428 @defun to-hms a ang
33429 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33430 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33431 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33432 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33433 @end defun
33434
33435 @defun from-hms a ang
33436 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33437 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33438 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33439 is returned as-is.
33440 @end defun
33441
33442 @defun to-radians a
33443 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33444 angular mode.
33445 @end defun
33446
33447 @defun from-radians a
33448 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33449 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33450 @end defun
33451
33452 @defun to-radians-2 a
33453 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33454 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33455 @end defun
33456
33457 @defun from-radians-2 a
33458 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33459 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33460 @end defun
33461
33462 @defun random-digit
33463 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33464 @end defun
33465
33466 @defun random-digits n
33467 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33468 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33469 @end defun
33470
33471 @defun random-float
33472 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33473 @end defun
33474
33475 @defun prime-test n iters
33476 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33477 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33478 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33479 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33480 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33481 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33482 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33483 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33484 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33485 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33486 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33487 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33488 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33489 @end defun
33490
33491 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33492 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33493 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33494 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33495 fast.
33496 @end defun
33497
33498 @defun to-fraction f tol
33499 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33500 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33501 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33502 @end defun
33503
33504 @defun quarter-integer n
33505 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33506 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33507 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33508 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33509 returns @code{nil}.
33510 @end defun
33511
33512 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33513 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33514
33515 @noindent
33516 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33517 matrices.
33518
33519 @defun math-concat x y
33520 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33521 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33522 @end defun
33523
33524 @defun vec-length v
33525 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33526 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33527 rows in the matrix.
33528 @end defun
33529
33530 @defun mat-dimens m
33531 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33532 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33533 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33534 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33535 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33536 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33537 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33538 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33539 elements.
33540 @end defun
33541
33542 @defun dimension-error
33543 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33544 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33545 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33546 @end defun
33547
33548 @defun build-vector args
33549 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33550 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33551 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33552 @end defun
33553
33554 @defun make-vec obj dims
33555 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33556 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33557 filled with 27's.
33558 @end defun
33559
33560 @defun row-matrix v
33561 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33562 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33563 leave it alone.
33564 @end defun
33565
33566 @defun col-matrix v
33567 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33568 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33569 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33570 @end defun
33571
33572 @defun map-vec f v
33573 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33574 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33575 of vector @var{v}.
33576 @end defun
33577
33578 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33579 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33580 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33581 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33582 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33583 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33584 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33585 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33586 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33587 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33588 @end defun
33589
33590 @defun reduce-vec f v
33591 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33592 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33593 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33594 @end defun
33595
33596 @defun reduce-cols f m
33597 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33598 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33599 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33600 @end defun
33601
33602 @defun mat-row m n
33603 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33604 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33605 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33606 @end defun
33607
33608 @defun mat-col m n
33609 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33610 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33611 @end defun
33612
33613 @defun mat-less-row m n
33614 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33615 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33616 @end defun
33617
33618 @defun mat-less-col m n
33619 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33620 @end defun
33621
33622 @defun transpose m
33623 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33624 @end defun
33625
33626 @defun flatten-vector v
33627 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33628 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33629 @end defun
33630
33631 @defun copy-matrix m
33632 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
33633 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
33634 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
33635 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
33636 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
33637 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
33638 @end defun
33639
33640 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
33641 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
33642 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
33643 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
33644 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
33645 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
33646 @var{m}.
33647 @end defun
33648
33649 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
33650 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
33651
33652 @noindent
33653 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
33654 Calculator.
33655
33656 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
33657 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
33658 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
33659 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
33660 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
33661 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
33662 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
33663 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
33664 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
33665 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
33666 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
33667 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
33668 their corresponding sub-formulas.
33669
33670 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
33671 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
33672 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
33673 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
33674 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
33675 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
33676 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
33677 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
33678 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
33679 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
33680 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
33681 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
33682 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
33683 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
33684 @end defun
33685
33686 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
33687 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
33688 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
33689 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
33690 the formula in-place.
33691 @end defun
33692
33693 @defun calc-find-selected-part
33694 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
33695 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
33696 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
33697 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
33698 @end defun
33699
33700 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
33701 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
33702 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
33703 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
33704 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
33705 to reflect the new selection.
33706 @end defun
33707
33708 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
33709 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
33710 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
33711 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
33712 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
33713 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
33714 @end defun
33715
33716 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33717 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33718 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33719 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33720 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33721 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33722 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33723 This function does not take associativity into account.
33724 @end defun
33725
33726 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33727 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33728 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33729 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33730 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33731 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33732 return the whole expression.
33733 @end defun
33734
33735 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33736 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33737 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33738 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33739 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33740 @end defun
33741
33742 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33743 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33744 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33745 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33746 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33747 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33748 function does not take associativity into account.
33749 @end defun
33750
33751 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33752 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33753 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33754 @end defun
33755
33756 @defun simplify expr
33757 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33758 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33759 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33760 to remains unchanged in memory.
33761
33762 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33763 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33764 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33765 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33766 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33767 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33768 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33769 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33770 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33771 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33772 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33773 further simplifications were possible.
33774 @end defun
33775
33776 @defun simplify-extended expr
33777 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33778 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33779 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33780 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33781 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33782 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33783 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33784 before taking any action.
33785 @end defun
33786
33787 @defun simplify-units expr
33788 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33789 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33790 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33791 @end defun
33792
33793 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33794 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33795 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33796 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33797 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33798 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33799 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33800 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33801 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33802 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33803 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33804 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33805 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33806 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
33807
33808 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33809 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33810 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33811 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33812 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33813
33814 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33815 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33816 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33817 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33818
33819 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33820 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33821 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33822 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33823 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33824
33825 @smallexample
33826 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
33827 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
33828 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
33829 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
33830 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
33831 (or math-living-dangerously
33832 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
33833 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
33834 @end smallexample
33835
33836 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
33837 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
33838 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
33839 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
33840 @end defmac
33841
33842 @defun common-constant-factor expr
33843 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
33844 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
33845 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
33846 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
33847 @end defun
33848
33849 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
33850 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
33851 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
33852 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
33853 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
33854 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
33855 square roots:
33856
33857 @smallexample
33858 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
33859 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
33860 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
33861 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
33862 (math-normalize
33863 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
33864 (math-cancel-common-factor
33865 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
33866 @end smallexample
33867 @end defun
33868
33869 @defun frac-gcd a b
33870 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
33871 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
33872 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
33873 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
33874 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
33875 @end defun
33876
33877 @defun map-tree func expr many
33878 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
33879 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
33880 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
33881 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
33882 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
33883 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
33884 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
33885 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
33886 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
33887 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
33888 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
33889 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
33890 @end defun
33891
33892 @defun compile-rewrites rules
33893 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
33894 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
33895 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
33896 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
33897 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
33898 message.
33899 @end defun
33900
33901 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
33902 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
33903 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
33904 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
33905 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
33906 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
33907 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
33908 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
33909 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
33910 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
33911 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
33912 @end defun
33913
33914 @defun rewrite-heads expr
33915 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
33916 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
33917 @end defun
33918
33919 @defun rewrite expr rules many
33920 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
33921 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
33922 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
33923 times.
33924 @end defun
33925
33926 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
33927 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
33928 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
33929 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
33930 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
33931 @end defun
33932
33933 @defun deriv expr var value symb
33934 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
33935 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
33936 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
33937 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
33938 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
33939 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
33940 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
33941 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
33942 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
33943
33944 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
33945 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
33946 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
33947 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
33948 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
33949 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
33950 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
33951 is defined by
33952
33953 @smallexample
33954 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
33955 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
33956 @end smallexample
33957
33958 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
33959 @smallexample
33960 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
33961 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33962 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
33963 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33964 @end smallexample
33965 @end defun
33966
33967 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
33968 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
33969 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
33970 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
33971 @end defun
33972
33973 @defun integ expr var low high
33974 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
33975 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
33976 @end defun
33977
33978 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
33979 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
33980 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
33981 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
33982 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
33983 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
33984 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
33985 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
33986 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
33987 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
33988 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
33989
33990 @smallexample
33991 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
33992 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
33993 (and int
33994 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
33995
33996 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
33997 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
33998 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
33999 @end smallexample
34000
34001 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34002 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34003 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34004 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34005 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34006 result.
34007 @end defmac
34008
34009 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34010 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34011 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34012 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34013 @var{v}.
34014 @end defmac
34015
34016 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34017 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34018 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34019 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34020 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34021 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34022 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34023 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34024 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34025 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34026 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34027
34028 @smallexample
34029 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34030 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34031 @end smallexample
34032
34033 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34034 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34035 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34036 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34037 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34038 @end defun
34039
34040 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34041 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34042 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34043 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34044 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34045 @end defun
34046
34047 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34048 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34049 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34050 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34051 @end defun
34052
34053 @defun expr-contains expr var
34054 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34055 of @var{expr}.
34056
34057 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34058 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34059 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34060 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34061 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34062 @code{eq} to each other.
34063 @end defun
34064
34065 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34066 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34067 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34068 @end defun
34069
34070 @defun expr-depends expr var
34071 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34072 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34073 in common.
34074 @end defun
34075
34076 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34077 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34078 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34079 @end defun
34080
34081 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34082 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34083 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34084 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34085 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34086 @end defun
34087
34088 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34089 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34090 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34091 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34092 are ignored.
34093 @end defun
34094
34095 @defun expr-weight expr
34096 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34097 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34098 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34099 @end defun
34100
34101 @defun expr-height expr
34102 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34103 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34104 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34105 @end defun
34106
34107 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34108 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34109 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34110 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34111 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34112 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34113 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34114 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34115 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34116 a polynomial of degree 0.
34117 @end defun
34118
34119 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34120 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34121 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34122 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34123 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34124 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34125 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34126 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34127 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34128 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34129 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34130 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34131 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34132 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34133 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34134 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34135 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34136 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34137 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34138 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34139 @end defun
34140
34141 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34142 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34143 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34144 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34145 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34146 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34147 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34148 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34149 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34150 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34151 is found.
34152 @end defun
34153
34154 @defun poly-simplify poly
34155 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34156 clipping off trailing zeros.
34157 @end defun
34158
34159 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34160 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34161 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34162 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34163 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34164 @end defun
34165
34166 @defun poly-mul a b
34167 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34168 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34169 @end defun
34170
34171 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34172 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34173 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34174 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34175 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34176 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34177 @end defun
34178
34179 @defun check-unit-name var
34180 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34181 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34182 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34183 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34184 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34185 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34186 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34187 @end defun
34188
34189 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34190 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34191 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34192 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34193 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34194 @end defun
34195
34196 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34197 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34198 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34199 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34200 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34201 @end defun
34202
34203 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34204 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34205 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34206 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34207 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34208 is an expression to substitute for it.
34209 @end defun
34210
34211 @defun remove-units expr
34212 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34213 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34214 @end defun
34215
34216 @defun extract-units expr
34217 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34218 by ones.
34219 @end defun
34220
34221 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34222 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34223
34224 @noindent
34225 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34226 Calc numbers and formulas.
34227
34228 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34229 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34230 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34231 @end defun
34232
34233 @defun read-number str
34234 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34235 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34236 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34237 @end defun
34238
34239 @defun read-expr str
34240 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34241 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34242 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34243 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34244 a string describing the problem.
34245 @end defun
34246
34247 @defun read-exprs str
34248 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34249 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34250 shown above is returned instead.
34251 @end defun
34252
34253 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34254 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34255 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34256 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34257 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34258 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34259 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34260 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34261 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34262 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34263 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34264
34265 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34266 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34267 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34268 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34269 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34270 that actually appeared in the input.
34271 @end defun
34272
34273 @defun format-number a
34274 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34275 @end defun
34276
34277 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34278 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34279 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34280 This is a simple format designed
34281 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34282 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34283 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34284 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34285 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34286 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34287 @end defun
34288
34289 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34290 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34291 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34292 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34293 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34294 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34295 @end defun
34296
34297 @defun format-value a width
34298 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34299 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34300 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34301 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34302 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34303 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34304 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34305 window is used.
34306 @end defun
34307
34308 @defun compose-expr a prec
34309 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34310 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34311 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34312 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34313 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34314 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34315 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34316 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34317 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34318 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34319 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34320 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34321 normal function-call notation for that language.
34322 @end defun
34323
34324 @defun composition-to-string c w
34325 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34326 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34327 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34328 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34329 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34330 @end defun
34331
34332 @defun comp-width c
34333 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34334 @end defun
34335
34336 @defun comp-height c
34337 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34338 @end defun
34339
34340 @defun comp-ascent c
34341 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34342 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34343 @end defun
34344
34345 @defun comp-descent c
34346 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34347 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34348 @end defun
34349
34350 @defun comp-first-char c
34351 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34352 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34353 return @code{nil}.
34354 @end defun
34355
34356 @defun comp-last-char c
34357 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34358 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34359 @end defun
34360
34361 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34362 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34363 @comment
34364 @comment @noindent
34365 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34366
34367 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34368 @subsubsection Hooks
34369
34370 @noindent
34371 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34372 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34373 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34374 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34375 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34376
34377 @defvar calc-load-hook
34378 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34379 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34380 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34381 @end defvar
34382
34383 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34384 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34385 @end defvar
34386
34387 @defvar calc-start-hook
34388 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34389 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34390 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34391 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34392 @end defvar
34393
34394 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34395 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34396 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34397 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34398 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34399 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34400 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34401 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34402 been evaluated yet.
34403 @end defvar
34404
34405 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34406 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34407 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34408 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34409 per Emacs session.
34410 @end defvar
34411
34412 @defvar calc-end-hook
34413 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34414 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34415 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34416 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34417 @end defvar
34418
34419 @defvar calc-window-hook
34420 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34421 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34422 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34423 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34424 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34425 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34426 @end defvar
34427
34428 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34429 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34430 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34431 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34432 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34433 @end defvar
34434
34435 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34436 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34437 @end defvar
34438
34439 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34440 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34441 new buffer.
34442 @end defvar
34443
34444 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34445 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34446 new formula.
34447 @end defvar
34448
34449 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34450 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34451 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34452 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34453 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34454 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34455 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34456 @end defvar
34457
34458 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34459 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34460 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34461 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34462 message is inserted.
34463 @end defvar
34464
34465 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34466 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34467 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34468 @end defvar
34469
34470 @defvar calc-other-modes
34471 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34472 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34473 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34474 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34475 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34476 @end defvar
34477
34478 @defvar calc-mode-map
34479 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34480 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34481 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34482 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34483 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34484 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34485 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34486 extensions are loaded.
34487 @end defvar
34488
34489 @defvar calc-digit-map
34490 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34491 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34492 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34493 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34494 @end defvar
34495
34496 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34497 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34498 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34499 @end defvar
34500
34501 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34502 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34503 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34504 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34505 @end defvar
34506
34507 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34508 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34509 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34510 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34511 @end defvar
34512
34513 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34514 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34515 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34516 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34517 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34518 non-default variables are written out.
34519 @end defvar
34520
34521 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34522 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34523 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34524 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34525 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34526 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34527 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34528 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34529 @end defvar
34530
34531 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34532 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34533 @include gpl.texi
34534
34535 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34536 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34537 @include doclicense.texi
34538
34539 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34540 @appendix Customizing Calc
34541
34542 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34543 to use a different prefix, you can put
34544
34545 @example
34546 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34547 @end example
34548
34549 @noindent
34550 in your .emacs file.
34551 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34552 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34553 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34554 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34555 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34556 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34557 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34558
34559 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34560 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34561 calculation, and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34562 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34563 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34564 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34565 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34566 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34567 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34568 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34569
34570 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34571 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34572 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34573 to see how regular expressions work.
34574
34575 @defvar calc-settings-file
34576 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34577 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34578 definitions.
34579 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34580 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34581 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34582 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34583
34584 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34585 @end defvar
34586
34587 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34588 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34589 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34590 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34591 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34592 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34593 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34594 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34595 @end defvar
34596
34597 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34598 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34599 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34600 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34601 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34602 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34603 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34604 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34605 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34606 to display or print the output.
34607
34608 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34609 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34610 @code{"lp %s"}.
34611 @end defvar
34612
34613 @defvar calc-language-alist
34614 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34615 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34616 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34617 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34618 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34619 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34620 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34621 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34622 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34623 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34624 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34625
34626 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34627 @example
34628 ((latex-mode . latex)
34629 (tex-mode . tex)
34630 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
34631 (context-mode . tex)
34632 (nroff-mode . eqn)
34633 (pascal-mode . pascal)
34634 (c-mode . c)
34635 (c++-mode . c)
34636 (fortran-mode . fortran)
34637 (f90-mode . fortran))
34638 @end example
34639 @end defvar
34640
34641 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
34642 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
34643 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34644 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
34645 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
34646 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
34647 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
34648 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
34649 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
34650
34651 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
34652 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
34653 @samp{%} and a space.
34654
34655 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
34656 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
34657 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34658 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
34659 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34660 @example
34661 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
34662 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
34663 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
34664 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
34665 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34666 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34667 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
34668 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
34669 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34670 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34671 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
34672 @end example
34673 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34674 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34675 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34676 @end defvar
34677
34678 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
34679 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
34680 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
34681 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34682 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34683 @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} control the region that Calc will
34684 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
34685 They are regular expressions;
34686 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
34687 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
34688 delimiters''.
34689
34690 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
34691 Embedded mode understands by default are:
34692 @enumerate
34693 @item
34694 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
34695 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
34696 @item
34697 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
34698 @item
34699 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
34700 @item
34701 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
34702 @item
34703 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
34704 @end enumerate
34705
34706 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
34707 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34708 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
34709 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34710 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34711 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
34712 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34713 @code{nil}.
34714 @end defvar
34715
34716 @defvar calc-embedded-open-word
34717 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-word
34718 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-word-alist
34719 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34720 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and
34721 @code{calc-embedded-close-word} control the region that Calc will
34722 activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * w}. They are
34723 regular expressions.
34724
34725 The default values of @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and
34726 @code{calc-embedded-close-word} are @code{"^\\|[^-+0-9.eE]"} and
34727 @code{"$\\|[^-+0-9.eE]"} respectively.
34728
34729 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-word-alist} is used to
34730 set @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and
34731 @code{calc-embedded-close-word} to different regular
34732 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34733 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34734 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-WORD-REGEXP}
34735 @var{CLOSE-WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34736 @code{nil}.
34737 @end defvar
34738
34739 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
34740 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
34741 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
34742 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34743 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34744 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
34745 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
34746 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
34747 buffer as well as to recognize them.
34748
34749 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
34750 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
34751 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
34752 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
34753 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
34754
34755 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
34756 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34757 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
34758 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34759 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34760 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
34761 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
34762 @example
34763 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
34764 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
34765 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
34766 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
34767 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34768 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34769 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
34770 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
34771 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34772 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34773 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
34774 @end example
34775 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34776 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34777 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34778 @end defvar
34779
34780 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
34781 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
34782 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
34783 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34784 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34785 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
34786 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
34787
34788 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
34789 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
34790 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
34791 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
34792 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
34793 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
34794 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
34795 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
34796 closing newline are omitted.)
34797
34798 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
34799 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34800 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
34801 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34802 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34803 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
34804 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
34805 @code{nil}.
34806 @end defvar
34807
34808 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
34809 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
34810 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
34811 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34812 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34813 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
34814 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
34815 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
34816 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
34817
34818 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
34819 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
34820 @code{"\n"}.
34821 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
34822 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
34823 lines by themselves.
34824
34825 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
34826 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34827 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
34828 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34829 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34830 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
34831 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
34832 @example
34833 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
34834 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
34835 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
34836 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
34837 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
34838 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
34839 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
34840 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
34841 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
34842 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
34843 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
34844 @end example
34845 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
34846 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34847 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
34848 @end defvar
34849
34850 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
34851 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
34852 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic formulas
34853 in normal language modes. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence}
34854 is non-@code{nil}, then multiplication has precedence, and so for
34855 example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If
34856 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{nil}, then
34857 multiplication has the same precedence as division, and so for example
34858 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
34859 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
34860 @end defvar
34861
34862 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
34863 @appendix Reporting Bugs
34864
34865 @noindent
34866 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
34867
34868 @example
34869 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
34870 @end example
34871
34872 @noindent
34873 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
34874 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
34875 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
34876 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
34877 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
34878 regular mailbox.
34879
34880 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
34881 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
34882 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
34883 them right in.
34884
34885 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
34886 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
34887 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
34888 so any efforts can be coordinated.
34889
34890 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
34891 CVS tree. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
34892
34893 @c [summary]
34894 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
34895 @appendix Calc Summary
34896
34897 @noindent
34898 This section includes a complete list of Calc 2.1 keystroke commands.
34899 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
34900 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
34901 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
34902 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
34903 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
34904 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
34905 command name refer to notes at the end.
34906
34907 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
34908 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
34909 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
34910
34911 @iftex
34912 @begingroup
34913 @tex
34914 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
34915 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
34916 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
34917 \leavevmode%
34918 {\smallfonts
34919 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
34920 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
34921 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
34922 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
34923 \thinspace%
34924 {\tt#5}%
34925 {\sl#6}%
34926 }}%
34927 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
34928 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
34929 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
34930 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
34931 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
34932 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
34933 @end tex
34934 @let@:=@sumsep
34935 @let@r=@sumrow
34936 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
34937 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
34938 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
34939 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
34940 @end iftex
34941 @format
34942 @iftex
34943 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
34944 @let@c@sumbreak
34945 @end iftex
34946 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
34947 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
34948 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
34949 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
34950 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
34951 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
34952 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
34953 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34954 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
34955 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
34956 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
34957 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
34958 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
34959 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
34960 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
34961 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
34962 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
34963 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34964 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34965 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
34966 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
34967 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34968 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34969 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
34970 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
34971 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
34972 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
34973 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
34974
34975 @c
34976 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
34977 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
34978 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
34979 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
34980 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
34981 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
34982 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
34983 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34984 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34985
34986 @c
34987 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
34988 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
34989 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
34990
34991 @c
34992 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
34993 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
34994 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
34995 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
34996 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
34997 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
34998 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
34999 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35000 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35001 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35002 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35003 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35004 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35005 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35006 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35007 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35008 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35009
35010 @c
35011 @r{ ... a@: @key{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35012 @r{ ... a@: @key{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35013 @r{... a b@: @key{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35014 @r{. a b c@: M-@key{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35015 @r{... a b@: @key{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35016 @r{ ... a@: @key{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35017 @r{... a b@: M-@key{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35018 @r{ @: M-@key{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35019 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35020
35021 @c
35022 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35023 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35024 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35025 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35026 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35027 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35028 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35029
35030 @c
35031 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35032 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35033 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35034 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35035 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35036 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35037 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35038
35039 @c
35040 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35041 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35042 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35043 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35044 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35045 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35046
35047 @c
35048 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35049 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35050 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35051 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35052 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35053 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35054 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35055
35056 @c
35057 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35058 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35059 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35060 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35061 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35062 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35063 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35064 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35065 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35066 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35067 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35068 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35069 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35070 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35071 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35072 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35073 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35074 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35075 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35076 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35077 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35078 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35079 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35080 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35081 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35082 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35083 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35084 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35085 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35086 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35087 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35088 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35089 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35090 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35091 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35092 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35093 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35094 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35095 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35096 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35097 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35098 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35099 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35100 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35101
35102 @c
35103 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35104 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35105 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35106 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35107 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35108 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35109 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35110 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35111 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35112 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35113 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35114 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35115 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35116
35117 @c
35118 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35119 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35120 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35121 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35122
35123 @c
35124 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35125 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35126 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35127 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35128
35129 @c
35130 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35131 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35132 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35133 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35134 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35135 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35136 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35137 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35138 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35139 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35140 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35141 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35142 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35143 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35144 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35145 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35146 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35147 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35148 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35149 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35150
35151 @c
35152 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35153 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35154 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35155 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35156 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35157 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35158 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35159 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35160 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35161 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35162 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35163 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35164 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35165 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35166 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35167 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35168 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35169 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35170 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35171
35172 @c
35173 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35174 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35175 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35176 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35177 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35178 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35179 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35180 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35181 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35182 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35183 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35184 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35185 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35186 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35187 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35188
35189 @c
35190 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35191 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35192 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35193 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35194 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35195 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35196 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35197 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35198 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35199 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35200 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35201 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35202 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35203 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35204 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35205 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35206 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35207 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35208 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35209 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35210 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35211 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35212 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35213
35214 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35215 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35216 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35217 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35218
35219 @c
35220 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35221 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35222 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35223 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35224 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35225 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35226 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35227 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35228 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35229 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35230 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35231
35232 @c
35233 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35234 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35235
35236 @c
35237 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35238
35239 @c
35240 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35241 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35242 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35243 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35244 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35245 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35246 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35247 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35248 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35249 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35250 @r{ @: d @key{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35251 @r{ @: d @key{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35252
35253 @c
35254 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35255 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35256 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35257 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35258
35259 @c
35260 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35261 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35262 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35263 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35264 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35265 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35266 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35267 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35268 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35269 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35270 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35271 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35272 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35273 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35274 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35275 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35276 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35277 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35278
35279 @c
35280 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35281 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35282 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35283 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35284 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35285 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35286 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35287 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35288 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35289 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35290 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35291 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35292
35293 @c
35294 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35295 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35296
35297 @c
35298 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35299 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35300 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35301 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35302 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35303 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35304 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35305 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35306 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35307 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35308 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35309 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35310
35311 @c
35312 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35313 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35314 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35315 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35316 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35317 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35318 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35319 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35320 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35321 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35322 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35323 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35324 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35325 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35326 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35327 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35328 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35329
35330 @c
35331 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35332 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35333 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35334 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35335 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35336 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35337 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35338 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35339 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35340 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35341 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35342 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35343 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35344 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35345 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35346 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35347 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35348 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35349 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35350
35351 @c
35352 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35353 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35354 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35355 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35356 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35357 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35358 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35359 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35360 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35361 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35362 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35363 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35364 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35365 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35366 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35367 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35368
35369 @c
35370 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35371 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35372 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35373
35374 @c
35375 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35376 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35377 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35378 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35379 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35380 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35381 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35382 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35383 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35384 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35385
35386 @c
35387 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
35388 @r{ @: j @key{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35389 @r{ @: j @key{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
35390 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35391 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35392 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35393
35394 @c
35395 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35396 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35397 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35398 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35399 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35400
35401 @c
35402 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35403 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35404 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35405 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35406 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35407 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35408 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35409 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35410 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35411 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35412 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35413 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35414 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35415 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35416
35417 @c
35418 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35419 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35420 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35421 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35422 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35423 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35424 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35425 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35426 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35427 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35428 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35429 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35430
35431 @c
35432 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35433 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35434 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35435 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35436 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35437 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35438 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35439 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35440 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35441 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35442 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35443 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35444 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35445 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35446 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35447 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35448 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35449 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35450 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35451 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35452
35453 @c
35454 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35455 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35456 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35457 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35458 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35459 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35460 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35461 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35462 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35463 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35464 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35465 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35466 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35467
35468 @c
35469 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35470 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35471 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35472 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35473 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35474 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35475 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35476 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35477 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35478 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35479 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35480 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35481 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35482 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35483 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35484
35485 @c
35486 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35487 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35488 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35489 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35490 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35491 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35492 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35493 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35494 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35495 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35496 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35497
35498 @c
35499 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35500 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35501 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35502 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35503 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35504 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35505 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35506 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35507 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35508 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35509 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35510 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35511 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35512 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35513 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35514 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35515 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35516
35517 @c
35518 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35519 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35520 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35521 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35522 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35523 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35524 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35525 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35526 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35527 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35528 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35529 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35530 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35531
35532 @c
35533 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35534 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35535 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35536 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35537 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35538 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35539 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35540 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35541 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35542 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35543 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35544
35545 @c
35546 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35547 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35548 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35549 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35550 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35551
35552 @c
35553 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35554 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35555 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35556 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35557 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35558 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35559 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35560 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35561 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35562 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35563 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35564 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35565 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35566
35567 @c
35568 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35569 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35570 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35571 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35572 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35573 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35574 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35575 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35576 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35577 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35578 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35579 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35580 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35581 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35582 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35583 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35584 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35585 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35586 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35587
35588 @c
35589 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35590 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35591
35592 @c
35593 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35594 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35595 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35596 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35597 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35598 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35599 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35600 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35601 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35602 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35603 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35604 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35605 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35606 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35607
35608 @c
35609 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35610 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35611 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35612 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35613 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35614 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35615 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35616 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35617 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35618 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35619 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35620 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35621 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35622 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35623 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35624 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35625
35626 @c
35627 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35628 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35629 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35630
35631 @c
35632 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35633 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35634 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35635 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35636 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35637 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35638 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35639 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35640 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35641 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35642
35643 @c
35644 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35645 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35646 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35647 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35648 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35649 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35650
35651 @c
35652 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35653
35654 @c
35655 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35656 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35657 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35658 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35659 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35660 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35661 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35662 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35663 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35664 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35665 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35666 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35667 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35668 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35669 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35670 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35671 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35672 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35673 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35674 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35675 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35676 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35677 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35678 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35679 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35680 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35681 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35682 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35683 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35684 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35685 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35686 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35687
35688 @c
35689 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35690 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35691 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35692 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35693 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35694 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35695 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35696 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35697 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35698 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35699 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
35700 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35701 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35702 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35703 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35704 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35705 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35706 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35707 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35708 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35709 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35710 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35711 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35712 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35713 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35714 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35715 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35716 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35717
35718 @c
35719 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35720
35721 @c
35722 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35723
35724 @c
35725 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35726 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35727 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35728 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35729
35730 @c
35731 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35732 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35733 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35734 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35735 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35736 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35737 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35738
35739 @c
35740 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35741
35742 @c
35743 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35744 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35745 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35746
35747 @c
35748 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35749 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35750 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35751 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35752 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35753 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35754 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35755 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35756 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35757 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35758 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35759
35760 @end format
35761
35762 @noindent
35763 NOTES
35764
35765 @enumerate
35766 @c 1
35767 @item
35768 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35769 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
35770 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35771 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35772
35773 @c 2
35774 @item
35775 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35776 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35777 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
35778
35779 @c 3
35780 @item
35781 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
35782 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
35783 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35784
35785 @c 4
35786 @item
35787 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35788
35789 @c 5
35790 @item
35791 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
35792 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
35793
35794 @c 6
35795 @item
35796 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35797 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35798
35799 @c 7
35800 @item
35801 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
35802 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35803
35804 @c 8
35805 @item
35806 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35807
35808 @c 9
35809 @item
35810 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
35811 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
35812
35813 @c 10
35814 @item
35815 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
35816 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35817
35818 @c 11
35819 @item
35820 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35821
35822 @c 12
35823 @item
35824 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
35825 prefix always clears the mode.
35826
35827 @c 13
35828 @item
35829 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
35830
35831 @c 14
35832 @item
35833 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
35834 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
35835 @iftex
35836 {@advance@tableindent10pt
35837 @end iftex
35838 @table @asis
35839 @item Integer
35840 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
35841 @item Float
35842 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
35843 @item 0.0
35844 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
35845 @item Error form
35846 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
35847 @item Interval
35848 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
35849 @item Vector
35850 Random element from the vector.
35851 @end table
35852 @iftex
35853 }
35854 @end iftex
35855
35856 @c 15
35857 @item
35858 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
35859 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
35860
35861 @c 16
35862 @item
35863 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
35864 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
35865
35866 @c 17
35867 @item
35868 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
35869
35870 @c 18
35871 @item
35872 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
35873 the new units.
35874
35875 @c 19
35876 @item
35877 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
35878 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
35879
35880 @c 20
35881 @item
35882 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
35883 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
35884 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
35885 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
35886
35887 @c 21
35888 @item
35889 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
35890 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
35891 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
35892 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
35893
35894 @c 22
35895 @item
35896 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
35897 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
35898 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
35899 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
35900 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
35901 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
35902 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
35903 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
35904 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
35905
35906 @c 23
35907 @item
35908 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
35909 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
35910 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
35911 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
35912 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
35913 or @code{d} for ``down.''
35914
35915 @c 24
35916 @item
35917 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
35918 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
35919 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
35920 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
35921 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
35922 @iftex
35923 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
35924 @end iftex
35925 @table @cite
35926 @item -1
35927 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
35928 @item -2
35929 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
35930 @item -3
35931 (@var{3}) HMS form.
35932 @item -4
35933 (@var{2}) Error form.
35934 @item -5
35935 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
35936 @item -6
35937 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
35938 @item -7
35939 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
35940 @item -8
35941 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
35942 @item -9
35943 (@var{2}) Open interval.
35944 @item -10
35945 (@var{2}) Fraction.
35946 @item -11
35947 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
35948 @item -12
35949 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
35950 @item -13
35951 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
35952 @item -14
35953 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
35954 @item -15
35955 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
35956 @end table
35957 @iftex
35958 }
35959 @end iftex
35960
35961 @c 25
35962 @item
35963 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
35964 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
35965 the input vector.
35966
35967 @c 26
35968 @item
35969 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
35970
35971 @c 27
35972 @item
35973 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
35974
35975 @c 28
35976 @item
35977 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
35978
35979 @c 29
35980 @item
35981 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
35982
35983 @c 30
35984 @item
35985 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
35986 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
35987 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
35988 of the result of the edit.
35989
35990 @c 31
35991 @item
35992 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
35993
35994 @c 32
35995 @item
35996 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
35997
35998 @c 33
35999 @item
36000 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36001 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36002
36003 @c 34
36004 @item
36005 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36006 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36007 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36008 backward by that many lines.
36009
36010 @c 35
36011 @item
36012 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36013 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36014 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36015 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36016
36017 @c 36
36018 @item
36019 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36020 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36021 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36022 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36023
36024 @c 37
36025 @item
36026 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36027
36028 @c 38
36029 @item
36030 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36031 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36032
36033 @c 39
36034 @item
36035 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36036 @expr{v - v_0}.
36037
36038 @c 40
36039 @item
36040 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36041 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36042 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36043 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36044 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36045
36046 @c 41
36047 @item
36048 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36049
36050 @c 42
36051 @item
36052 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36053 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36054
36055 @c 43
36056 @item
36057 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36058 value for this graph.
36059
36060 @c 44
36061 @item
36062 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36063
36064 @c 45
36065 @item
36066 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36067 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36068 otherwise.
36069
36070 @c 46
36071 @item
36072 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36073 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36074 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36075 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36076 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36077 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36078 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36079 to evaluate variables.
36080
36081 @c 47
36082 @item
36083 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36084 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36085 assigns
36086 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36087 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36088
36089 @c 48
36090 @item
36091 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36092 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36093 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36094 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36095 and a vector from the stack.
36096
36097 @c 49
36098 @item
36099 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36100 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36101
36102 @c 50
36103 @item
36104 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36105 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36106 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36107
36108 @c 51
36109 @item
36110 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36111 default 2D resolution.
36112
36113 @c 52
36114 @item
36115 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36116 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36117 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36118 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36119 @end enumerate
36120
36121 @iftex
36122 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36123 @page
36124 @endgroup
36125 @end iftex
36126
36127
36128 @c [end-summary]
36129
36130 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36131 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36132
36133 @printindex ky
36134
36135 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36136 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36137
36138 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36139 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36140 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36141 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36142
36143 @printindex pg
36144
36145 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36146 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36147
36148 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36149 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36150 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36151 @iftex
36152 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36153 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36154 @end iftex
36155
36156 @printindex tp
36157
36158 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36159 @unnumbered Concept Index
36160
36161 @printindex cp
36162
36163 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36164 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36165
36166 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36167 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36168 corresponding Lisp variable.
36169
36170 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36171 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36172
36173 @printindex vr
36174
36175 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36176 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36177
36178 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36179 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36180 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36181 @samp{math-}.
36182
36183 @printindex fn
36184
36185 @bye
36186
36187
36188 @ignore
36189 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
36190 @end ignore